TRICO MARINE SERVICES INC
8-K, 1997-08-01
OIL & GAS FIELD MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT
Previous: PACIFIC GREYSTONE CORP /DE/, 10-Q, 1997-08-01
Next: SILVER JACK, SC 13D, 1997-08-01



 
              SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                    Washington, D.C. 20549

                           FORM 8-K

                        CURRENT REPORT
            Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
                Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Date  of  Report  (Date  of earliest event reported) July 21, 1997


                  TRICO MARINE SERVICES, INC.
    (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


  Delaware                   0-28316                   72-1252405
(State or other      (Commission File Number)        (IRS Employer
jurisdiction of                                   Identification No.)
incorporation)

   250 North American Court, Houma, Louisiana            70363
    (Address of principal executive offices)          (Zip Code)



                         (504) 851-3833
     (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)


             610 Palm Street, Houma, Louisiana  70364
  (Former name or former address, if changed since last report.)



Items 2 and 5. Acquisition  or  Disposition  of  Assets;  Other
Events

     On  July  21,  1997,  Trico  Marine  Services,  Inc.  (the
"Company"),  completed the acquisition of eleven supply vessels
for an aggregate  of  $62.0  million in cash.  The Company will
purchase a 225-foot supply vessel, which is in the final stages
of a major upgrade by its current  owner, for $7.0 million when
the upgrade is completed to complete  this  acquisition.  There
are no material relationships between the seller  or any of its
affiliates and the Company or any of the Company's  affiliates,
directors, officers or associates of any of the foregoing.

     The  eleven  supply  vessels acquired include two 205-foot
supply boats, three 190-foot  supply  boats  and  six  180-foot
supply   boats.   The  Company  did  not  acquire  any  of  the
customers,   contracts,   charters   or   routes   historically
associated with these vessels as part of the acquisition.   The
Company  took  possession of the acquired vessels without their
being  subject to  any  contracts  that  were  related  to  the
historical  revenue or cost associated with the vessels.  These
vessels have  been  marketed  by the Company's sales force on a
similar basis as the other vessels  in  the Company's fleet and
on charter terms currently prevailing.  The  vessels  have been
remarketed  under charter terms customary in the industry  that
provide for cancellation  on  short notice.  Due to the lack of
continuity between the historical management of the vessels and
their  management  and  control  by   the  Company,  management
believes  that  the  historical results of  operations  of  the
vessels do not reflect  the  future  prospects  of  the vessels
under the Company's management and that such information  would
not  be relevant to investors.  As a result of this acquisition
and several  other  acquisitions  completed  by  the Company in
fiscal   1997,   the   Company   expects  its  revenues  to  be
significantly higher in future periods than in prior periods.

     On  July  21,  1997,  the Company  completed  the  private
placement of $110,000,000 of  the Company's 8 1/2% Series A Senior
Notes  due  2005 (the "Notes").   The  Notes  are  jointly  and
severally  guaranteed  by  the  Company's  principal  operating
subsidiaries.   The Company received net proceeds from the sale
of the Notes of approximately $106.1 million.  The Company used
$62.0 million of  the net proceeds from the offering to finance
the acquisition of  the  eleven  supply boats, $37.1 million to
repay  outstanding  indebtedness under  the    Company's  $65.0
million revolving credit  facility,  and  intends  to  use  the
remaining $7.0 million to fund the acquisition of the remaining
225-foot supply vessel.

     The  Notes  have  not been registered under the Securities
Act of 1933 and may not be offered or sold in the United States
absent  registration  or  an   applicable  exemption  from  the
registration requirements thereunder.  The holders of the Notes
are  entitled to certain registration  rights,  pursuant  to  a
registration  rights  agreement which provides that the Company
will (a) within 60 days, file a registration statement with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (the  "Commission")  with
respect to an  offer  to  exchange  (the  "Exchange Offer") the
Notes  for the Company's 8 1/2% Series B Senior  Notes  due  2005,
which will have terms identical in all material respects to the
Notes, and  (b)  use its best efforts to cause the registration
statement to be declared  effective  within  120  days.   Under
certain   circumstances,    the  Company  will  file  with  the
Commission a shelf registration  statement  to cover resales of
the Series B Senior Notes by holders thereof.

Item 7.   Financial Statements and Exhibits.

     (a)  No financial statements are filed with  this  report,
as the acquired vessels do not constitute a business within the
meaning of Rule 11-01 of Regulation S-X.

     (b)  Exhibits

           3.1 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
               the Company.

           3.2 Bylaws of the Company, as amended.
           
           4.1 Indenture dated July 21, 1997.

           4.2 Form of Note.

          10.1 Vessel  Purchase Agreement dated as of June  18,
               1997.

          10.2 Amendment  No.  5  to  the  Company's  Revolving
               Credit Agreement dated July 16, 1997.

          10.3 Registration  Rights  Agreement dated July  21,
               1997.

                            SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934, the  Company  has  duly  caused  this report to be
signed   on  its  behalf  by  the  undersigned  hereunto   duly
authorized.

                              TRICO MARINE SERVICES, INC.


                              By: /s/ Victor M. Perez
                                 ------------------------------
                                          Victor M. Perez
                              Vice  President, Chief Financial Officer
                                           and Treasurer

Dated: July 31, 1997
 
                            EXHIBIT INDEX

                                                   Sequentially
Exhibit No.    Description                           Numbered
                                                       Pages
- -----------    -----------                         ------------
 3.1           Amended and Restated Certificate 
               of Incorporation of the Company.
 
 3.2           Bylaws of the Company, as amended.   

 4.1           Indenture dated July 21, 1997.

 4.2           Form of Note.

10.1           Vessel  Purchase  Agreement dated
               as of June 18, 1997.

10.2           Amendment No. 5 to  the Company's
               Revolving Credit Agreement  dated
               July 16, 1997.

10.3           Registration   Rights   Agreement
               dated July 21, 1996.



                                                       EXHIBIT 3.1      
        
        
        AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                of
                   TRICO MARINE SERVICES, INC.



                            ARTICLE I
                               Name

     The  name  of  this  corporation is Trico Marine Services,
Inc. (the "Corporation").

                            ARTICLE II
              Registered Office and Registered Agent

     The address of the Corporation's  registered office in the
State of Delaware and its registered agent at such address is:

                    The Corporation Trust Company
                    Corporation Trust Center
                    1209 Orange Street
                    Wilmington, Delaware  19801
                    County of New Castle

                           ARTICLE III
                             Purpose

     The purpose of the Corporation is to  engage in any lawful
act or activity for which corporations may be  organized  under
the DGCL.

                            ARTICLE IV
                             Capital

     1.   Authorized   Stock.    The   Corporation   shall   be
authorized  to  issue  an  aggregate  of  45,000,000  shares of
capital  stock,  of  which  40,000,000  shares  shall be Common
Stock,  $0.01  par  value  per share (the "Common Stock"),  and
5,000,000 shall be Preferred  Stock,  $0.01 par value per share
(the "Preferred Stock").

     2.   Preferred Stock.  Preferred Stock  may be issued from
time  to  time in one or more series.  All shares  of  any  one
series of Preferred  Stock  shall be identical except as to the
dates of issue and the dates  from which dividends on shares of
the  series  issued  on  different   dates   will  cumulate  if
cumulative.

          (a)  Authority  is  hereby expressly granted  to  the
     Board of Directors to authorize  the  issue of one or more
     series  of  Preferred Stock, and to fix by  resolution  or
     resolutions providing  for  the  issue of each such series
     the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative,
     participating,  optional  or  other  special  rights,  and
     qualifications,  limitations or restrictions  thereof,  of
     such series, to the full extent now or hereafter permitted
     by law, including, without limitation, the following:

               (1) the  number  of shares of such series, which
          may subsequently be increased,  except  as  otherwise
          provided  by  the  resolution  or resolutions of  the
          Board of Directors providing for  the  issue  of such
          series,  or decreased, to a number not less than  the
          number of  shares  then outstanding, by resolution or
          resolutions  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  and  the
          distinctive designation thereof;

               (2)  the dividend rights  of  such  series,  the
          preferences,  if  any, over any other class or series
          of stock, or of any  other  class  or series of stock
          over  such  series, as to dividends, the  extent,  if
          any, to which  shares of such series will be entitled
          to participate in  dividends with shares of any other
          series or class of stock, whether dividends on shares
          of  such  series  will   be   fully,   partially   or
          conditionally  cumulative,  or a combination thereof,
          and any limitations, restrictions  or  conditions  on
          the payment of such dividends;

               (3)   the   rights   of  such  series,  and  the
          preferences, if any, over any  other  class or series
          of  stock, or of any other class or series  of  stock
          over  such  series,  in the event of any voluntary or
          involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of
          the Corporation and the  extent,  if  any,  to  which
          shares  of  any  such  series  will  be  entitled  to
          participate  in  such  event with any other series or
          class of stock;

               (4) the time or times during which, the price of
          prices  at which, and the  terms  and  conditions  on
          which the shares of such series may be redeemed;

               (5)  the  terms  of  any purchase, retirement or
          sinking funds which may be provided for the shares of
          such series; and

               (6) the terms and conditions, if any, upon which
          the shares of such series will be convertible into or
          exchangeable for shares of any other series, class or
          classes, or any other securities.

          (b)  The  shares of Preferred  Stock  shall  have  no
     voting power or  voting  rights with respect to any matter
     whatsoever, except as may  be otherwise required by law or
     may be provided in the resolution  or  resolutions  of the
     Board  of  Directors  creating  the  series  of which such
     shares are a part.

          (c) No holders of any series of Preferred  Stock will
     be  entitled  to receive any dividends thereon other  than
     those specifically  provided  for  by  this Certificate of
     Incorporation  or  the  resolution or resolutions  of  the
     Board of Directors providing  for the issue of such series
     of Preferred Stock, nor will any  accumulated dividends on
     Preferred Stock bear any interest.

          (d) In the event of any liquidation,  dissolution  or
     winding-up   of  the  Corporation,  whether  voluntary  or
     involuntary, the holders of Preferred Stock of each series
     will be entitled to receive only such amount or amounts as
     will have been  fixed by this Certificate of Incorporation
     or  by the resolution  or  resolutions  of  the  Board  of
     Directors providing for the issue of such series.

                            ARTICLE V
                        Stockholder Action

     Action  shall  be  taken  by  the  stockholders only at an
annual or special meeting of stockholders or by action taken by
the unanimous written consent of all of the  holders of Capital
Stock that would be entitled to vote thereon if  an  annual  or
special  meeting of stockholders had been called for the taking
of such action.

                            ARTICLE VI
                        Board of Directors

     1.   Powers.   All  of  the  powers of the Corporation are
hereby   conferred  upon  the  Board  of   Directors   of   the
Corporation,  insofar  as such powers may be lawfully vested by
this Certificate of Incorporation  in  the  Board of Directors.
In furtherance and not in limitation of those powers, the Board
of Directors shall have the power to make, adopt,  alter, amend
and repeal from time to time the Corporation's Bylaws,  subject
to the provisions of Article X, section 2.

     2.   Number of Directors.  Subject to the restriction that
the  number  of  directors  shall  not  be less than the number
required by the DGCL, the number of directors may be fixed from
time  to time pursuant to the Corporation's  Bylaws;  provided,
however,  that  the number of directors shall not be reduced so
as to shorten the term of any director at the time in office.

     3.   Classification.    The   members   of  the  Board  of
Directors, other than those who may be elected  by  the holders
of any one or more series of Preferred Stock voting separately,
shall be classified, with respect to the time during which they
shall hold office, into three classes, designated Class  I,  II
and  III,  as nearly equal in number as possible.  Any increase
or decrease  in the number of directors shall be apportioned by
the Board of Directors  so  that all classes of directors shall
be  as nearly equal in number  as  possible.   At  each  annual
meeting  of  stockholders,  directors  chosen  to succeed those
whose terms then expire shall be elected to hold  office  for a
term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the
third year following the year of their election and until their
successors are duly elected and qualified.

     4.   Vacancies.   Subject  to  any requirements of law and
the rights of any class or series of  Capital  Stock  having  a
preference  over  the  Common  Stock  as  to  dividends or upon
liquidation, and except as provided in Article  VI,  section 6,
any  vacancy  on  the Board of Directors (including any vacancy
resulting  from  an  increase   in  the  authorized  number  of
directors or from a failure of the  stockholders  to  elect the
full  number of authorized directors) may, notwithstanding  any
resulting  absence  of a quorum of directors, be filled only by
the Board of Directors,  acting  by vote of both (a) a majority
of the directors then in office and  (b)  a majority of all the
Continuing  Directors,  voting  as a separate  group,  and  any
director so appointed shall serve  until the next stockholders'
meeting  held for the election of directors  of  the  class  to
which such  director  shall  have  been appointed and until his
successor is duly elected and qualified.

     5.   Removal.   Subject  to Article  VI,  section  6,  and
notwithstanding any other provisions  of  this  Certificate  of
Incorporation  or the Corporation's Bylaws, any director or the
entire Board of  Directors may be removed at any time, but only
for cause involving fraud or a violation of the duty of loyalty
as determined by a  final  judgment  of  a  court  of competent
jurisdiction,  and  only at a stockholders' meeting called  for
such purpose by the affirmative  vote  of  holders  of not less
than  80%  of  the  Voting  Stock,  voting together as a single
class.  At the same meeting in which  the  stockholders  remove
one  or  more directors, the stockholders may elect a successor
or successors  for  the  unexpired  term  of  the  director  or
directors  removed.   Except  as  set forth in this Article VI,
section 5, directors shall not be subject to removal.

     6.   Directors   Elected   by   Preferred    Stockholders.
Notwithstanding  anything  in this Certificate of Incorporation
to the contrary, whenever the holders of any one or more series
of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a
class, to elect one or more  directors  of the Corporation, the
provisions  of  this Certificate of Incorporation  (as  amended
from time to time)  fixing  the  rights and preferences of such
Preferred Stock shall govern with  respect  to  the nomination,
election,  term,  removal,  vacancies or other related  matters
with respect to such directors.

                           ARTICLE VII
                  Certain Business Combinations

     1.   Supermajority Vote.   In  addition to any affirmative
vote  otherwise  required  by  law  or  this   Certificate   of
Incorporation   (notwithstanding   the   fact   that  a  lesser
percentage  may  be  specified  by  law or this Certificate  of
Incorporation) and except as otherwise  expressly  provided  in
Article VII, section 2:

          (a)  any  merger,  consolidation or share exchange of
     the  Corporation  or  any Subsidiary  with  an  Interested
     Stockholder or with any  other corporation, whether or not
     itself an Interested Stockholder,  which is, or after such
     merger,  consolidation  or  share exchange  would  be,  an
     Affiliate or Associate of an  Interested  Stockholder  who
     was an Interested Stockholder prior to the transaction;

          (b)  any  sale,  lease, transfer, exchange, mortgage,
     pledge, loan, advance,  or  other  similar disposition (in
     one  or  more series of transactions),  with  or  for  the
     direct or  indirect  benefit of any Interested Stockholder
     or any Affiliate or Associate  thereof,  of  any assets of
     the Corporation or any Subsidiary having, measured  at the
     time  the transaction or transactions are approved by  the
     Board of  Directors,  an  aggregate  book  value or Market
     Value  as  of  the end of the Corporation's most  recently
     ended fiscal quarter  of  5%  or more of the lesser of (i)
     the  total Market Value of the outstanding  stock  of  the
     Corporation  or (ii) the Corporation's net worth as of the
     end of its most recently ended fiscal quarter;

          (c) the adoption  of  any  plan  or  proposal for the
     liquidation  or  dissolution  of  the Corporation  or  any
     Subsidiary;

          (d) the issuance or transfer by  the  Corporation  or
     any  Subsidiary,  in  one  transaction  or  in a series of
     transactions  in  any  twelve-month period, of any  Equity
     Securities of the Corporation  or any Subsidiary that have
     an aggregate Market Value of $1  million  or  more  to any
     Interested  Stockholder  or  any  Affiliate  or  Associate
     thereof,  except  pursuant to the exercise of warrants  or
     rights to purchase  securities  offered  pro  rata  to all
     holders  of the Corporation's Voting Stock or by any other
     method affording  substantially proportionate treatment to
     the holders of Voting Stock;

          (e)  any  reclassification   or  recapitalization  of
     securities of the Corporation, including any reverse stock
     split, any merger, consolidation or  share exchange of the
     Corporation with any Subsidiary, or any  other transaction
     (whether or not involving an Interested Stockholder)  that
     has the effect, directly or indirectly, in one transaction
     or  a  series of transactions, of increasing by 5% or more
     the voting  power  (regardless of when exercisable) or the
     proportionate amount  of  the  outstanding  shares  of any
     class or series of Equity Securities of the Corporation or
     any  Subsidiary  directly or indirectly Beneficially Owned
     by  any  Interested   Stockholder   or  any  Affiliate  or
     Associate thereof;

          (f) any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other
     financial  assistance  or  any tax credits  or  other  tax
     advantages provided by the Corporation  or  any Subsidiary
     to an Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate or Associate
     thereof, except proportionately as a stockholder; or

          (g)  any  agreement,  contract  or  other arrangement
     providing directly or indirectly for any of the foregoing;

shall  require  (i)  the  approval  by a majority of  both  the
directors  then  in  office and a majority  of  the  Continuing
Directors, voting as a separate group, and (ii) the affirmative
vote of both (A) holders  of  not  less  than 80% of the Voting
Stock, voting together as a single class, (B) not less than 75%
of the Voting Stock (other than Voting Stock Beneficially Owned
by  the  Interested Stockholder who is, or whose  Affiliate  or
Associate  is,  a  party  to the proposed Business Combination)
voting  as  a  separate  class.    In   addition,  a  proxy  or
information   statement   describing   the  proposed   Business
Combination and complying with the requirements of the Exchange
Act and the rules and regulations promulgated  thereunder shall
be mailed to all stockholders of the Corporation  at  least  30
days  prior  to  the  consummation of such Business Combination
(regardless of whether  such  proxy or information statement is
required pursuant to such act).

     2.   Exceptions to Supermajority  Vote  Requirements.   If
all  conditions  specified  in  either of paragraphs (a) or (b)
below are met, the provisions of  Article VII, section 1, shall
not  be  applicable  to  any  Business  Combination,  and  such
Business Combination shall require only the affirmative vote of
holders of not less than a majority of the Voting Stock, voting
together  as a single class, and such other  votes  as  may  be
required by  law,  any  other provisions of this Certificate of
Incorporation or the Corporation's  Bylaws,  and  shall further
require   only  the  delivery  of  such  proxy  or  information
statements, if any, as may be required by law:

          (a) The Business Combination shall have been approved
     prior  to  the  time such Interested Stockholder became an
     Interested Stockholder by a majority of the directors then
     in  office and a majority  of  the  Continuing  Directors,
     voting as a separate group; or

          (b)  All  of  the following five conditions have been
     met:

               (1) The aggregate  amount  of  the  cash and the
          Market   Value   as   of   the   Valuation   Date  of
          consideration  other  than  cash  to  be received per
          share  by  holders  of Common Stock in such  Business
          Combination is at least  equal  to the highest of the
          following:

                    (A) the highest per share  price, including
               any  brokerage commissions, transfer  taxes  and
               soliciting dealer's fees, paid by the Interested
               Stockholder  for  any  shares  of  Common  Stock
               acquired   by  it  within  the  two-year  period
               immediately prior to the Announcement Date or in
               the transaction in which it became an Interested
               Stockholder, whichever is higher;

                    (B) the  Market  Value  per share of Common
               Stock  on  the  Announcement  Date   or  on  the
               Determination Date, whichever is higher; or

                    (C) the price per share equal to the Market
               Value  per  share  of  Common  Stock  determined
               pursuant  to  clause  (B) immediately preceding,
               multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which
               is the highest per share  price,  including  any
               brokerage   commissions,   transfer   taxes  and
               soliciting dealers' fees, paid by the Interested
               Stockholder  for  any  shares  of  Common  Stock
               acquired   by  it  within  the  two-year  period
               immediately  prior to the Announcement Date, and
               the denominator of which is the Market Value per
               share of Common  Stock on the first date in such
               two-year   period  on   which   the   Interested
               Stockholder acquired any shares of Common Stock.

               (2) The aggregate  amount  of  the  cash and the
          Market   Value   as   of   the   Valuation   Date  of
          consideration  other  than  cash  to  be received per
          share by holders of shares of any class  or series of
          outstanding stock other than Common Stock is at least
          equal to the highest of the following, whether or not
          the  Interested  Stockholder has previously  acquired
          any shares of any such class or series of stock:

                    (A) the  highest per share price, including
               any brokerage commissions,  transfer  taxes  and
               soliciting dealers' fees, paid by the Interested
               Stockholder  for  any  shares  of  such class or
               series of stock acquired by it within  the  two-
               year    period    immediately   prior   to   the
               Announcement Date or in the transaction in which
               it became an Interested  Stockholder,  whichever
               is higher;

                    (B)  the  highest  preferential amount  per
               share to which the holders  of  shares  of  such
               class  or  series  of  stock are entitled in the
               event   of   any   voluntary   or    involuntary
               liquidation,  dissolution or winding up  of  the
               Corporation;

                    (C) the Market  Value  per  share  of  such
               class  or  series  of  stock on the Announcement
               Date or on the Determination  Date, whichever is
               higher; or

                    (D) the price per share equal to the Market
               Value  per  share  of  such class or  series  of
               stock,  determined  pursuant   to   clause   (C)
               immediately preceding, multiplied by a fraction,
               the  numerator of which is the highest per share
               price,   including  any  brokerage  commissions,
               transfer taxes  and  soliciting  dealers'  fees,
               paid  by  the  Interested  Stockholder  for  any
               shares  of  any  such  class or series of Voting
               Stock acquired by it within  the two-year period
               immediately prior to the Announcement  Date, and
               the denominator of which is the Market Value per
               share  of  the  same  class  or series of voting
               stock on the first day in such  two-year  period
               on which the Interested Stockholder acquired any
               shares  or  the  same  class or series of Voting
               Stock.

               (3) The holders of any class  or  series  of the
          Corporation's  outstanding  stock  shall  receive the
          consideration  in  cash  or  in the same form as  the
          Interested Stockholder has previously paid for shares
          of  the  same  class  or  series of  stock.   If  the
          Interested Stockholder has  paid  for  shares  of any
          class  of  stock with varying forms of consideration,
          the form of  consideration  for  such  class of stock
          shall be either in cash or the form used  to  acquire
          the  largest number of shares of such class or series
          of stock  previously  acquired  by it.  In making any
          price calculation under paragraph (b) of Article VII,
          section 2, appropriate adjustments  shall  be made to
          reflect   any   reclassification   or   stock   split
          (including  any reverse stock split), stock dividend,
          recapitalization,   reorganization   or  any  similar
          transaction  which  has  the effect or increasing  or
          reducing the number of outstanding shares of stock.

               (4) After the Interested  Stockholder has become
          an   Interested   Stockholder   and  prior   to   the
          consummation of such Business Combination:

                    (A)  there shall have been  no  failure  to
               declare and pay at the regular date therefor any
               full  periodic   dividends,   whether   or   not
               cumulative,  on  any outstanding Preferred Stock
               of  the  Corporation   or  other  capital  stock
               entitled to a preference  over  the Common Stock
               as to dividends or upon liquidation;

                    (B) there shall have been no  reduction  in
               the  annual rate of dividends paid on the Common
               Stock,   except  as  necessary  to  reflect  any
               subdivision  of the Common Stock, and no failure
               to increase the  annual  rate  of  dividends  as
               necessary   to   reflect   any  reclassification
               (including    any    reverse    stock    split),
               recapitalization,   reorganization    or   other
               similar  transaction  which  has  the effect  of
               reducing  the  number of outstanding  shares  of
               Common Stock; and

                    (C)  the  Interested  Stockholder  did  not
               become the Beneficial  Owner  of  any additional
               shares  of  stock of the Corporation  except  as
               part of the transaction  which  resulted in such
               Interested  Stockholder  becoming an  Interested
               Stockholder or by virtue of  proportionate stock
               splits or stock dividends.

          The  provisions  of  clauses (A) and (B)  immediately
          preceding   shall   not  apply   if   no   Interested
          Stockholder  or any Affiliate  or  Associate  thereof
          voted as a director  of  the  Corporation in favor of
          foregoing  or  reducing  dividends   in   the  manner
          specified   in   such   clauses  and  the  Interested
          Stockholder, within ten days  after  any  such act or
          failure   to  act  that  resulted  in  such  loss  or
          diminution   of  dividends,  notifies  the  Board  of
          Directors of the  Corporation  in  writing  that  the
          Interested   Stockholder   disapproves   thereof  and
          requests  in  good  faith that the Board of Directors
          rectify such act or failure to act.

               (5) After the Interested  Stockholder has become
          an Interested Stockholder, the Interested Stockholder
          shall  not  have  received the benefit,  directly  or
          indirectly, except  proportionately as a stockholder,
          of any loans, advances,  guarantees, pledges or other
          financial assistance provided  by  the Corporation or
          any  Subsidiary,  whether in anticipation  of  or  in
          connection   with  such   Business   Combination   or
          otherwise.


     3.   Determinations.  For the purpose of this Article VII,
so long as Continuing Directors  constitute at least a majority
of the entire Board of Directors,  the Board of Directors shall
have the power to make a good faith determination, on the basis
of information known to them, of:  (a)  the number of shares of
Capital Stock of which any person or entity  is  the Beneficial
Owner,  (b)  whether  any  person  or  entity  is an Interested
Stockholder or an Affiliate or Associate thereof,  (c)  whether
any   person   or  entity  has  an  agreement,  arrangement  or
understanding with another as to the matters referred to in the
definition  of  Beneficial   Owner   herein,  (d)  whether  any
transaction constitutes a Business Combination  (including  the
power to determine in good faith the book value or market value
of  the  assets  of  the Corporation or any Subsidiary) or is a
transaction  with  or  for   the   benefit   of  an  Interested
Stockholder,  (e)  whether  any  of the events referred  to  in
paragraph (b)(4) of Article VII, section  2, have occurred, and
(f) such other matters with respect to which a determination is
required  under  this  Article  VII.   All  such   good   faith
determinations  by  the  Board of Directors shall be conclusive
and binding on the Corporation  and  its  stockholders  for all
purposes of this Article VII.

                           ARTICLE VIII
                Foreign Ownership of Common Stock

     1.   Purpose.   The  purpose  of  this  Article VIII is to
limit ownership and control of the Corporation  by Non-Citizens
in  order to ensure that the Corporation remains in  continuous
compliance  with  the  citizenship requirements of the Maritime
Laws.

     2.   Restrictions on Transfer.  Any transfer, or attempted
or purported transfer, of  any  shares  of  Common Stock or any
interest therein or right thereof, which the Board of Directors
in  good  faith  determines would result in one  or  more  Non-
Citizens  Beneficially   Owning  or  controlling  an  aggregate
percentage of the outstanding  Common  Stock  in  excess of the
Permitted  Percentage  shall  be  ineffective  as  against  the
Corporation, and neither the Corporation nor its transfer agent
shall register such transfer or purported transfer on the stock
transfer records of the Corporation and neither the Corporation
nor  its  transfer  agent  shall  be required to recognize  the
transferee or purported transferee  thereof as a stockholder of
the Corporation for any purpose whatsoever except to the extent
necessary  to effect any remedy available  to  the  Corporation
under this Article VIII.

     3.   Determination.    If   at  any  time,  the  Board  of
Directors in good faith determines  that  there  exists  a risk
that  a  Coastwise  Trading Restriction may be imposed upon the
Corporation, the Corporation shall have the power to take those
actions prescribed in  Article  VIII, sections 4 and 5.  Such a
good faith determination by the Board  of  Directors  shall  be
conclusive  and binding on the Corporation and its stockholders
for all purposes of this Article VIII.

     4.   No  Voting Rights; Temporary Withholding of Dividends
and Other Distributions.   Upon any good faith determination by
the Board of Directors pursuant  to  Article  VIII,  section 3,
shares of Common Stock determined by the Board of Directors  to
be Beneficially Owned by any Person or Persons whose Beneficial
Ownership  the  Board  of Directors determines in good faith to
have created a risk that a Coastwise Trading Restriction may be
imposed upon the Corporation,  shall  (as  long as the Board of
Directors in good faith determines that such  risk  exists) not
be  accorded  any voting rights and shall not be deemed  to  be
outstanding for  purposes  of  determining the vote required on
any  matter properly brought before  the  stockholders  of  the
Corporation for a vote thereon.  The Corporation shall (as long
as the  Board  of  Directors in good faith determines that such
risk exists) withhold  the payment of dividends and the sharing
in any other distribution  (upon  liquidation  or otherwise) in
respect of such shares.  At such time as the Board of Directors
determines that such risk no longer exists, full  voting rights
shall  be restored to any shares previously denied such  voting
rights by  operation  of  this Article VIII, section 4, and any
dividend or distribution with  respect  to such shares that has
been withheld pursuant to this Article VIII,  Section  4, shall
be due and paid, without interest, solely to the record holders
of  such  shares  at the time the Board of Directors determines
that such risk no longer exists.

     5.   Redemption of Shares.  The Corporation shall have the
power, but not the  obligation,  to  redeem any shares that the
Board of Directors in good faith determines  to be Beneficially
Owned  by  any  Person  or Persons whose nationality  or  other
status the Board determines  to  have  created  a  risk  that a
Coastwise   Trading   Restriction   may   be   imposed  on  the
Corporation, subject to the following terms and conditions:

          (a) the Corporation shall set the Redemption Date;

          (b)  a notice of redemption shall be given  by  first
     class mail,  postage prepaid, mailed not less than 10 days
     prior to the Redemption  Date  to each holder of record of
     the shares to be redeemed, at such record holder's address
     as  the  same  appears  on  the  stock   register  of  the
     Corporation.   Each  such  notice  shall  state   (i)  the
     Redemption Date, (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock
     to   be  redeemed  from  such  record  holder,  (iii)  the
     Redemption  Price, and the manner of payment thereof, (iv)
     the place where the certificates for such shares are to be
     surrendered for  payment of the Redemption Price, (v) that
     dividends on the shares  to  be  redeemed  will  cease  to
     accrue  on  the  Redemption  Date  and (vi) that after the
     Redemption Date, such record holder  will only be entitled
     to receive the Redemption Price, without interest;

          (c) the Redemption Price may be paid  in  cash  or by
     delivery  of  a promissory note of the Corporation, at the
     election of the  Corporation.   Any  such  promissory note
     shall have a maturity of not more than ten years  from the
     date  of issuance and shall bear interest at a fixed  rate
     equal to  the  yield  on  the  U.S. Treasury Note having a
     maturity comparable to the term of such promissory note as
     published  in  the  Wall  Street  Journal   or  comparable
     publication at the time of the issuance of the  promissory
     note;

          (d)  Prior to the Redemption Date, upon surrender  of
     the  certificates   for  shares  in  accordance  with  the
     requirements  of  the  notice   of   redemption  (properly
     endorsed  or  assigned  for  transfer  if  the   Board  of
     Directors shall so require and the notice shall so state),
     such  shares  shall be redeemed by the Corporation at  the
     Redemption Price.   In  case  fewer  than  all  the shares
     represented  by any such certificate are redeemed,  a  new
     certificate shall  be  issued  representing the shares not
     redeemed without cost to the holder thereof;

          (e) from and after the Redemption  Date, dividends on
     the  shares  of  Common Stock called for redemption  shall
     cease to accrue and  such shares shall no longer be deemed
     to be outstanding and  the  holders  of  such  shares will
     cease   to   have   any  rights  as  stockholders  of  the
     Corporation,  except  the   right   to  receive  from  the
     Corporation the Redemption Price, without  interest,  upon
     surrender of the shares, shall cease.

          (f)  such  other terms and conditions as the Board of
     Directors may reasonably determine;

provided, however, that  nothing  in  this  Article  VIII shall
prevent   the   recipient   of  a  notice  of  redemption  from
transferring his or her Common Stock before the Redemption Date
if such transfer is otherwise  permitted under this Certificate
of Incorporation.  Upon receipt  of  notice of such a transfer,
the  Corporation  shall  withdraw  the  notice  of  redemption,
provided the transferee of such Common Stock  certifies  to the
Corporation  that  he  or  she,  and  if he or she is a nominee
holding for the account of another Person,  that to the best of
his  or  her  knowledge  such  other Person is a United  States
Citizen.  If the transferee fails  to  make such certification,
such  redemption shall be effected on the  original  Redemption
Date.

     6.   Severability.  Each provision of this Article VIII is
intended  to  be  severable from every other provision.  If any
one or more of the provisions contained in this Article VIII is
held to be invalid,  illegal  or  unenforceable,  the validity,
legality  or  enforceability  of  any  other provision of  this
Article VIII shall not be affected, and this Article VIII shall
be construed as if the provisions held to  be  invalid, illegal
or unenforceable had never been contained therein.

                            ARTICLE IX
           Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

     1.   Limitation  of  Liability.   No  director   shall  be
personally  liable  to the Corporation or its stockholders  for
monetary  damages  for  any  breach  of  fiduciary  duty  as  a
director, except (a)  for  breach  of  the  director's  duty of
loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or
omissions  not  in  good  faith  or  that  involve  intentional
misconduct  of  a  knowing  violation  of law, (c) pursuant  to
Section 174 of the DGCL, or (d) for any  transaction from which
such director derived an improper personal benefit.

     2.   Authorization  of  Further  Actions.   The  Board  of
Directors may (a) cause the Corporation to enter into contracts
with directors providing for the limitation  of  liability  set
forth  in  this  Article  IX to the fullest extent permitted by
law, (b) adopt Bylaws or resolutions,  or cause the Corporation
to  enter  into  contracts,  providing  for indemnification  of
directors  and officers of the Corporation  and  other  persons
(including without  limitation  directors  and  officers of the
Corporation's direct and indirect subsidiaries) to  the fullest
extent  permitted  by  law,  and  (c) cause the Corporation  to
exercise the powers set forth in Section  145(g)  of  the DGCL,
notwithstanding that some or all of the members of the Board of
Directors  acting  with respect to the foregoing may be parties
to such contracts or beneficiaries thereof.

     3.   Subsidiaries.   The  Board of Directors may cause the
Corporation to approve for its direct and indirect subsidiaries
limitation   of   liability   and  indemnification   provisions
comparable to the foregoing.

     4.   Amendments.   Any amendment or repeal of this Article
IX shall not adversely affect any  elimination or limitation of
liability of a director of the Corporation  under  this Article
IX  with respect to any action or inaction occurring  prior  to
the time  of  such amendment or repeal.  No amendment or repeal
of any Bylaw or  resolution  relating  to indemnification shall
adversely  affect any person's entitlement  to  indemnification
whose claim thereto results from conduct occurring prior to the
date of such amendment or repeal.

                            ARTICLE X
                     Amendments; Definitions

     1.   Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation.  Articles
VI, VII, VIII,  IX  and XI of this Certificate of Incorporation
shall not be amended  in any manner (whether by modification or
repeal of an existing Article  or  Articles or by addition of a
new Article or Articles), except upon  resolutions  adopted  by
the  affirmative  vote  of  holders of not less than 80% of the
Voting Stock, voting together  as  a  single  class;  provided,
however,  that  if  such resolutions shall first be adopted  by
both a majority of the  directors then in office and a majority
of the Continuing Directors,  voting  as a separate group, then
such resolutions shall be deemed adopted  by  the  stockholders
upon  the  affirmative  vote  of  holders  of  not less than  a
majority of the Voting Stock, voting as a single class.

     2.   Amendments to Bylaws.  The Corporation's  Bylaws  may
be  altered,  amended, or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted
by:

          (a) the  stockholders,  but only upon the affirmative
     vote of holders of not less than  80% of the Voting Stock,
     voting together as a single class; or

          (b)  the  Board  of  Directors,  but  only  upon  the
     affirmative vote of both (i) a majority  of  the directors
     then  in  office  and  (ii)  a  majority of the Continuing
     Directors, voting as a separate group.

     3.   Definitions.   For purposes of  this  Certificate  of
Incorporation:

          (a)  "Affiliate"   or   "Associate"  shall  have  the
     respective meanings ascribed to  such  terms in Rule 12b-2
     of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated under the
     Exchange  Act  (the term "registrant" in such  Rule  12b-2
     meaning in this  case the Corporation); provided, however,
     that  in  no  event shall  the  Corporation,  any  of  its
     Subsidiaries, any  Employee  Benefit  Plan  or  any of the
     other persons or entities exempted from the definition  of
     Interested  Stockholder in Article X, section 3, be deemed
     to  be  an  Affiliate   or  Associate  of  any  Interested
     Stockholder.

          (b)  "Announcement  Date"  means  the  first  general
     public announcement of the proposal or intention to make a
     proposal to consummate a Business Combination or its first
     communication   generally   to    stockholders    of   the
     Corporation, whichever is earlier.

          (c)  "Average  Closing Sales Price" means the average
     of  the closing sales  prices  as  quoted  on  the  Nasdaq
     National  Market  during the ten trading days prior to the
     date a notice of redemption  is  given pursuant to Article
     VIII, section 5; except that, if the  Common  Stock is not
     traded  on  the  Nasdaq National Market, then the  closing
     sales prices on any  national securities exchange on which
     the Common Stock is listed,  or  if  neither quoted on the
     Nasdaq National Market nor listed on a national securities
     exchange, the mean between the representative  bid and ask
     prices as quoted by Nasdaq or another generally recognized
     reporting system, on each of such ten trading days.

          (d)  A  person  shall be deemed to be the "Beneficial
     Owner" of and be deemed  to  "Beneficially Own" any shares
     of capital stock (regardless whether owned of record):

               (1) Which that person  or  any of its Affiliates
          or   Associates,   directly   or   indirectly,   owns
          beneficially; or

               (2) Which such person or any of  its  Affiliates
          or  Associates  has (A) the right to acquire (whether
          exercisable immediately  or only after the passage of
          time)  pursuant  to  any  agreement,  arrangement  or
          understanding  or  upon  the exercise  of  conversion
          rights,  exchange  rights, warrants  or  options,  or
          otherwise, or (B) the  right  to vote pursuant to any
          agreement, arrangement or understanding; or

               (3) Which are beneficially  owned,  directly  or
          indirectly,  by  any  other  person  with  which such
          person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has any
          agreement,  arrangement  or  understanding  for   the
          purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of
          any shares of voting capital stock of the Corporation
          or any Subsidiaries.

          (e)  "Business  Combination"  means  any  transaction
     referred to in any one or more of the clauses (a)  through
     (g) of Article VII, section 1.

          (f) "Capital Stock" means any Common Stock, Preferred
     Stock or other shares of capital stock of the Corporation.

          (g) "Citizen" means:

               (1)  any  individual  who  is  a  citizen of the
          United  States,  by  birth,  naturalization   or   as
          otherwise authorized by law;

               (2)  any corporation (A) that is organized under
          the  laws  of  the  United  States  or  of  a  state,
          territory, district  or  possession  thereof,  (B) of
          which  no  less than 75% of its stock is Beneficially
          Owned  by  persons   who   are  Citizens,  (C)  whose
          president or chief executive officer, chairman of the
          board of directors and all officers authorized to act
          in  the absence or disability  of  such  persons  are
          Citizens  and  (D)  of  which  more  than 50% of that
          number  of  its  directors necessary to constitute  a
          quorum are Citizens;

               (3) any partnership  (A) that is organized under
          the  laws  of  the  United  States  or  of  a  state,
          territory, district or possession  thereof,  (B)  all
          general  partners  of  which  are Citizens and (C) of
          which  not less than a 75% interest  is  Beneficially
          Owned by Persons who are Citizens;

               (4) any association or limited liability company
          (A) that  is  organized  under the laws of the United
          States  or  of  a  state,  territory,   district   or
          possession  thereof,  (B)  whose  president  or other
          chief  executive  officer  (or  equivalent position),
          chairman  of  the board of directors  (or  equivalent
          committee or body)  and all persons authorized to act
          in  the absence or disability  of  such  persons  are
          Citizens,  (C)  of  which  not  less  than 75% of the
          voting  power  is Beneficially Owned by Citizens  and
          (D) of which more  than  50%  of  that  number of its
          directors   (or  equivalent  persons)  necessary   to
          constitute a quorum are Citizens;

               (5) any  joint  venture  (if not an association,
          corporation  or partnership) (A)  that  is  organized
          under the laws  of  the  United States or of a state,
          territory, district or possession thereof and (B) all
          co-venturers of which are Citizens; and

               (6)  any  trust (A) that  is  domiciled  in  and
          existing under the  laws of the United States or of a
          state, territory, district or possession thereof, (B)
          the trustee of which  is  a  Citizen and (C) of which
          not less than a 75% interest is  held for the benefit
          of Citizens.

          (h)   "Coastwise  Trading  Restriction"   means   any
     material restriction  or  detriment  to  the  use  of  any
     property  or  assets  of  the  Corporation that is imposed
     pursuant to the Maritime Laws as  a  result  of  (a)  Non-
     Citizens  Beneficially  Owning  more  than  the  Permitted
     Percentage of Common Stock or (b) the nationality or other
     status  of  any  Beneficial  Owner or Owners of the Common
     Stock.

          (i) "Continuing Director" means (i) any member of the
     Board of Directors who is not an Interested Stockholder or
     an Affiliate or Associate thereof,  and who was a director
     of  the  Corporation  prior  to  the time  the  Interested
     Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder, and (ii) any
     other  member  of the Board of Directors  who  is  not  an
     Interested  Stockholder   or  an  Affiliate  or  Associate
     thereof, and was recommended  or  elected by a majority of
     the Continuing Directors at a meeting  at  which  a quorum
     consisting  of a majority of the Continuing Directors  was
     present, provided  that,  in  the absence of an Interested
     Stockholder, any reference to "Continuing Directors" shall
     mean all the directors then in office.

          (j) "Determination Date" means  the  date on which an
     Interested   Stockholder   first   became   an  Interested
     Stockholder.

          (k) "Employee Benefit Plan" means any option,  bonus,
     profit   sharing,   employee   stock  ownership,  dividend
     reinvestment, savings or similar  plan  of the Corporation
     or any Subsidiary, or any trust related thereto.

          (l) "Equity Security" means (1) any  stock or similar
     security, certificate of interest, or participation in any
     profit-sharing  agreement,  voting  trust certificate,  or
     certificate of deposit for the foregoing, (2) any security
     convertible, with or without consideration, into an equity
     security,  or any warrant or other security  carrying  any
     right to subscribe  to  or purchase an equity security, or
     (3) any put, call, straddle,  or  other  option,  right or
     privilege to acquire an equity security from or to sell an
     equity security to another without being bound to do so.

          (m) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange  Act
     of 1934, as amended.

          (n)  "Interested Stockholder" means any person (other
     than the Corporation, any Subsidiary, any Employee Benefit
     Plan, any fiduciary  with  respect  to an Employee Benefit
     Plan  acting in such capacity, any person  owning  Capital
     Stock as  of  the date of filing this Amended and Restated
     Certificate  of   Incorporation,   or   any  Affiliate  or
     Associate  of  any  of  the  foregoing)  who  (1)  is  the
     Beneficial  Owner,  directly  or indirectly, of shares  of
     Capital Stock (including two or  more  classes  or  series
     voting  together  as  a  single class) representing 10% or
     more  of  the  Voting Stock or  (2)  is  an  Affiliate  or
     Associate of the  Corporation  and  at any time within the
     two-year period immediately prior to  the date in question
     was  the  Beneficial  Owner,  directly  or indirectly,  of
     shares of Capital Stock (including two or  more classes or
     series voting together as a single class) representing 10%
     or  more  of  the  Voting  Stock.   For  the  purpose   of
     determining whether a person is an Interested Stockholder,
     the  number  of  shares  of  Voting  Stock  deemed  to  be
     outstanding  shall  include  shares  deemed  owned  by the
     person through application of paragraph (c) of Article  X,
     section 3 but shall not include any other shares of Voting
     Stock  that  may  be  issuable  pursuant to any agreement,
     arrangement,  or  understanding  or   upon   exercise   of
     conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

          (o)  "Maritime Laws" means the Merchant Marine Act of
     1936, as amended, the Shipping Act of 1916, as amended and
     the regulations  promulgated thereunder and any successors
     to any of the foregoing.

          (p) "Market Value" means:

               (1) in the  case  of  stock, the highest closing
          sale  price  during  the  30  calendar   day   period
          immediately preceding the date in question of a share
          of  such stock on the Nasdaq National Market, or,  if
          such  stock  is  not  quoted  on  the Nasdaq National
          Market, then on any national securities  exchange  on
          which  the  Common  Stock  is  listed,  or if neither
          quoted on the Nasdaq National Market nor  listed on a
          national  securities  exchange,  the  highest closing
          sales  price  during  the  30  calendar  day   period
          immediately  preceding  the  date  in  question,  the
          closing bid quotation with respect to a share of such
          stock during the 30 calendar day period preceding the
          date  in  question  as  quoted  by  Nasdaq or another
          generally recognized reporting system,  or if no such
          quotation is available, the fair market value  on the
          date  in  question  of  a  share  of  such  stock  as
          determined  by a majority of the Continuing Directors
          at a meeting  of  the  Board  of Directors at which a
          quorum consisting of at least a  majority of the then
          Continuing Directors is present; and

               (2) in the case of property other  than  cash or
          stock, the fair market value or such property on  the
          date  in  question as determined by a majority of the
          Continuing  Directors  at  a  meeting of the Board of
          Directors at which a quorum consisting  of at least a
          majority of the then Continuing Directors is present.

          (q)  "Non-Citizen"  means  any  person other  than  a
     Citizen.

          (r) "Permitted Percentage" means,  as  of the date of
     determination, 24% of the number of shares of  issued  and
     outstanding  Common  Stock on that date; provided that, if
     the Maritime Laws are  amended  to  change  the  amount of
     Common Stock that a Non-Citizen may own or have the  power
     to vote, then the Permitted Percentage shall be changed to
     a  percentage  point  less  than the percentage that would
     cause the Corporation to be no  longer qualified under the
     Maritime Laws, after giving effect to such amendment, as a
     Citizen qualified to (i) engage in  coastwise  trade, (ii)
     participate  in  the United State Maritime Administration,
     Department  of  Transportation's  ("MARAD")  Title  XI  or
     comparable financing  programs,  or  (iii)  participate in
     operating differential subsidies or similar programs.

          (s)   A   "person"   means   any   individual,  firm,
     corporation or other entity, or a group of  persons acting
     or  agreeing  to act together in the manner set  forth  in
     Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act.

          (t) "Redemption  Date"  means  the  date  set  by the
     Corporation on which those shares of Common Stock that the
     Corporation  elects  to  redeem  pursuant to Article VIII,
     section 5, will be redeemed.

          (u)  "Redemption Price" means  the  sum  of  (i)  the
     Average Closing  Sales Price for the Common Stock and (ii)
     any dividend or distribution  declared with respect to the
     shares of Common Stock prior to  the  date such shares are
     called for redemption but which has been  withheld  by the
     Corporation pursuant to Article VIII, section 4.

          (v)  "Subsidiary"  means any corporation, partnership
     or  other entity of which  the  Corporation,  directly  or
     indirectly,  owns voting stock or similar interests having
     a majority of the votes entitled to be cast.

          (w) "Valuation Date" means:

               (1)  for  a  Business  Combination voted upon by
          stockholders, the later of the  day prior to the date
          of  the stockholders' vote or the  date  20  business
          days  prior  to  the  consummation  of  the  Business
          Combination; and

               (2) for a Business Combination not voted upon by
          stockholders,  the  date  of the consummation of  the
          Business Combination.

          (x) "Voting Stock" means the  outstanding  shares  of
     Capital Stock entitled to vote generally in an election of
     directors,  excluding  those  shares  denied voting rights
     pursuant to Article VIII, Section 4.




                                                   EXHIBIT 3.2


                       AMENDED AND RESTATED
                              BYLAWS
                                of
                   TRICO MARINE SERVICES, INC.


                            SECTION 1
                             Offices

     1.1     Registered Office.  The registered office of Trico
Marine  Services, Inc. (the "Corporation") shall be in the City
of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

     1.2      Other  Offices.   The  Corporation  may also have
offices at such other places both within and without  the State
of  Delaware  as the Corporation's Board of Directors may  from
time to time determine  or  the business of the Corporation may
require.

                            SECTION 2
                     Meetings of Stockholders

     2.1     Annual Meetings.   Annual meetings of stockholders
shall be held for the election of  directors at such date, time
and place either within or without the  State  of  Delaware  as
shall be designated by the Board of Directors and stated in the
notice of the meeting.

     2.2      Special  Meetings.   (a)  Special meetings of the
stockholders for any purpose or purposes  may  be called by the
Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Corporation's President
or  upon  a vote of the majority of the Board of Directors,  at
such date, time and place either within or without the State of
Delaware as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.

          (b)  Except  as otherwise provided in the Certificate
of   Incorporation  or  required   by   applicable   law,   the
Corporation's  Secretary  shall  call  a special meeting of the
stockholders, to be held on such date as  the  Secretary  shall
determine,  not  less  than  15 nor more than 60 days after the
actual receipt of a request in  writing of any Beneficial Owner
or Owners of at least 25% of the  Voting  Stock.   Such request
shall set forth:

               (i) a complete and accurate description  of  the
     matter  not to exceed 500 words, of the action proposed to
     be taken  at  such meeting, the reasons for the action and
     any material interest of the stockholder in the matter.

               (ii)  the name, business address and residential
     address  of  each Beneficial  Owner  composing  the  group
     making the request,  the  number of shares of Voting Stock
     of which each such person is  the Beneficial Owner and the
     dates  on which each person acquired  his  or  her  Voting
     Stock;

               (iii)  a  representation  that at least one such
     Beneficial Owner or a representative  thereof  intends  to
     appear  in  person  at  the  meeting to propose the action
     specified in the request; and

               (iv)  if  any proposed  action  consists  of  or
     includes a proposal to  amend  either  the  Certificate of
     Incorporation or the Bylaws, the language of  the proposed
     amendment.

The  Corporation's Secretary may require any person or  persons
submitting  a request to call a special meeting of stockholders
to furnish such  documentary  information  as may be reasonably
required by the Corporation to determine that  such  person  or
persons as a group Beneficially Owns at least 25% of the Voting
Stock.   The  Secretary  may  refuse  to call a special meeting
unless  the request is made in compliance  with  the  foregoing
procedure.

     2.3      Notice of Stockholder Nominations and Stockholder
Business.  (a)   At  any  meeting  of  stockholders,  only such
business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought
before  the  meeting.   Except  as  otherwise  provided  in the
Certificate  of  Incorporation  or  required by applicable law,
nominations for the election of directors at a meeting at which
directors are to be elected or other  matters  to  be  properly
brought  before  any  meeting  of  stockholders (other than any
special  meeting  of stockholders called  pursuant  to  Section
2.2(b)) must be (i)  specified in the notice of meeting (or any
supplement thereto) given  by  or at the direction of the Board
of Directors, including matters  covered  by  Rule 14a-8 of the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission, (ii) otherwise  properly
brought before the meeting by  or at the direction of the Board
of Directors, or (iii) otherwise  properly  brought  before the
meeting  by  any person who (A) has been for at least one  year
the Beneficial  Owner  of at least 1% of any class or series of
outstanding Voting Stock  entitled  to be voted on the proposed
business and (B) complies with the procedures set forth below.

          (b)  A notice of the intent  of a stockholder to make
a nomination or to bring any other matter  before  the  meeting
shall  be  made  in  writing  and received by the Corporation's
Secretary not more than 270 days  and  not less than 60 days in
advance of the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual
meeting of stockholders or, if a special  meeting  or an annual
meeting  of  stockholders scheduled to be held either  30  days
earlier or later  than such anniversary date, such notice shall
be received by the  Corporation's  Secretary  within 15 days of
the  earlier  of  the date on which notice of such  meeting  is
first  mailed  to stockholders  or  public  disclosure  of  the
meeting date is made.

          (c)  Every  such  notice  by  a stockholder shall set
forth:

               (i)   the  name,  age,  business   address   and
     residential address of the stockholder who intends to make
     a nomination or bring  up any other matter, and any person
     acting in concert with such stockholder;

               (ii) the number  of  shares  of  Voting Stock of
     which  the  stockholder  is the Beneficial Owner  and  the
     dates on which such person  acquired  his  or  her  Voting
     Stock;

               (iii)  a  representation  that  the  stockholder
     intends  to  appear  in person at the meeting to make  the
     nomination or bring up the matter specified in the notice;

               (iv) with respect to notice of an intent to make
     a   nomination,   a   description   of   all   agreements,
     arrangements or understandings  among the stockholder, any
     person  acting  in  concert  with  the  stockholder,  each
     proposed nominee and any other person  or  persons (naming
     such  person or persons) pursuant to which the  nomination
     or nominations are to be made by the stockholder;

               (v)  with respect to notice of an intent to make
     a nomination, (A)  the  name,  age,  business  address and
     residential   address   of   each   person   proposed  for
     nomination, (B) the principal occupation or employment  of
     such person, (C) the class and number of shares of capital
     stock  of the Corporation of which such person is the ben-
     eficial  owner,  and (D) any other information relating to
     such person that would  be  required  to be disclosed in a
     proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy  rules  of the
     Securities  and  Exchange Commission had such nominee been
     nominated by the Board of Directors; and

               (vi) with  respect  to  notice  of  an intent to
     bring  up  any  other  matter,  a  complete  and  accurate
     description  of  the  matter not to exceed 500 words,  the
     reasons for conducting  such  business at the meeting, and
     any material interest of the stockholder in the matter.

          (d)  The  Corporation's  Secretary  may  require  any
stockholder  submitting  a  notice  of  an  intent  to  make  a
nomination  or  bring  up  other  business  to   furnish   such
documentary  information  as  may be reasonably required by the
Corporation to determine that such  stockholder has been for at
least one year the Beneficial Owner of at least 1% of any class
or series of outstanding Voting Stock  entitled  to be voted on
the proposed business.

          (e)  Notice  of an intent to make a nomination  shall
be accompanied by the written  consent of each nominee to serve
as a director of the Corporation if so elected and an affidavit
of  each such nominee certifying  that  he  or  she  meets  the
qualifications   necessary  to  serve  as  a  director  of  the
Corporation.  The  Corporation may require any proposed nominee
to furnish such other information as may be reasonably required
by   the  Corporation  to   determine   the   eligibility   and
qualifications of such person to serve as a director.

          (f)  With respect to any proposal by a stockholder to
bring  before a meeting any matter other than the nomination of
directors, the following shall govern:

               (i)  If the Corporation's Secretary has received
     sufficient notice  of  a  proposal  that  may  properly be
     brought  before the meeting, a proposal sufficient  notice
     of which is  subsequently  received  by  the Secretary and
     that  is  substantially duplicative of the first  proposal
     shall not be  properly  brought before the meeting.  If in
     the judgment of the Board  of  Directors  a proposal deals
     with  substantially  the same subject matter  as  a  prior
     proposal  submitted to  stockholders  at  a  meeting  held
     within the  preceding five years, it shall not be properly
     brought before  any  meeting held within three years after
     the latest such previous  submission  if  (A) the proposal
     was  submitted  at only one meeting during such  preceding
     period and it received affirmative votes representing less
     than  3% of the total  number  of  votes  cast  in  regard
     thereto,  (B)  the  proposal  was  submitted  at  only two
     meetings  during such preceding period and it received  at
     the  time  of  its  second  submission  affirmative  votes
     representing  less  than  6%  of the total number of votes
     cast in regard thereto, or (C)  the proposal was submitted
     at three or more meetings during such preceding period and
     it   received  at  the  time  of  its  latest   submission
     affirmative  votes representing less than 10% of the total
     number of votes cast in regard thereto.

               (ii)  Notwithstanding compliance with all of the
     procedures set forth  above  in  this Section, no proposal
     shall be deemed to be properly brought before a meeting of
     stockholders  if,  in  the  judgment  of   the   Board  of
     Directors,  it  is  not  a  proper  subject  for action by
     stockholders under Delaware Law.

          (g)  At  the  meeting  of stockholders, the  chairman
shall  declare  out of order and disregard  any  nomination  or
other matter that  is  not  presented  in  accordance  with the
foregoing  procedures  or  that  is  otherwise  contrary to the
foregoing terms and conditions.

          (h)  Nothing  in  this  Section  shall  be deemed  to
affect  any  rights  of  stockholders  to request inclusion  of
proposals in the Corporation's proxy statement  or  to  solicit
their own proxies pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities
and Exchange Commission.

     2.4      Notice  of  Meeting.   Whenever  stockholders are
required  or  permitted  to  take  any  action at a meeting,  a
written notice of the meeting shall be given  which shall state
the  place,  date and time of the meeting, and the  purpose  or
purposes for which  the  meeting  is  called.  Unless otherwise
provided by law, the written notice of  any  meeting  shall  be
given  to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not
less than  10  nor  more  than  60  days before the date of the
meeting.  If mailed, such notice shall  be  deemed  to be given
when  deposited  in  the  United  States mail, postage prepaid,
directed to the stockholder at such stockholder's address as it
appears on the records of the Corporation.

     2.5     Stockholder List.  The Secretary shall prepare and
make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a
complete  list  of the stockholders entitled  to  vote  at  the
meeting,  arranged  in  alphabetical  order,  and  showing  the
address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered
in the name  of  each  stockholder.  Such list shall be open to
the examination of any stockholder,  for any purpose germane to
the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at
least ten days prior to the meeting, either  at  a place within
the city where the meeting is to be held, which place  shall be
specified  in  the  notice  of  the  meeting,  or,  if  not  so
specified,  at  the place where the meeting is to be held.  The
list shall also be  produced  and kept at the time and place of
the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected
by any stockholder who is present.

     2.6     Quorum.  Except as  otherwise provided by law, the
Certificate of Incorporation or these  Bylaws,  with respect to
each  matter  considered  and  voted  upon at any stockholders'
meeting, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of
each  class of Capital Stock, excluding  shares  deemed  to  be
Excess  Shares (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation)
by the Board  of Directors, or series thereof, entitled to vote
thereon, present  in  person  or  represented  by  proxy, shall
constitute  a  quorum,  provided  that  two or more classes  or
series  shall  be  considered  a single class  if  the  holders
thereof are entitled to vote together  as  a  single class with
respect  to such matter.  If, however, a quorum  shall  not  be
present or  represented  at any meeting of the stockholders (or
with respect to any matter  to  be  considered  and  voted upon
thereat),  the holders of any class of Capital Stock or  series
thereof entitled  to  vote thereat (or with respect to any such
matter), present in person  or represented by proxy, shall have
the power to adjourn the meeting (or the vote upon such matter,
without prejudice to the right of the stockholders to vote upon
any matter as to which a quorum  does exist) from time to time,
without notice other than announcement  at the meeting, until a
quorum shall be presented or represented.   At  such  adjourned
meeting  at which a quorum shall be present or represented  any
business may  be  transacted that might have been transacted at
the meeting as originally  notified.  If the adjournment is for
more than 30 days, or if after  the  adjournment  a  new record
date  is  fixed  for  the  adjourned  meeting,  a notice of the
adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder  of record
entitled  to  vote  at  the  meeting  (or  with respect to such
matter).

     2.7      Vote  Required.   When a quorum is  present  with
respect   to  any  matter  considered   at   any   meeting   of
stockholders,  the  vote  of  the  holders of a majority of the
Voting Stock shall decide such matter, unless the matter is one
upon  which  by express provision of law,  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation or these Bylaws, a different vote is required, in
which case such  express provision shall govern and control the
decision of such matter.

     2.8     Voting  Rights  of Stockholders.  Unless otherwise
provided in the Certificate of  Incorporation, each stockholder
shall at every meeting of the stockholders  be  entitled to one
vote in person or by proxy for each share of Voting  Stock held
of  record by such holder.  If the Certificate of Incorporation
provides for more or less than one vote for any share of Voting
Stock  on  any  matter,  every  reference  in these Bylaws to a
majority  or other proportion of Voting Stock  shall  refer  to
such majority or other proportion of the votes of such stock.

     2.9      Proxies.   (a)  Each stockholder entitled to vote
at a meeting of stockholders  may  authorize  another person or
persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy
shall be voted or acted upon after three years  from  its date,
unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

          (b)  Execution  of a proxy may be accomplished  by  a
stockholder  or  his  or  her  authorized   officer,  director,
employee or agent signing such writing or causing  his  or  her
signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means
including,  without  limitation,  by  facsimile  signature.   A
stockholder  may authorize another person or persons to act for
him as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of
a  telegram,  cablegram,   or   other   means   of   electronic
transmission to the person who will be the holder of the  proxy
or   to  a  proxy  solicitation  firm,  proxy  support  service
organization  or  like  agent duly authorized by the person who
will be the holder of the  proxy  to receive such transmission,
provided that any such telegram, cablegram  or  other  means of
electronic  transmission  must either set forth or be submitted
with information from which  it  can  be  determined  that  the
telegram,   cablegram  or  other  electronic  transmission  was
authorized by  the  stockholder.  If it is determined that such
telegrams, cablegrams  or  other  electronic  transmissions are
valid, the inspectors shall specify the information  upon which
they relied.

          (c)  Any  copy, facsimile telecommunication or  other
reliable reproduction  of  the  writing  or transmission may be
substituted  or  used  in  lieu  of  the  original  writing  or
transmission  for any and all purposes for which  the  original
writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy,
facsimile telecommunication  or  other  reproduction shall be a
complete  reproduction  of  the  entire  original   writing  or
transmission.

          (d)  A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it
states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long  as,  it
is  coupled  with  an  interest sufficient in law to support an
irrevocable power.  A stockholder  may revoke any proxy that is
not irrevocable by attending the meeting  and  voting in person
or  by  filing an instrument in writing revoking the  proxy  or
another duly  executed  proxy  bearing  a  later  date with the
Secretary.

     2.10      Unanimous  Written  Consent.   Unless  otherwise
provided  in  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  any  action
required  to  be  taken  at  any  annual  or special meeting of
stockholders, or any action that may be taken  at any annual or
special  meeting of such stockholders, may be taken  without  a
meeting, without  prior  notice  and  without  a  vote,  by the
unanimous written consent of all holders of Capital Stock  that
would  be  entitled  to  vote  thereon  if an annual or special
meeting had been called for the taking of such action.

     2.11     Treasury Stock.  Shares of  Voting  Stock held in
the  treasury  of  the  Corporation shall not be deemed  to  be
outstanding shares for the purpose of voting or determining the
presence of a quorum or the  total number of shares entitled to
vote on any matter.

     2.12     Presiding Officer.   All meetings of stockholders
shall  be  presided  over  by  the Chairman  of  the  Board  of
Directors, or in his absence, by  a  chairman designated by the
Board of Directors.  The Secretary shall  act  as  secretary of
the meeting, or in the absence of the Secretary by an Assistant
Secretary, or in their absence the chairman of the meeting  may
appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

     2.13      Inspectors.  Prior to a meeting of stockholders,
the Board shall  appoint  one  or more inspectors to act at the
meeting  and  make a written report  thereof.   Each  inspector
shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of
with strict impartiality  and  according  to the best of his or
her ability.  The inspectors shall (i) ascertain  the number of
shares outstanding and the voting power of each, (ii) determine
the  shares  represented at a meeting and the validity  of  the
proxies and ballots,  (iii)  count  all votes and ballots, (iv)
determine and retain for a reasonable  period  a  record of the
disposition of any challenges made to any determination  by the
inspectors,  (v)  certify their determination of the number  of
shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes
and ballots, and (vi)  perform  such  other  functions  as  the
presiding   officer   of  the  meeting  shall  determine.   The
inspectors may appoint  or  retain other persons or entities to
assist them in the performance of their duties.

     2.14     Adjournments.   Any  annual or special meeting of
stockholders  may be adjourned by the  presiding  officer  from
time to time to  reconvene at the same or some other place, and
notice need not be  given  of any such adjourned meeting if the
time and place thereof are announced  at  the  meeting at which
the  adjournment  is  taken.   At  the  adjourned  meeting  the
Corporation  may  transact  any business which might have  been
transacted at the original meeting.   If the adjournment is for
more  than 30 days, or if after the adjournment  a  new  record
date  is  fixed  for  the  adjourned  meeting,  notice  of  the
adjourned  meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record
entitled to vote at the meeting.

                            SECTION 3
                            Directors

     3.1       Powers.    The   business  and  affairs  of  the
Corporation shall be managed under  the direction of a Board of
Directors (the "Board"), except as otherwise provided by law or
by the Certificate of Incorporation.

     3.2      Number.   Subject  to the  restriction  that  the
number of directors shall not be less  than the number required
by Delaware Law, and subject further to  the  creation or lapse
of directorships upon the occurrence of events specified in the
Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors  shall be
fixed, from time to time, by a resolution adopted by a majority
of  the  Continuing  Directors.   Until  otherwise fixed by the
directors,  the  number  of directors constituting  the  entire
Board shall be six.  The Secretary  shall  have  the  power  to
certify  at  any  time as to the number of directors authorized
and as to the class  to which each director has been elected or
assigned.

     3.3     Classification  of  Board.   The  members  of  the
Board,  other  than  those who may be elected by holders of any
one or more series of  Preferred Stock voting separately, shall
be classified, with respect  to the time during which they hold
office, into three classes, designated  Class I, II and III, as
nearly equal in number in possible.  The  initial  directors in
Class  I  shall  be  elected for a term expiring at the  annual
meeting  of stockholders  to  be  held  in  1997,  the  initial
directors  in  Class II shall be elected for a term expiring at
the annual meeting  of  stockholders to be held in 1998 and the
initial directors in Class  III  shall  be  elected  for a term
expiring  at  the annual meeting of stockholders to be held  in
1999.

     3.4     Resignation.  Any  director may resign at any time
upon  written  notice  to  the  Board,  the  President  or  the
Secretary.  Such resignation shall  take  effect  at  the  time
specified  therein,  and  unless otherwise specified therein no
acceptance of such resignation  shall  be  necessary to make it
effective.

     3.5     Nominations.  Only persons who  are  nominated  in
accordance  with  the  procedures set forth in this Section 2.3
shall be eligible for election  as  directors.  Notwithstanding
any provision of these Bylaws to the  contrary,  the provisions
of Section 2.3 shall not apply to the election of any directors
which  the  holders of any class or series of Preferred  Stock,
voting separately as a class, may be entitled to elect.

     3.6      Election of Directors.  Unless otherwise provided
in the Certificate  of  Incorporation,  at  each meeting of the
stockholders for the election of directors at which a quorum is
present, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes
of the shares of Voting Stock present in person  or represented
by proxy at the meeting.

     3.7     Compensation.  Unless otherwise restricted  by the
Certificate  of  Incorporation  or  of  these Bylaws, the Board
shall have the authority to fix the compensation  of directors.
The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance
at  each  meeting  of the Board.  The directors may be  paid  a
stated salary as director or a fixed sum for attendance at each
meeting of the Board  or  committee.   No  such  payment  shall
preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other
capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

                            SECTION 4
                      Meetings of the Board

     4.1     Meetings.   The  Board  may  hold  meetings, both
regular  and  special,  either within or without the  State  of
Delaware.

     4.2     Regular Meetings.   Regular  meetings of the Board
may be held without notice at such time and  at  such  place as
shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

     4.3      Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the  Board
may be called by  the  Chairman  of the Board, the President or
the  Secretary on two day's notice  to  each  director,  either
personally or by mail, telephone or telegram.  Special meetings
shall  be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or
Secretary  in  like  manner  and  on like notice on the written
request of 25% of the directors.

     4.4     Quorum.  At all meetings  of  the Board a majority
of the directors shall constitute a quorum for  the transaction
of business and the act of a majority of the directors  present
at  any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act  of
the Board,  except as may be otherwise specifically provided by
law or by the  Certificate of Incorporation.  If a quorum shall
not be present at  any  meeting  of  the  Board,  the directors
present  thereat  may  adjourn  the meeting from time to  time,
without notice other than announcement  at the meeting, until a
quorum shall be present.

     4.5     Action at Meeting.  If a quorum  is  present  when
any  meeting  of  the  Board  is  convened,  the  directors may
continue to do business, taking action by vote of a majority of
a   quorum   as   fixed  in  Section  4.4,  until  adjournment,
notwithstanding the  withdrawal  of  enough  directors to leave
less  than a quorum or the refusal of any director  present  to
vote.

     4.6     Action by Consent.  Unless otherwise restricted by
the Certificate  of  Incorporation  or these Bylaws, any action
required or permitted to be taken at  any  meeting of the Board
or of any committee thereof may be taken without  a meeting, if
all  members  of  the Board or committee, as the case  may  be,
consent thereto in  writing,  and  the  writing or writings are
filed  with  the  minutes  of  proceedings  of   the  Board  or
committee.

     4.7       Meetings   by   Telephone.    Unless   otherwise
restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws,
members  of the Board or any committee designated by the  Board
may participate  in a meeting of the Board or any committee, by
means  of  conference   telephone   or  similar  communications
equipment by means of which all persons  participating  in  the
meeting  can  hear  each  other,  and  such  participation in a
meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

     4.8      Presiding  Officer.  The Chairman  of  the  Board
shall preside at all meetings  of the Board or, in his absence,
a chairman appointed by the Board.   The  Secretary  or  in the
absence of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, shall act  as
secretary  of each meeting, but in the absence of the Secretary
and an Assistant  Secretary,  the  chairman  of the meeting may
appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

                            SECTION 5
                     Committees of the Board

     5.1      Designation  of  Committees.  The Board  may,  by
resolution passed by a majority  of  the  Continuing Directors,
designate one or more committees, each committee  to consist of
one  or  more  of  the  directors  of  the  Corporation.   Such
committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be
determined  from  time  to  time  by  resolution adopted by the
Board.   The  Board  may  designate one or  more  directors  as
alternate members of any committee,  who may replace any absent
or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the
absence or disqualification of a member  of  a  committee,  the
member  or  members  thereof  present  at  any  meeting and not
disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they  constitute
a  quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the  Board
to act  at  the  meeting  in  the  place  of any such absent or
disqualified member.

     5.2     Authority of Committees. Any such  committee shall
have  those  powers  of  the  Board  in the management  of  the
business  and  affairs  of  the  Corporation  provided  in  the
resolution of the Board designating  such  committee,  provided
that  no  such  committee shall have the power or authority  to
propose amendments  to  the Certificate of Incorporation, adopt
an  agreement  of merger or  consolidation,  recommend  to  the
stockholders  the   sale,   lease   or   exchange   of  all  or
substantially  all  of  the  Corporation's  property or assets,
recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of  the Corporation
or a revocation of a dissolution, amend these Bylaws, declare a
dividend,  authorize  the  issuance of Capital Stock,  adopt  a
certificate of ownership and  merger,  or  adopt,  implement or
propose   to   the   stockholders  that  any  transaction  that
constitutes  a  Business   Combination,   as   defined  in  the
Certificate of Incorporation on the date it became effective.

     5.3       Minutes.  Each  committee  shall  keep   regular
minutes of its meetings  and  report the same to the Board when
required.

                            SECTION 6
                             Notices

     6.1     Form of Notice.  Unless provided otherwise by law,
the Certificate of Incorporation  or  these  Bylaws, any notice
that is required to be given to stockholders shall  be given in
writing, by mail, addressed to such stockholder, at his address
as  it appears on the records of the Corporation, with  postage
thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at
the time  when the same shall be deposited in the United States
mail.  Notice  to  directors may be given in like manner or may
be given by telephone,  telex  or  facsimile transmission or by
sending  the same by national commercial  courier  service  for
next-day delivery.

     6.2      Waiver.   Whenever  any  notice is required to be
given  under  law,  the Certificate of Incorporation  or  these
Bylaws, a waiver thereof  in  writing,  signed by the person or
persons entitled to such notice, whether  before  or  after the
time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.




                            SECTION 7
                             Officers

     7.1     General.  The officers of the Corporation shall be
chosen  by  the  Board  at  its first meeting after each annual
meeting of stockholders and shall  be  a Chairman of the Board,
President, a Secretary and a Treasurer.   The  Board  may  also
choose  one  or  more Vice Presidents and one or more Assistant
Secretaries and Assistant  Treasurers.   Any  number of offices
may  be  held  by  the  same person, unless the Certificate  of
Incorporation or the Bylaws otherwise provide.

     7.2     Other Officers.   The Board may appoint such other
officers and agents as it shall  deem  necessary who shall hold
their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and
perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by
the Board.

     7.3     Compensation.  The salaries  of  all  officers and
agents of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board.

     7.4     Term.  The officers of the Corporation  shall hold
office until their successors are chosen and qualify.   Subject
to  such obligations of the Corporation as may exist under  any
contract of employment, any officer elected or appointed by the
Board  may  be  removed  at any time by the President or by the
affirmative vote of a majority  of  the  Continuing  Directors.
Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be
filled by the Board.

     7.5     Chairman of the Board.  The Chairman of the  Board
shall  have the general powers, duties and responsibilities  of
supervision  and  management inherent in such office as well as
such additional powers and duties as the Board may from time to
time prescribe.  The  Chairman  of  the Board shall control and
direct  the Corporation's business and  supervise,  direct  and
control the  management of the business of the Corporation.  He
shall preside  at  all  meetings  of  the  stockholders and the
Board.

     7.6      President.  The President shall,  except  as  the
Board may otherwise  direct,  supervise the daily operations of
the business of the Corporation  and have general charge of the
Corporation's property and supervision  over  the Corporation's
officers, employees and agents.  At the request of the Chairman
of  the Board, or in his absence or during his disability,  the
President  shall  perform the duties and exercise the functions
of  the  Chairman of  the  Board.   Except  as  the  Board  may
otherwise   authorize,   the  President  shall  execute  bonds,
mortgages and any other contracts  of  any  nature on behalf of
the Corporation.

     7.7     Vice Presidents.  In the absence  of the President
or  in the event of his inability or refusal to act,  the  Vice
President  (or  in  the  event  there  be  more  than  one Vice
President,  the Vice Presidents in the order designated by  the
Board, or in  the absence of any designation, then in the order
of their election)  shall  perform the duties of the President,
and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject
to  all  the  restrictions  upon   the   President.   The  Vice
Presidents shall perform such other duties  and have such other
powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

     7.8      Secretary.   The  Secretary  shall   attend   all
meetings  of the Board and all meetings of the stockholders and
record all  the  proceedings of the meetings of the Corporation
and of the Board in  a  book  to  be  kept for that purpose and
shall  perform  like  duties for the standing  committees  when
required.  He shall give,  or  cause to be given, notice of all
meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board,
and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the
Board or President, under whose  supervision  he  shall be.  He
shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and
he,  or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority  to  affix
the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it
may be  attested  by  his signature or by the signature of such
Assistant Secretary.  The  Board  may give general authority to
any other officer to affix the seal  of  the Corporation and to
attest the affixing by his signature.

     7.9     Assistant Secretary.  The Assistant  Secretary, or
if  there  be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries  in  the
order  determined  by  the  Board  (or  if  there  be  no  such
determination,  then  in the order of their election) shall, in
the absence of the Secretary  or  in the event of his inability
or refusal to act, perform the duties  and  exercise the powers
of the Secretary and shall perform such other  duties  and have
such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

     7.10      Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall have the custody
of the corporate  funds  and securities and shall keep full and
accurate  accounts  of  receipts  and  disbursements  in  books
belonging to the Corporation  and  shall deposit all moneys and
other valuable effects in the name and  to  the  credit  of the
Corporation  in  such  depositories as may be designated by the
Board.  He shall disburse  the  funds of the Corporation as may
be  ordered  by  the  Board, taking proper  vouchers  for  such
disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board,
at its regular meetings,  or  when  the  Board  so requires, an
account  of  all  his  transactions  as  treasurer and  of  the
financial  condition of the Corporation.  If  required  by  the
Board, he shall  give  the  Corporation  a bond (which shall be
renewed every six years) in such sum and with  such  surety  or
sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board for the faithful
performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration
to   the  Corporation,  in  case  of  his  death,  resignation,
retirement  or  removal  from  office,  of  all  books, papers,
vouchers,  money  and  other property of whatever kind  in  his
possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.

     7.11     Assistant Treasurer.  The Assistant Treasurer, or
if there shall be more than  one,  the  Assistant Treasurers in
the  order  determined by the Board (or if  there  be  no  such
determination,  then  in the order of their election) shall, in
the absence of the Treasurer  or  in the event of his inability
or refusal to act, perform the duties  and  exercise the powers
of the Treasurer and shall perform such other  duties  and have
such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

                            SECTION 8
                              Stock

     8.1     Certificated or Uncertificated.  The shares of the
Corporation shall be uncertificated or shall be represented  by
certificates  signed  in  the  name  of  the Corporation by the
Chairman of the Board or the President or  a Vice President and
by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of  the Corporation.
Upon  the  face  or  back of each stock certificate  issued  to
represent any partly paid shares, or upon the books and records
of the Corporation in  the  case  of uncertificated partly paid
shares,   shall  be  set  forth  the  total   amount   of   the
consideration  to  be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon
shall be stated.

     8.2     Summary  of  Rights.   The  powers,  designations,
preferences  and  relative,  participating,  optional or  other
special rights of each class of stock or series  of  each class
of   stock,   and   of  each  series  of  any  class,  and  the
qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences
and rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face
or back of the certificate  that the Corporation shall issue to
represent such class or series  of stock; provided that, except
as otherwise provided in Section 202 of Delaware Law, or in any
act amending, supplementing or substituted for such section, in
lieu of the foregoing requirements,  there  may be set forth on
the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall
issue to represent such class or series of stock,  a  statement
that  the  Corporation  will  furnish  without  charge  to each
stockholder   who   so   requests   the  powers,  designations,
preferences  and  relative, participating,  optional  or  other
special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the
qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences
and rights.

     8.3      Notice   to   Holders  of  Uncertificated  Stock.
Within a reasonable time after  the  issuance  or  transfer  of
uncertificated   stock,  the  Corporation  shall  send  to  the
registered  owner  thereof  a  written  notice  containing  the
information required  to be set forth or stated on certificates
pursuant to Sections 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of Delaware Law
or a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge
to each stockholder who  so  requests the powers, designations,
preferences  and  relative, participating,  optional  or  other
special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the
qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences
and rights.

     8.4      Facsimile   Signatures.    Any   of  or  all  the
signatures  on  a  certificate may be facsimile.  In  case  any
officer, transfer agent  or  registrar  who has signed or whose
facsimile signature has been placed upon  a  certificate  shall
have  ceased  to  be  such officer, transfer agent or registrar
before such certificate  is  issued,  it  may  be issued by the
Corporation  with  the same effect as if he were such  officer,
transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

     8.5     Lost Certificates.   The  Board  may  direct a new
certificate  or  certificates  or uncertificated shares  to  be
issued in place of any certificate  or certificates theretofore
issued by the Corporation alleged to  have been lost, stolen or
destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit  of that fact by the
person claiming the certificate of stock to be  lost, stolen or
destroyed.  When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or
certificates or uncertificated shares, the Board  may,  in  its
discretion  and  as  a  condition  precedent  to  the  issuance
thereof,  require  the  owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed
certificate or certificates,  or  his  legal representative, to
advertise the same in such manner as it  shall  require  and/or
give  the  Corporation  a  bond in such sum as it may direct as
indemnity  against any claim  that  may  be  made  against  the
Corporation  with  respect  to  the certificate alleged to have
been lost, stolen or destroyed.

     8.6      Transfer  of  Stock.    Upon   surrender  to  the
Corporation or the transfer agent of a certificate  for  shares
duly  endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession,
assignation  or  authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of
the Corporation to  issue  a  new  certificate  to  the  person
entitled  thereto,  cancel  the  old certificate and record the
transaction upon its books.  Upon  receipt  of  proper transfer
instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated shares
such uncertificated shares shall be cancelled and  issuance  of
new  equivalent  uncertificated  shares  or certificated shares
shall  be  made  to  the  person  entitled  thereto   and   the
transaction   shall   be   recorded   upon  the  books  of  the
Corporation.

     8.7      Registered  Stockholders.   Except  as  otherwise
provided by law, the Corporation,  and  its directors, officers
and agents, may recognize and treat a person  registered on its
records  as the owner of shares, as the owner in  fact  thereof
for all purposes,  and  as  the  person exclusively entitled to
have and to exercise all rights and  privileges incident to the
ownership  of such shares, and rights under  this  Section  8.7
shall not be affected by any actual or constructive notice that
the Corporation,  or  any of its directors, officers or agents,
may have to the contrary.

                            SECTION 9
                         Indemnification

     9.1     Indemnity.   (a)  Except with respect to an action
or Claim (other than as authorized in Section 9.2) commenced by
an Indemnitee against the Corporation  or by an Indemnitee as a
derivative action by or in the right of  the  Corporation  that
has  not  been  authorized  by the Board, the Corporation shall
indemnify,  defend  and hold harmless  any  Indemnitee  against
Expenses reasonably incurred or suffered in connection with any
Claim against Indemnitee,  whether  the  basis of such Claim is
alleged  action  or  inaction  in  an  official   capacity   as
Indemnitee  or  in  any  other  capacity  while  serving  as an
Indemnitee (including appearances as a witness or in connection
with giving testimony or evidence), if:

          (i)   the Indemnitee is successful in his defense  of
     the Claim on the merits or otherwise, or

          (ii)  the   Indemnitee   has   been   found   by  the
     Determining  Body to have met the Standard of Conduct  (as
     determined in  accordance with the procedures set forth in
     this Section 9.1),  provided that no indemnification shall
     be made in respect of  any Claim by or in the right of the
     Corporation  as  to  which   Indemnitee  shall  have  been
     adjudicated  in  a final judgment  to  be  liable  to  the
     Corporation, unless, and only to the extent that the court
     in  which such Claim  was  brought  shall  determine  upon
     application  that,  despite such adjudication of liability
     but  in  view  of  all  the  circumstances  of  the  case,
     Indemnitee is fairly and  reasonably entitled to indemnity
     for such Expenses which the court shall deem proper.

          (b)  For purposes of this Section 9, the "Standard of
Conduct" is met when conduct by  an  Indemnitee with respect to
which a Claim is asserted was conduct  performed  in good faith
which he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed  to,  the
best  interest  of the Corporation, and, in the case of a Claim
which is a criminal  action  or  proceeding,  conduct  that the
Indemnitee  had  no  reasonable  cause to believe was unlawful.
The  termination of any Claim by judgment,  order,  settlement,
conviction,   or   upon  a  plea  of  nolo  contendere  or  its
equivalent, shall not,  of  itself,  create  a presumption that
Indemnitee did not meet the Standard of Conduct.

          (c)  Promptly upon becoming aware of the existence of
any Claim as to which Indemnitee may be indemnified  hereunder,
Indemnitee  shall  notify  the  Chief Executive Officer of  the
Corporation,  but  the  failure to promptly  notify  the  Chief
Executive Officer shall not  relieve  the  Corporation from any
obligation under this Section 9.  Upon receipt of such request,
the Chief Executive Officer shall promptly advise  the  members
of  the  Board  of the request and that the establishment of  a
Determining Body  with  respect  to  Indemnitee's  request  for
indemnification  as  to the Claim will be presented at the next
regularly scheduled meeting  of the Board.  If a meeting of the
Board is not regularly scheduled  within  120  calendar days of
the  date  the Chief Executive Officer receives notice  of  the
Claim,  the Chief  Executive  Officer  shall  cause  a  special
meeting of  the  Board  of  Directors  to be called within such
period in accordance with the provisions  of the Bylaws.  After
the Determining Body has been established, the Determining Body
shall  inform  the  Indemnitee  of  the  constitution   of  the
Determining  Body  and Indemnitee shall provide the Determining
Body  with all facts  relevant  to  the  Claim  known  to  such
Indemnitee,  and  deliver to the Determining Body all documents
relevant to the Claim  in  Indemnitee's possession.  Before the
60th  day  after  its  receipt  from  the  Indemnitee  of  such
information  (the  "Determination Date"),  together  with  such
additional information  as  the Determining Body may reasonably
request of Indemnitee prior to  such date (the receipt of which
shall not begin a new 60-day period) the Determining Body shall
determine whether or not Indemnitee  has  met  the  Standard of
Conduct  and shall advise Indemnitee of its determination.   If
Indemnitee  shall  have  supplied the Determining Body with all
relevant  information,  including  all  additional  information
reasonably requested by the  Determining  Body,  any failure of
the  Determining  Body  to  make a determination by or  on  the
Determination Date as to whether  the  Standard  of Conduct was
met shall be deemed to be a determination that the  Standard of
Conduct was met by Indemnitee.

          (d)  If  at any time during the 60-day period  ending
on the Determination  Date,  Indemnitee  becomes  aware  of any
relevant   facts   not  theretofore  provided  by  him  to  the
Determining Body, Indemnitee  shall inform the Determining Body
of such facts, unless the Determining  Body  has  obtained such
facts from another source.  The provision of such facts  to the
Determining Body shall not begin a new 60 day period.

          (e)  The  Determining  Body  shall  have  no power to
revoke  a  determination  that  Indemnitee met the Standard  of
Conduct unless Indemnitee (i) submits  to  the Determining Body
at any time during the 60 days prior to the  Determination Date
fraudulent   information,   (ii)  fails  to  comply  with   the
provisions of Section 9.1(d),  or  (iii) intentionally fails to
submit  information  or  documents  relevant   to   the   Claim
reasonably  requested  by  the  Determining  Body  prior to the
Determination Date.

          (f)  In  the  case  of  any  Claim not involving  any
threatened or pending criminal proceeding:

          (i)   if   prior  to  the  Determination   Date   the
     Determining Body  has  affirmatively  made a determination
     that Indemnitee met the Standard of Conduct (not including
     a determination deemed to have been made by inaction), the
     Corporation may, in its sole discretion,  after  notice to
     Indemnitee,  assume all responsibility for the defense  of
     the Claim with  counsel  satisfactory  to  Indemnitee (who
     shall not, except with the written consent of  Indemnitee,
     be  counsel  to  the Corporation), and, in any event,  the
     Corporation and the  Indemnitee  each shall keep the other
     informed as to the progress of the  defense  of the Claim,
     including   prompt   disclosure   of   any  proposals  for
     settlement; provided that if the Corporation is a party to
     the Claim and Indemnitee reasonably determines  that there
     is  any  conflict between the positions of the Corporation
     and Indemnitee,  with  respect  to the Claim or otherwise,
     then Indemnitee shall be entitled  to  conduct his defense
     with counsel of his choice at the Corporation's expense in
     accordance with the terms and conditions  of  this Section
     9; and provided further that Indemnitee shall in any event
     be entitled at his expense to employ counsel chosen by him
     to participate in the defense of the Claim; and

          (ii)  The  Corporation  shall  not  be  obligated  to
     indemnify  Indemnitee for any amount paid in a  settlement
     that the Corporation  has  not  approved.  The Corporation
     shall  fairly  consider any proposals  by  Indemnitee  for
     settlement of the  Claim.   If  the Corporation proposes a
     settlement of the Claim and such  settlement is acceptable
     to  the  person asserting the Claim,  or  the  Corporation
     believes a settlement proposed by the person asserting the
     Claim should  be  accepted,  it shall inform Indemnitee of
     the  terms of such proposed settlement  and  shall  fix  a
     reasonable date by which Indemnitee shall respond.  If In-
     demnitee  agrees  to  such  terms,  he  shall execute such
     documents  as  shall  be  necessary  to  make  final   the
     settlement.  If Indemnitee does not agree with such terms,
     Indemnitee  may  proceed  with the defense of the Claim in
     any manner he chooses, provided  that if Indemnitee is not
     successful on the merits or otherwise,  the  Corporation's
     obligation to indemnify such Indemnitee as to any Expenses
     incurred  following  his disagreement shall be limited  to
     the  lesser  of  (A)  the   total   Expenses  incurred  by
     Indemnitee following his decision not  to  agree  to  such
     proposed settlement or (B) the amount that the Corporation
     would have paid pursuant to the terms of the proposed set-
     tlement.

          (g)  In  the  case of any Claim involving a proposed,
threatened or pending criminal  proceeding, Indemnitee shall be
entitled to conduct the defense of  the  Claim  with counsel of
his  choice  and  to  make all decisions with respect  thereto;
provided,  that  the  Corporation   shall  not  be  obliged  to
indemnify Indemnitee for any amount paid  in settlement of such
a Claim unless the Corporation has approved such settlement.

          (h)  After notifying the Corporation of the existence
of  a Claim in accordance with Section 9.1(c),  Indemnitee  may
from  time  to time request the Corporation to pay the Expenses
(other than judgments, fines, penalties or amounts paid in set-
tlement) that  he  incurs  in  pursuing  a defense of the Claim
prior to the time that the Determining Body  determines whether
the  Standard of Conduct has been met.  The Disbursing  Officer
shall  pay  to  Indemnitee  the amount requested (regardless of
Indemnitee's apparent ability  to  repay  such amount) upon re-
ceipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of  Indemnitee to repay
such amount along with any other amounts advanced or paid after
the  Determination  Date in accordance with the  provisions  of
this Section 9.1, if  (i) the Determining Body determines prior
to the Determination Date  that  Indemnitee  did  not  meet the
Standard of Conduct or (ii) Indemnitee is prohibited from being
indemnified  by the Corporation by virtue of the provisions  of
Delaware Law.

          (i)  After  it  has been determined that the Standard
of Conduct has been met, for  so long as and to the extent that
the Corporation is required to  indemnify Indemnitee under this
Section 9, the provisions of Section  9.1(h)  shall continue to
apply with respect to Expenses incurred after such  time except
that  (i)  no  undertaking shall be required of Indemnitee  and
(ii) the Disbursing  Officer shall pay to Indemnitee the amount
of any fines, penalties  or  judgments  against  him  that have
become  final  and  for which he is entitled to indemnification
hereunder, and any amount of indemnification ordered to be paid
to him by a court.

          (j)  Any  determination   by   the  Corporation  with
respect  to  settlement  of  a  Claim  shall  be  made  by  the
Determining Body.

          (k)  All  determinations and judgments  made  by  the
Determining Body hereunder shall be made in good faith.

          (l)  The  Corporation   and   Indemnitee  shall  keep
confidential to the extent permitted by law and their fiduciary
obligations all facts and determinations  provided  pursuant to
or  arising  out  of  the  operation of this Section 9 and  the
Corporation and Indemnitee shall instruct its or his agents and
employees to do likewise.

     9.2     Enforcement.  (a)  The  rights  provided  by  this
Section  9  shall  be enforceable by Indemnitee in any court of
competent jurisdiction.

          (b)  If Indemnitee  seeks  a judicial adjudication of
his rights under this Section 9 Indemnitee shall be entitled to
recover from the Corporation, and shall  be  indemnified by the
Corporation   against,  any  and  all  Expenses  actually   and
reasonably incurred  by  him in connection with such proceeding
but only if he prevails therein.   If  it  shall  be determined
that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not  all of the
relief  sought,  then  the  Indemnitee shall be entitled to  be
reimbursed for all Expenses incurred  by him in connection with
such judicial adjudication if the amount  to  which  he  is de-
termined to be entitled exceeds 50% of the amount of his claim.
Otherwise,  the  Expenses  incurred by Indemnitee in connection
with such judicial adjudication  shall  be  appropriately  pro-
rated.

          (c)  In  any  judicial  proceeding  described in this
Section 9.2, the Corporation shall bear the burden  of  proving
that  Indemnitee is not entitled to the relief sought, even  if
the Determining Body prior to the Determination Date determined
that Indemnitee  failed  to  meet  the Standard of Conduct.  If
prior to the Determination Date the  Determining Body failed to
make a determination that Indemnitee did  not meet the Standard
of  Conduct,  it  shall  not  be  a defense to such  suit  that
Indemnitee did not meet the Standard of Conduct.

     9.3     Reformation. If any provision of this Section 9 is
determined by a court having jurisdiction  over  the  matter to
violate  or  conflict  with applicable law, the court shall  be
empowered  to  modify or reform  such  provision  so  that,  as
modified  or reformed,  such  provision  provides  the  maximum
indemnification  permitted by Delaware Law, and such provision,
as so modified or  reformed,  and the balance of this Section 9
shall  be  applied in accordance  with  their  terms.   Without
limiting the  generality  of  the  foregoing, if any portion of
this  Section  9  shall  be  invalidated  on  any  ground,  the
Corporation shall nevertheless  indemnify  an Indemnitee to the
full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Section
9 that shall not have been invalidated and to  the  full extent
permitted by law with respect to that portion that has been in-
validated.

     9.4     Successors and Assigns.  This Section 9  shall  be
binding  upon  the Corporation, its successors and assigns, and
shall  inure  to  the   benefit   of  the  Indemnitee's  heirs,
administrators, executors, personal representatives and assigns
and  to  the  benefit of the Corporation,  its  successors  and
assigns.

     9.5     Amendments.  No  amendment  to  or modification of
this   Section  9  or  any  portion  hereof  shall  limit   any
Indemnitee's  entitlement to indemnification in accordance with
the provisions  hereof with respect to any acts or omissions of
Indemnitee which  occur  or  accrue  prior to such amendment or
modification.

     9.6    Contribution.  If the indemnity  provided  for  in
this Section 9 is for any reason unavailable or insufficient to
hold  harmless  an Indemnitee with respect to any Expenses, the
Corporation shall  make  a  contribution  to the Indemnitee for
such liabilities to which the Indemnitee may be subject in such
proportion  as  is appropriate to reflect the  intent  of  this
Section 9.

     9.7     Reliance.   Each  person  who  is  serving  as  an
Indemnitee  shall be deemed to be doing so in reliance upon the
indemnification  provided for in this Section 9.  The rights of
an Indemnitee hereunder shall be contract rights and shall vest
in the Indemnitee  upon  the  occurrence  of  the event, or the
first  event in a chain of events, giving rise to  such  Claim;
provided  that  the adoption of the Bylaws shall not affect any
right or obligation  of  the  Corporation  or of any Indemnitee
which existed prior to such adoption.

     9.8     Nonexclusivity.  (a)  The rights  conferred herein
on any person shall (i) be severable, (ii) not be  exclusive of
any  other  rights  which  such  person  may  have or hereafter
acquire   under  any  statute,  certificate  of  incorporation,
contract or  other  agreement, authorization of stockholders or
disinterested directors  or otherwise, and (iii) continue as to
an  Indemnitee  who  has ceased  to  serve  on  behalf  of  the
Corporation in respect  of all claims arising out of action (or
inaction) occurring prior to such time.

          (b)  It is the intent of the Corporation to indemnify
and hold harmless Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by
Delaware Law, as such law  exists  or  may be amended after the
date  the  Bylaws are adopted, but, in the  case  of  any  such
amendment, only  to  the extent that such amendment permits the
Company to provide broader indemnification rights than Delaware
Law  permitted  prior to  the  amendment,  notwithstanding  any
provision in Section 9 to the contrary.

     9.9      Insurance.  The   Corporation   may   procure  or
maintain  insurance  or other similar arrangement on behalf  of
any Indemnitee or any person who is or was an employee or agent
of  the Corporation, or  is  serving  at  the  request  of  the
Corporation  as  an  employee  or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust  or other enterprise, against
any  liability  asserted  against or incurred  by  him  in  his
capacity as such, or arising out of his status as such, whether
or not the Corporation would  have  the  power to indemnify him
against such liability under the provisions  of  Delaware  Law.
Without  limiting  the  power  of the Corporation to procure or
maintain any other kind of insurance  or  similar  arrangement,
the Corporation may create a trust fund or other form  of self-
insurance arrangement for the benefit of any Indemnitee or such
other person to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware Law.

                            SECTION 10
                        General Provisions

     10.1    Fixing Record Date.  In order that the Corporation
may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote
at  any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof,  or
to express  unanimous  consent  to  corporate action in writing
without  a  meeting,  or  entitled to receive  payment  of  any
dividend or other distribution  or  allotment of any rights, or
entitled  to  exercise  any rights in respect  to  any  change,
conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other
lawful action, the Board may fix in advance a record date which
shall not be more than 60  nor  less  than  ten days before the
date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior  to any other
action.   Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  the  Bylaws,   a
determination  of  stockholders of record entitled to notice of
or to vote at a meeting  of  stockholders  shall  apply  to any
adjournment  of  the meeting, provided, however, that the Board
may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

     10.2    Dividends.   Dividends  upon  the capital stock of
the Corporation, subject to the provisions of  the  Certificate
of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board  at  any
regular  or special meeting, pursuant to law.  Dividends may be
paid in cash,  in  property, or in shares of the capital stock,
subject to the provisions  of the Certificate of Incorporation.
Before payment of any dividend,  there  may be set aside out of
any funds of the Corporation available for  dividends  such sum
or  sums  as the directors from time to time, in their absolute
discretion,  think  proper  as  a  reserve  or reserves to meet
contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or
maintaining any property of the Corporation,  or for such other
purpose as the directors shall think conducive  to the interest
of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any
such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

     10.3    Checks.  All checks or demands for money and notes
of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer  or officers
or such other person or persons as the Board may from  time  to
time designate.


     10.4     Fiscal  Year.  The fiscal year of the Corporation
shall be fixed by resolution of the Board.

     10.5    Seal.  The  corporate  seal  shall  have inscribed
thereon the name of the Corporation and shall be in  such  form
as  may  be approved from time to time by the incorporator, or,
after the  appointment  of  directors,  the Board of Directors.
The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be
impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

                            SECTION 11
                           Definitions

     The following terms, for all purposes of the Bylaws, shall
have the following meaning:

          "Affiliate" or "Associate" shall  have the respective
     meanings  ascribed  to  such terms in Rule  12b-2  of  the
     General  Rules  and  Regulations   promulgated  under  the
     Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934, as  amended  (the  term
     "registrant" in such Rule  12b-2  meaning in this case the
     Corporation); provided, however, that  in  no  event shall
     the  Corporation,  any  of  its Subsidiaries, any employee
     benefit  plan  or  any of the other  persons  or  entities
     exempted from the definition  of Interested Stockholder as
     provided in the Certificate of  Incorporation be deemed to
     be   an   Affiliate   or   Associate  of  any   Interested
     Stockholder.

          A person shall be deemed to be the "Beneficial Owner"
     of any shares of Capital Stock  (regardless  whether owned
     of record):

                    (1)  Which  that  person  or  any  of   its
               Affiliates    or    Associates,    directly   or
               indirectly, owns beneficially;

                    (2)  Which  such  person  or  any  of   its
               Affiliates  or  Associates  has (A) the right to
               acquire (whether exercisable immediately or only
               after  the  passage  of  time) pursuant  to  any
               agreement, arrangement or  understanding or upon
               the  exercise  of  conversion  rights,  exchange
               rights,  warrants or options, or  otherwise,  or
               (B) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement,
               arrangement or understanding; or

                    (3) Which  are beneficially owned, directly
               or indirectly, by  any  other  person with which
               such   person  or  any  of  its  Affiliates   or
               Associates  has  any  agreement,  arrangement or
               understanding  for  the  purpose  of  acquiring,
               holding,  voting  or disposing of any shares  of
               voting capital stock  of  the Corporation or any
               Subsidiaries.

          "Capital  Stock"  means any Common  Stock,  Preferred
     Stock or other shares of capital stock of the Corporation.

          "Certificate  of  Incorporation"   shall   mean   the
     certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as it may
     be amended from time to time.

          "Claim"   shall   mean  any  threatened,  pending  or
     completed claim, action,  suit  or  proceeding,  including
     appeals,   whether   civil,  criminal,  administrative  or
     investigative  and  whether   made  judicially  or  extra-
     judicially, including any action by or in the right of the
     Corporation, or any separate issue  or  matter therein, as
     the context requires.

          "Common  Stock" shall mean the common  stock  of  the
     Corporation,  as   provided  for  in  the  Certificate  of
     Incorporation.

          "Continuing Director" shall have the meaning ascribed
     to it in the Certificate of Incorporation.

          "Delaware Law" shall mean the General Corporation Law
     of the State of Delaware.

          "Determining Body"  shall  mean  (i) those members of
     the  Board  of  Directors  who  do not have  a  direct  or
     indirect interest the Claim for which  indemnification  is
     being  sought  ("Impartial  Directors"),  if  there are at
     least  two  Impartial  Directors, (ii) a committee  of  at
     least two Impartial Directors  appointed by the Board or a
     duly authorized committee thereof  (regardless  of whether
     the  directors  voting  on  such appointment are Impartial
     Directors) and composed of Impartial Directors or (iii) if
     there are fewer than two Impartial  Directors  or  if  the
     Board  or  a  duly authorized committee thereof so directs
     (regardless whether  the  members  thereof  are  Impartial
     Directors),  independent  legal counsel, which may be  the
     regular outside counsel of  the Corporation, as determined
     by the Impartial Directors or, if no such directors exist,
     the full Board.

          "Disbursing Officer" shall  mean  the Chief Financial
     Officer  of  the  Corporation  or, if the Chief  Financial
     Officer has a direct or indirect interest in the Claim for
     which  indemnification is being sought,  any  officer  who
     does not  have  such  an interest and who is designated by
     the Chief Executive Officer  to  be the Disbursing Officer
     with respect to indemnification requests  related  to  the
     Claim,  which  designation  shall  be  made promptly after
     receipt  of  the initial request for indemnification  with
     respect to such Claim.

          "Expenses"   shall   mean   any  expenses  or  costs,
     including, without limitation, attorney's fees, judgments,
     punitive  or  exemplary damages, fines,  excise  taxes  or
     amounts paid in settlement.

          "Indemnitee"  shall  mean  any person who is or was a
     director  or  officer  of the Corporation  or  is  or  was
     serving at the request of  the  Corporation as a director,
     officer or fiduciary of another corporation,  partnership,
     joint  venture,  trust  or  other  enterprise  (including,
     without   limitation,   employee   benefit  plans  of  the
     Corporation).

          "Preferred Stock" shall mean the  preferred  stock of
     the  Corporation,  as  provided for in the Certificate  of
     Incorporation.

          "Subsidiary" means  any  corporation,  partnership or
     other  entity  of  which  the  Corporation,  directly   or
     indirectly,  owns voting stock or similar interests having
     a majority of the votes entitled to be cast.

          "Voting  Stock"   means  the  outstanding  shares  of
     Capital Stock entitled to vote generally in an election of
     directors,  excluding  shares  deemed  Excess  Shares  (as
     defined in the Certificate  of Incorporation) by the Board
     of Directors.

                            SECTION 12
                            Amendments

     The  Corporation's  Bylaws may  be  altered,  amended,  or
repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by:

          (a) the stockholders,  but  only upon the affirmative
     vote of holders of not less than 80%  of the Voting Stock,
     voting together as a single class; or

          (b) the Board, but only upon the affirmative  vote of
     both  (i)  a majority of the directors then in office  and
     (ii) a majority  of  the Continuing Directors, voting as a
     separate group.



                                                     EXHIBIT 4.1




                   TRICO MARINE SERVICES, INC.

                               AND

        THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGE HERETO




                      Series A and Series B

                   8-1/2% Senior Notes due 2005





                            INDENTURE

                    Dated as of July 21, 1997






                       TEXAS COMMERCE BANK
                       NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                             Trustee







                      CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

Trust Indenture
   Act Section                                Indenture Section


310(a)(1)........................................... 7.10
   (a)(2)........................................... 7.10
   (a)(3)........................................... N/A
   (a)(4)........................................... N/A
   (a)(5)............................................7.10
   (b)...............................................7.10
   (c)...............................................N/A
311(a)...............................................7.11
   (b)...............................................7.11
   (c)...............................................N/A
312(a)...............................................2.05
   (b)..............................................11.03
   (c)..............................................11.03
313(a)...............................................7.06
   (b)(1)............................................7.06
   (b)(2)...................................... 7.06,7.07
   (c)........................................ 7.06,11.02
   (d)...............................................7.06
314(a)........................................ 4.03,11.02
   (b)................................................N/A
   (c)(1)...........................................11.04
   (c)(2)...........................................11.04
   (c)(3).............................................N/A
   (d)................................................N/A
   (e)..............................................11.05
   (f)................................................N/A
315(a)...............................................7.01
   (b)........................................ 7.05,11.02
   (c)...............................................7.01
   (d)...............................................7.01
   (e)...............................................6.11
316(a)(last sentence)................................2.09
   (a)(1)(A).........................................6.05
   (a)(1)(B).........................................6.04
   (a)(2).............................................N/A
   (b)...............................................6.07
   (c)...............................................2.12
317(a)(1)............................................6.08
   (a)(2)............................................6.09
   (b)...............................................2.04
318(a)..............................................11.01
   (b)................................................N/A
   (c)..............................................11.01



N/A means not applicable.

*This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.


                        TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          Page

                            ARTICLE 1
                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION   
                           BY REFERENCE
                           
Section 1.01.     Definitions............................................. 1
Section 1.02.     Other Definitions ......................................16
Section 1.03.     Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act...... 17
Section 1.04.     Rules of Construction ..................................17

                           ARTICLE 2
                           THE NOTES

Section 2.01.     Form and Dating........................................ 17
Section 2.02.     Execution and Authentication........................... 19
Section 2.03.     Registrar and Paying Agent............................. 20
Section 2.04.     Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust ....................20
Section 2.05.     Holder Lists........................................... 21
Section 2.06.     Transfer and Exchange ..................................21
Section 2.07.     Replacement Notes...................................... 28
Section 2.08.     Outstanding Notes.......................................29
Section 2.09.     Treasury Notes......................................... 29
Section 2.10.     Temporary Notes........................................ 30
Section 2.11.     Cancellation........................................... 30
Section 2.12.     Defaulted Interest......................................30

                            ARTICLE 3
                      REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
                      
Section 3.01.     Notices to Trustee..................................... 30
Section 3.02.     Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.......................31
Section 3.03.     Notice of Redemption ...................................31
Section 3.04.     Effect of Notice of Redemption .........................32
Section 3.05.     Deposit of Redemption Price ............................32
Section 3.06.     Notes Redeemed in Part .................................33
Section 3.07.     Optional Redemption.................................... 33
Section 3.08.     Mandatory Redemption....................................33
Section  3.09.    Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.....33

                            ARTICLE 4
                            COVENANTS
                            
Section 4.01.     Payment of Notes....................................... 35
Section 4.02.     Maintenance of Office or Agency........................ 36
Section 4.03.     Reports................................................ 36
Section 4.04.     Compliance Certificate................................. 36
Section 4.05.     Taxes.................................................. 37
Section 4.06.     Stay, Extension and Usury Laws......................... 37
Section 4.07.     Restricted Payments.................................... 38
Section 4.08.     Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions
                        Affecting Subsidiaries........................... 40
Section 4.09.     Incurrence of  Indebtedness  and  Issuance of
                        Preferred Stock.................................. 40
Section 4.10.     Asset Sales............................................ 42
Section 4.11.     Transactions with Affiliates .......................... 43
Section 4.12.     Liens.................................................. 44
Section 4.13.     Additional Subsidiary Guarantees....................... 44
Section 4.14.     Corporate Existence.................................... 44
Section 4.15.     Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control............. 44
Section 4.16.     Issuances and Sales of Capital Stock of Wholly
                        Owned Restricted Subsidiaries.................... 46
Section 4.17.     Sale-and-leaseback Transactions........................ 46
Section 4.18.     No Inducements......................................... 46

                            ARTICLE 5
                           SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01.     Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets................47
Section 5.02.     Successor Corporation Substituted...................... 47

                            ARTICLE 6
                      DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01.     Events of Default...................................... 48
Section 6.02.     Acceleration........................................... 49
Section 6.03.     Other Remedies......................................... 50
Section 6.04.     Waiver of Past Defaults................................ 50
Section 6.05.     Control by Majority.................................... 50
Section 6.06.     Limitation on Suits.................................... 51
Section 6.07.     Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.......... 51
Section 6.08.     Collection Suit by Trustee............................. 51
Section 6.09.     Trustee May File Proofs of Claim....................... 52
Section 6.10.     Priorities............................................. 52 
Section 6.11.     Undertaking for Costs.................................. 53

                            ARTICLE 7
                             TRUSTEE

Section 7.01.     Duties of Trustee...................................... 53
Section 7.02.     Rights of Trustee.......................................54
Section 7.03.     Individual Rights of Trustee........................... 55
Section 7.04.     Trustee's Disclaimer................................... 55
Section 7.05.     Notice of Defaults..................................... 55
Section 7.06.     Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes............. 55
Section 7.07.     Compensation and Indemnity............................. 56 
Section 7.08.     Replacement of Trustee................................. 56
Section 7.09.     Successor Trustee by Merger, etc....................... 57
Section 7.10.     Eligibility; Disqualification.......................... 58
Section  7.11.    Preferential  Collection  of Claims  Against
                        Company.......................................... 58

                            ARTICLE  8
           LEGAL  DEFEASANCE   AND   COVENANT DEFEASANCE                  
           
Section 8.01.     Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant
                        Defeasance........................................58
Section 8.02.     Legal Defeasance and Discharge......................... 58
Section 8.03.     Covenant Defeasance.................................... 59
Section 8.04.     Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance............. 59
Section  8.05.    Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in
                        Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions............ 60
Section 8.06.     Repayment to Company................................... 61
Section 8.07.     Reinstatement.......................................... 61

                            ARTICLE 9
                AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
                
Section 9.01.     Without Consent of Holders of Notes.................... 62
Section 9.02.     With Consent of Holders of Notes....................... 62
Section 9.03.     Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.................... 64
Section 9.04.     Revocation and Effect of Consents...................... 64
Section 9.05.     Notation on or Exchange of Notes....................... 64
Section 9.06.     Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc........................ 64

                            ARTICLE 10 
                        GUARANTEE OF NOTES
                        
Section 10.01.    Subsidiary Guarantee................................... 65
Section 10.02.    Execution   and   Delivery   of  Subsidiary
                        Guarantee........................................ 66
Section 10.03.    Guarantors   May   Consolidate,  etc.,   on
                        Certain Terms.................................... 66
Section 10.04.    Releases Following Sale of Assets...................... 67
Section  10.05.   Releases  Following  Designation   as  an
                        Unrestricted Subsidiary.......................... 67
Section 10.06.    Limitation on Guarantor Liability...................... 68
Section 10.07.    "Trustee" to Include Paying Agent...................... 68

                            ARTICLE 11
                           MISCELLANEOUS
                          
Section 11.01.    Trust Indenture Act Controls........................... 68
Section 11.02.    Notices................................................ 68
Section 11.03.    Communication  by  Holders  of  Notes  with
                        Other Holders of Notes........................... 70
Section 11.04.    Certificate  and  Opinion  as to Conditions
                        Precedent........................................ 70
Section 11.05.    Statements   Required  in  Certificate   or
                        Opinion.......................................... 71
Section 11.06.    Rules by Trustee and Agents............................ 71
Section 11.07.    No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees
                        and Stockholders................................. 71
Section 11.08.    Governing Law.......................................... 72
Section 11.09.    No   Adverse   Interpretation    of   Other
                        Agreements....................................... 72
Section 11.10.    Successors............................................. 72
Section 11.11.    Severability........................................... 72
Section 11.12.    Counterpart Originals.................................. 72
Section 11.13.    Table of Contents, Headings, etc....................... 72

                             EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A-1     Form of Note ......................................... A-1-1
EXHIBIT A-2     Form Regulation S Temporary Global Note............... A-2-1
EXHIBIT B-1     Certificate of Transferor from 144A Global  Note  to
                        Regulation S Global Note...................... B-1-1
EXHIBIT B-2     Certificate  of Transferor from Regulation S Global
                        Note to 144A Global Note...................... B-2-1
EXHIBIT B-3     Certificate of Transferor of Definitive Notes......... B-3-1
EXHIBIT B-4     Certificate  of  Transferor  from  Global  Note  to
                        Definitive  Note.............................. B-4-1
EXHIBIT C       Certificate  of  Institutional  Accredited  Investor...  C-1
EXHIBIT D       Form of Subsidiary Guarantee............................ D-1
EXHIBIT E       Form of Supplemental Indenture.......................... E-1



     This  Indenture, dated as of July 21, 1997 is among  Trico
Marine Services,  Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
the guarantors listed  on  the  signature  page hereto (each, a
"Guarantor"  and,  collectively,  the "Guarantors")  and  Texas
Commerce Bank National Association, as trustee (the "Trustee").

     The  Company,  the Guarantors and  the  Trustee  agree  as
follows for the benefit  of  each  other  and for the equal and
ratable  benefit of the Holders of the 8-1/2%  Series A  Senior
Notes due  2005  (the "Series A Notes") and the 8-1/2% Series B
Senior Notes due 2005  (the "Series B Notes" and, together with
the Series A Notes, the  "Notes"),  without  preference  of one
series of Notes over the other:

                            ARTICLE 1
                  DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
                           BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01.Definitions.

     "144A  Global  Note"  means a permanent global senior note
that contains the paragraph  referred  to in footnote 1 and the
additional schedule referred to in footnote 3  to  the  form of
the  Note attached hereto as Exhibit A-1, and that is deposited
with the  Note  Custodian  and  registered  in  the name of the
Depository or its nominee, representing a series  of Notes sold
in  reliance  on  Rule  144A  or  another  exemption  from  the
registration  requirements  of  the Securities Act, other  than
Regulation S.

     "Affiliate" of any specified  Person  means an "affiliate"
of such Person, as such term is defined for  purposes  of  Rule
144 under the Securities Act.

     "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.

     "Applicable   Procedures"   means,  with  respect  to  any
transfer or exchange of beneficial  interests in a Global Note,
the rules and procedures of the Depository  that  apply to such
transfer and exchange.

     "Asset  Sale"  means  (a)  the sale, lease, conveyance  or
other disposition (a "disposition")  of  any  assets  or rights
(including,   without   limitation,   by  way  of  a  sale  and
leaseback), excluding dispositions in the  ordinary  course  of
business (provided that the disposition of all or substantially
all   of   the   assets  of  the  Company  and  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Sections 4.15
and/or 5.01 of this  Indenture  and  not  by  the provisions of
Section 4.10 hereof), (b) the issue or sale by  the  Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests  of  any
of  the  Company's  Subsidiaries,  and  (c) any  Event of Loss,
whether  in  the  case of clause (a), (b) or (c), in  a  single
transaction or a series  of related transactions, provided that
such  transaction or series  of  transactions  (i) has  a  fair
market  value  in excess of $1.0 million or (ii) results in the
payment   of   net  proceeds   in   excess   of   $1.0 million.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing, the following transactions will
be deemed not to be Asset Sales:  (A) a disposition of obsolete
or excess equipment  or  other  assets;  (B) a  disposition  of
assets  by  the Company to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary
or by a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to
another Wholly  Owned  Restricted Subsidiary; (C) a disposition
of Equity Interests by a  Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to
the Company or to another Wholly  Owned  Restricted Subsidiary;
(D) a  Permitted  Investment  or  Restricted  Payment  that  is
permitted by this Indenture; (E) a disposition of assets by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to  a Person that
is  an  Affiliate  of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
and is engaged in the  business  of  providing  marine  support
vessels and related services to the oil and gas industry  (or a
business that is reasonably complementary or related thereto as
determined  in  good  faith  by  the Board of Directors), which
Person  is  an Affiliate solely because  the  Company  or  such
Restricted  Subsidiary   has  an  Investment  in  such  Person,
provided  that  such transaction  complies  with  Section  4.11
hereof; (F) any charter  or  lease  of  any  equipment or other
assets entered into in the ordinary course of business and with
respect  to  which  the  Company  or any Restricted  Subsidiary
thereof is the lessor, except any such  charter  or  lease that
provides  for  the  acquisition  of  such  assets by the lessee
during or at the end of the term thereof  for an amount that is
less than the fair market value thereof at the  time  the right
to acquire such assets occurs; and (G) any trade or exchange by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of equipment or  other
assets  for  equipment or other assets owned or held by another
Person, provided  that  the  fair  market  value  of the assets
traded   or   exchanged  by  the  Company  or  such  Restricted
Subsidiary (together  with  any  cash  or  Cash Equivalents) is
reasonably equivalent to the fair market value  of  the  assets
(together with any cash or Cash Equivalents) to be received  by
the  Company  or  such  Restricted Subsidiary.  The fair market
value of any non-cash proceeds  of  a disposition of assets and
of any assets referred to in the foregoing  clause  (G) of this
definition  shall  be determined in the manner contemplated  in
the definition of the  term "fair market value," the results of
which  determination  shall   be  set  forth  in  an  Officers'
Certificate delivered to the Trustee.

     "Attributable Indebtedness"   in  respect  of  a sale-and-
leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination,  the
present  value  (discounted at the rate of interest implicit in
such transaction,  determined  in  accordance with GAAP) of the
obligation  of the lessee for net rental  payments  during  the
remaining term  of  the  lease included in such sale-and-lease-
back transaction (including any period for which such lease has
been  extended  or  may,  at  the  option  of  the  lessor,  be
extended).  As used in the preceding  sentence, the "net rental
payments" under any lease for any such  period   shall mean the
sum  of  rental  and  other  payments required to be paid  with
respect to such period by the  lessee thereunder, excluding any
amounts  required  to  be paid by such  lessee  on  account  of
maintenance and repairs,  insurance,  taxes, assessments, water
rates or similar charges.  In the case  of  any  lease  that is
terminable  by  the  lessee  upon  payment of penalty, such net
rental payment shall also include the  amount  of such penalty,
but  no rent shall be considered as required to be  paid  under
such lease subsequent to the first date upon which it may be so
terminated.

     "Bankruptcy  Law"  means  Title 11, United States Code, or
any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

     "Board of Directors" means  the  Board of Directors of the
Company, or any authorized committee of the Board of Directors.

     "Business Day" means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

     "Capital  Lease  Obligation"  means,   at   the  time  any
determination  thereof  is  to  be  made,  the  amount  of  the
liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time
be  required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance
with GAAP.

     "Capital  Stock"  means  (a) in the case of a corporation,
corporate stock, (b) in the case  of an association or business
entity, any and all shares, interests,  participations,  rights
or  other  equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock,
(c) in the case  of a partnership or limited liability company,
partnership  or  membership   interests   (whether  general  or
limited)  and  (d) any  other  interest  or participation  that
confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits
and  losses  of,  or distributions of assets  of,  the  issuing
Person.

     "Cash Equivalents"  means  (a)  United States dollars, (b)
securities issued or directly and fully  guaranteed  or insured
by   the   United   States   government   or   any   agency  or
instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more  than six
months  from  the  date  of  acquisition,  (c)  certificates of
deposit  and  Eurodollar time deposits with maturities  of  six
months  or  less   from   the  date  of  acquisition,  bankers'
acceptances  with  maturities  not  exceeding  six  months  and
overnight bank deposits,  in each case with any commercial bank
organized under the laws of any country that is a member of the
Organization for Economic Cooperation  and  Development  having
capital  and  surplus in excess of $500 million, (d) repurchase
obligations with  a  term  of  not  more  than  seven  days for
underlying securities of the types described in clauses (b) and
(c)  above  entered into with any financial institution meeting
the  qualifications   specified   in   clause  (c)  above,  (e)
commercial  paper  having  the highest rating  obtainable  from
Moody's Investors Service, Inc.  or  Standard   & Poor's Rating
Service  and  in each case maturing within 270 days  after  the
date of acquisition,  (f) deposits  available for withdrawal on
demand with any commercial bank not meeting  the qualifications
specified  in clause (c) above, provided all such  deposits  do
not exceed $2.0 million  in the aggregate at any one time,  and
(g) money market mutual funds  substantially  all of the assets
of  which  are  of the type described in the foregoing  clauses
(a) through (e).

     "Cedel" means Cedel bank, societe anonyme.

     "Change of Control"  means  the  occurrence  of any of the
following:  (a) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance  or other
disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation),  in
one   or   a   series   of  related  transactions,  of  all  or
substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  the  Company  and  its
Subsidiaries, taken as a  whole,  (b)  the  adoption  of a plan
relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company,  (c)
the   consummation   of  any  transaction  (including,  without
limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is
that any "person" (as  such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of
the Exchange Act) becomes  the "beneficial owner" (as such term
is defined in Rule 13d-3 and  Rule  13d-5  under  the  Exchange
Act),    directly   or   indirectly   through   one   or   more
intermediaries,  of  more  than  50% of the voting power of the
outstanding voting stock of the Company or (d) the first day on
which  more than a majority of the  members  of  the  Board  of
Directors are not Continuing Directors; provided, however, that
a transaction  in  which  the  Company  becomes a Subsidiary of
another  Person  (other than a Person that  is  an  individual)
shall  not  constitute   a   Change   of  Control  if  (i)  the
stockholders  of  the  Company  immediately   prior   to   such
transaction "beneficially own" (as such term is defined in Rule
13d-3  and  Rule  13d-5  under  the  Exchange Act), directly or
indirectly  through  one  or more intermediaries,  at  least  a
majority of the voting power of the outstanding voting stock of
the  Company immediately following  the  consummation  of  such
transaction  and (ii) immediately following the consummation of
such transaction,  no "person" (as such term is defined above),
other than such other  Person (but including the holders of the
Equity Interests of such other Person), "beneficially owns" (as
such term is defined above), directly or indirectly through one
or more intermediaries,  more  than  50% of the voting power of
the outstanding voting stock of the Company.   For  purposes of
this definition, a time charter of vessels to customers  in the
ordinary course of business shall not be deemed to be a "lease"
under clause (a) above.

     "Common Stock" means the common stock of the Company,  par
value $0.01 per share.

     "Consolidated Cash Flow" means, with respect to any Person
for  any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for
such period  plus,  to  the  extent  deducted  or  excluded  in
calculating  Consolidated  Net  Income  for such period, (a) an
amount  equal  to  any  extraordinary loss plus  any  net  loss
realized in connection with  an  Asset  Sale, (b) provision for
taxes  based  on  income  or  profits of such  Person  and  its
Restricted Subsidiaries, (c) Consolidated  Interest  Expense of
such   Person   and   its   Restricted  Subsidiaries,  and  (d)
depreciation  and  amortization   (including   amortization  of
goodwill  and  other intangibles but excluding amortization  of
prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) of such
Person and its Restricted  Subsidiaries,  in  each  case,  on a
consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

     "Consolidated  Interest Coverage Ratio" means with respect
to any Person for any  period,  the  ratio  of the Consolidated
Cash  Flow  of such Person for such period to the  Consolidated
Interest Expense  of  such  Person  for  such period; provided,
however, that the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio shall be
calculated  giving pro forma effect to each  of  the  following
transactions  as  if  each such transaction had occurred at the
beginning  of  the applicable  four-quarter  reference  period:
(a) any incurrence,  assumption, guarantee or redemption by the
Company  or  any  of  its   Restricted   Subsidiaries   of  any
Indebtedness   (other   than   revolving   credit   borrowings)
subsequent  to  the  commencement  of the period for which  the
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio  is  being  calculated but
prior to the date on which the event for which the  calculation
of  the  Consolidated  Interest  Coverage  Ratio  is  made (the
"Calculation Date"); (b) any acquisition that has been  made by
the  Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or approved
and  expected   to   be  consummated  within  30  days  of  the
Calculation Date, including,  in each case, through a merger or
consolidation,    and   including   any    related    financing
transactions,  during  the  four-quarter  reference  period  or
subsequent to such  reference  period  and  on  or prior to the
Calculation Date (in which case Consolidated Cash Flow for such
reference period shall be calculated without giving  effect  to
clause  (c)  of  the  proviso  set  forth  in the definition of
Consolidated  Net Income); and (c) any other  transaction  that
may be given pro  forma effect in accordance with Article 11 of
Regulation S-X  as in  effect  from  time  to  time;  provided,
further,  however,   that   (i)   the  Consolidated  Cash  Flow
attributable  to  discontinued  operations,  as  determined  in
accordance with GAAP, and operations  or businesses disposed of
prior to the Calculation Date, shall be  excluded  and (ii) the
Consolidated  Interest  Expense  attributable  to  discontinued
operations,   as   determined  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  and
operations or businesses  disposed  of prior to the Calculation
Date,  shall  be  excluded, but only to  the  extent  that  the
obligations giving  rise  to such Consolidated Interest Expense
will not be obligations of  the  referent  Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date.

     "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any
Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of (a) the
consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries   for   such  period,  whether  paid  or   accrued
(including, without limitation,  amortization of original issue
discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of
any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all
payments    associated   with   Capital   Lease    Obligations,
commissions,  discounts  and other fees and charges incurred in
respect of letter of credit  or bankers' acceptance financings,
and net payments (if any) pursuant  to  Hedging Obligations but
excluding  amortization  of debt issuance costs)  and  (b)  the
consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period.

     "Consolidated  Net Income"  means,  with  respect  to  any
Person for any period,  the aggregate of the Net Income of such
Person and its Restricted  Subsidiaries  for  such period, on a
consolidated   basis,  determined  in  accordance  with   GAAP,
provided that (a)  the  Net Income (but not loss) of any Person
that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by
the equity method of accounting  shall  be included only to the
extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash
to the referent Person or a Wholly Owned  Restricted Subsidiary
thereof, (b) the Net Income of any Restricted  Subsidiary shall
be  excluded to the extent that the declaration or  payment  of
dividends   or   similar   distributions   by  that  Restricted
Subsidiary  of  that  Net  Income  is  not  at  the   date   of
determination permitted without any prior governmental approval
(that  has  not  been  obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by
operation  of  the  terms of  its  charter  or  any  agreement,
instrument,  judgment,   decree,   order,   statute,   rule  or
governmental  regulation  applicable to that Subsidiary or  its
stockholders, (c) the Net Income  of  any  Person acquired in a
pooling of interests transaction for any period  prior  to  the
date  of  such  acquisition  shall  be  excluded  and  (d)  the
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be
excluded.

     "Consolidated  Net Tangible Assets" means, with respect to
any Person as of any  date,  the  sum of the amounts that would
appear on a consolidated balance sheet  of  such Person and its
consolidated  Restricted  Subsidiaries as the total  assets  of
such  Person  and  its  consolidated  Restricted  Subsidiaries,
determined on a consolidated  basis in accordance with GAAP and
after  deducting  therefrom,  (a)   to   the  extent  otherwise
included,  unamortized  debt  discount and expenses  and  other
unamortized  deferred charges, goodwill,  patents,  trademarks,
service marks,  trade names, copyrights, licenses, organization
or development expenses  and other intangible items and (b) the
aggregate  amount  of  liabilities   of  the  Company  and  its
Restricted  Subsidiaries  which may be properly  classified  as
current  liabilities  (including  tax  accrued  as  estimated),
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

     "Consolidated Net Worth" means, with respect to any Person
as of any date, the sum  of  (a) the consolidated equity of the
common  stockholders  of  such  Person   and  its  consolidated
Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date plus (b) the respective
amounts reported on such Person's balance sheet as of such date
with  respect  to  any  series of preferred stock  (other  than
Disqualified Stock) that  by  its  terms is not entitled to the
payment of dividends unless such dividends  may be declared and
paid only out of net earnings in respect of the  year  of  such
declaration  and  payment,  but  only to the extent of any cash
received by such Person upon issuance  of such preferred stock,
less  (i)  all write-ups (other than write-ups  resulting  from
foreign currency  translations and write-ups of tangible assets
of a going concern  business  made  within  12 months after the
acquisition of such business) subsequent to the  date  of  this
Indenture  in  the book value of any asset owned by such Person
or a consolidated  Restricted  Subsidiary  of such Person, (ii)
all investments as of such date in unconsolidated  Subsidiaries
and in Persons that are not Restricted Subsidiaries  and  (iii)
all  unamortized  debt  discount  and  expense  and unamortized
deferred  charges  as of such date, in each case determined  in
accordance with GAAP.

     "Continuing  Directors"   means,   as   of   any  date  of
determination, any member of the Board of Directors who (a) was
a  member  of  the  Board  of Directors on the date of original
issuance  of  the  Series A Notes  or  (b)  was  nominated  for
election to the Board  of  Directors  with  the approval of, or
whose election to the Board of Directors was  ratified  by,  at
least  two-thirds  of the Continuing Directors who were members
of the Board of Directors  at  the  time  of such nomination or
election.

     "Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee"  shall  be  at the
address  of  the  Trustee  specified in Section 11.02 hereof or
such other address as to which  the  Trustee may give notice to
the Company.

     "Credit  Facility"  means  that certain  Revolving  Credit
Agreement, dated as of July 26, 1996,  as amended, by and among
the Company, its Subsidiaries named therein,  BankBoston, N.A.,
Hibernia  National  Bank and First National Bank  of  Commerce,
including any related  notes, guarantees, collateral documents,
instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, in
each  case  as  amended,  restated,   modified,   supplemented,
extended,  renewed,  replaced, refinanced or restructured  from
time to time, whether by the same or any other agent or agents,
lender or group of lenders,  whether represented by one or more
agreements and whether one or  more  Subsidiaries  are added or
removed  as  borrowers  or guarantors thereunder or as  parties
thereto.

     "Custodian"  means  any   receiver,   trustee,   assignee,
liquidator,   sequestrator   or   similar  official  under  any
Bankruptcy Law.

     "Default" means any event that  is  or with the passage of
time  or  the giving of notice or both would  be  an  Event  of
Default.

     "Definitive  Notes"  means  Notes  that are in the form of
Exhibit  A-1 attached hereto (but without  including  the  text
referred to in footnotes 1 and 3 thereto).

     "Depository"  means, with respect to the Notes issuable or
issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified
in Section 2.03 hereof  as  the  Depository with respect to the
Notes, until a successor shall have  been  appointed and become
such  pursuant to the applicable provision of  this  Indenture,
and,  thereafter,  "Depository"  shall  mean  or  include  such
successor.

     "Disqualified  Stock" means any Capital Stock that, by its
terms  (or by the terms  of  any  security  into  which  it  is
convertible  or  for  which  it  is  exchangeable), or upon the
happening of any event, matures (excluding  any  maturity  as a
result  of  an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is
mandatorily redeemable,  pursuant  to a sinking fund obligation
or  otherwise,  or  redeemable  at  the option  of  the  holder
thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior  to  the date that is
91  days  after  the  date  on  which the Notes mature  or  are
redeemed  or  retired  in  full; provided,  however,  that  any
Capital Stock that would constitute  Disqualified  Stock solely
because the holders thereof (or of any security into  which  it
is  convertible or for which it is exchangeable) have the right
to require the issuer to repurchase such Capital Stock (or such
security  into  which  it  is  convertible  or  for which it is
exchangeable)   upon  the  occurrence  of  any  of  the  events
constituting an Asset  Sale  or  a  Change of Control shall not
constitute Disqualified Stock if such  Capital  Stock  (and all
such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is
exchangeable)   provides  that  the  issuer  thereof  will  not
repurchase or redeem  any  such  Capital  Stock  (or  any  such
security  into  which  it  is  convertible  or  for which it is
exchangeable)  pursuant to such provisions prior to  compliance
by the Company with  Section 4.10 or 4.15 of this Indenture, as
the case may be.

     "Equity Interests"  means  Capital Stock and all warrants,
options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding
any  debt security that is convertible  into,  or  exchangeable
for, Capital Stock).

     "Euroclear"  means  Morgan  Guaranty  Trust Company of New
York, Brussels office, as operator of the Euroclear system.

     "Event  of Loss" means, with respect to  any  property  or
asset of the Company  or  any  Restricted  Subsidiary,  (a) any
damage  to  such property or asset that results in an insurance
settlement with respect thereto on the basis of a total loss or
a  constructive   or   compromised   total   loss  or  (b)  the
confiscation,  condemnation  or  requisition of title  to  such
property  or  asset  by any government  or  instrumentality  or
agency thereof.  An Event  of  Loss shall be deemed to occur as
of   the  date  of  the  insurance  settlement,   confiscation,
condemnation or requisition of title, as applicable.

     "Exchange  Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended.

     "Exchange Offer"  means  the offer that may be made by the
Company  pursuant  to  the  Registration  Rights  Agreement  to
exchange Series B Notes for Series A Notes.

     "Existing Indebtedness"  means Indebtedness of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries  (other than Indebtedness under
the  Credit  Facility)  in  existence   on  the  date  of  this
Indenture, until such amounts are repaid.

     The term "fair market value" means,  with  respect  to any
asset  or  Investment,  the  fair market value of such asset or
Investment   at   the  time  of  the   event   requiring   such
determination, as determined  in  good  faith  by  the Board of
Directors  of  the  Company,  or, with respect to any asset  or
Investment in excess of $5.0 million  (other  than cash or Cash
Equivalents), as determined by a reputable appraisal  firm that
is,  in  the judgment of such Board of Directors, qualified  to
perform the  task  for  which  such  firm  has been engaged and
independent with respect to the Company.

     "Funded  Indebtedness"  means any Indebtedness  for  money
borrowed that by its terms matures  at,  or  is  extendible  or
renewable  at the option of the obligor to, a date more than 12
months after the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness.

     "GAAP"  means generally accepted accounting principles set
forth in the opinions  and  pronouncements  of  the  Accounting
Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified  Public
Accountants  and statements and pronouncements of the Financial
Accounting Standards  Board or in such other statements by such
other entity as have been  approved by a significant segment of
the accounting profession, which  are  in  effect  from time to
time.

     "Global  Note"  means, individually and collectively,  the
Regulation S Temporary  Global Note, the Regulation S Permanent
Global Note and the 144A Global Note.

     "Government Securities"  means  direct  obligations of, or
obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the
payment of which guarantee or obligations the  full  faith  and
credit of the United States is pledged.

     "Guarantor"  means  (a) each  Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company  named  on  the signature page  hereto,  (b) any  other
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Subsidiary
Guarantee in accordance with Sections 4.13 and 10.02 hereof and
(c) the respective successors  and  assigns  of such Restricted
Subsidiaries, as required under Article 10 hereof, in each case
until  such  time  as any such Restricted Subsidiary  shall  be
released  and  relieved   of   its   obligations   pursuant  to
Section 10.04 or 10.05 hereof.

     "Hedging  Obligations" means, with respect to any  Person,
the obligations  of  such  Person  under (a) interest rate swap
agreements,  interest  rate cap agreements  and  interest  rate
collar  agreements,  (b)  other   agreements   or  arrangements
designed  to  protect  such  Person  against  fluctuations   in
interest  rates  and (c) any foreign currency futures contract,
option or similar  agreement or arrangement designed to protect
such Person against  fluctuations in foreign currency rates, in
each case to the extent  such  obligations  are incurred in the
ordinary course of business of such Person.

     "Holder"  means  a  Person  in  whose  name  a   Note   is
registered.

     "Indebtedness"  means,  with  respect  to  any Person, any
indebtedness  of  such  Person,  whether or not contingent,  in
respect of borrowed money or evidenced  by  bonds,  debentures,
notes   or   similar  instruments  or  letters  of  credit  (or
reimbursement   agreements  in  respect  thereof)  or  banker's
acceptances or representing  Capital  Lease  Obligations or the
balance  deferred  and  unpaid  of  the purchase price  of  any
property or representing any Hedging  Obligations,  except  any
such  balance  that  constitutes  an  accrued  expense or trade
payable, if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness
(other  than  letters of credit and Hedging Obligations)  would
appear as a liability  upon  a  balance  sheet  of  such Person
prepared   in   accordance   with   GAAP.  The  amount  of  any
Indebtedness  outstanding  as  of any date  shall  be  (a)  the
accreted value thereof, in the case  of  any  Indebtedness that
does  not  require current payments of interest,  and  (b)  the
principal  amount   thereof,   in   the   case   of  any  other
Indebtedness.

     "Indenture"   means   this   Indenture,   as  amended   or
supplemented from time to time.

     "Indirect  Participant"  means  a  Person  who  holds   an
interest through a Participant.

     "Initial  Purchasers"  means  Bear,  Stearns &  Co.  Inc.,
Jefferies & Company, Inc. and BancBoston Securities Inc.

     "Institutional  Accredited  Investor" means an "accredited
investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1),  (2),  (3) or (7) under
the Securities Act.

     "Investments"  means,  with  respect  to  any Person,  all
investments   by   such  Person  in  other  Persons  (including
Affiliates) in the forms of direct or indirect loans (including
guarantees by the referent  Person  of, and Liens on any assets
of  the  referent  Person  securing,  Indebtedness   or   other
obligations    of   other   Persons),   advances   or   capital
contributions  (excluding   commission,   travel   and  similar
advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary  course
of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration
of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together
with  all  items that are or would be classified as investments
on a balance  sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided,
however, that the  following  shall not constitute Investments:
(i) extensions of trade credit  or  other advances to customers
on  commercially  reasonable  terms in accordance  with  normal
trade  practices  or  otherwise  in   the  ordinary  course  of
business,  (ii) Hedging Obligations and  (iii) endorsements  of
negotiable instruments  and documents in the ordinary course of
business.  If the Company  or  any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company sells or otherwise disposes  of any Equity Interests of
any  direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary  of  the  Company
such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition,
such Person  is  no  longer  a  Restricted  Subsidiary  of  the
Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment
on  the  date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair
market  value  of  the  Equity  Interests  of  such  Restricted
Subsidiary  not  sold or disposed of in an amount determined as
provided in Section 4.07 of this Indenture.

     "Legal Holiday"  means  a  Saturday,  a Sunday or a day on
which banking institutions in the City of Houston,  Texas,  the
City  of  New  York  or at a place of payment are authorized by
law, regulation or executive  order  to  remain  closed.   If a
payment  date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment
may be made  at  that  place on the next succeeding day that is
not a Legal Holiday, and  no  interest  shall  accrue  for  the
intervening period.

     "Lien"  means,  with  respect  to any asset, any mortgage,
lien, pledge, charge, security interest  or  encumbrance of any
kind in respect of such asset, whether or not  filed,  recorded
or  otherwise  perfected  under  applicable  law (including any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement,  any lease
in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or
give  a security interest in and any filing of or agreement  to
give any  financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code
(or equivalent  statutes)  of  any  jurisdiction  other  than a
precautionary   financing  statement  respecting  a  lease  not
intended as a security agreement).

     "Liquidated  Damages"  means  all  liquidated damages then
owing   pursuant  to  Section 5  of  the  Registration   Rights
Agreement.

     "Make-Whole Amount" with respect to a Note means an amount
equal to  the  excess,  if any, of (i) the present value of the
remaining interest, premium  and principal payments due on such
Note as if such Note were redeemed  on August 1, 2001, computed
using a discount rate equal to the Treasury  Rate plus 50 basis
points,  over  (ii)  the outstanding principal amount  of  such
Note.  "Treasury Rate"  is  defined as the yield to maturity at
the  time  of  the  computation  of   United   States  Treasury
securities  with  a  constant  maturity  (as  compiled  by  and
published  in  the  most  recent  Federal  Reserve  Statistical
Release H.15(519), which has become publicly available at least
two  Business  Days prior to the date of the redemption  notice
or, if such Statistical  Release  is  no  longer published, any
publicly available source of similar market  date)  most nearly
equal  to  the  then  remaining  maturity of the Notes assuming
redemption of the Notes on August 1,  2001;  provided, however,
that if the Make-Whole Average Life of such Note  is  not equal
to the constant maturity of the United States Treasury security
for  which  a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury  Rate
shall be obtained  by  linear  interpolation (calculated to the
nearest one-twelfth of a year) from  the  weekly average yields
of United States Treasury securities for which  such yields are
given, except that if the Make-Whole Average Life of such Notes
is  less  than  one year, the weekly average yield on  actually
traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant
maturity of one year  shall be used.  "Make-Whole Average Life"
means  the number of years  (calculated  to  the  nearest  one-
twelfth) between the date of redemption and August 1, 2001.

     "Make-Whole  Price"  with  respect  to  a  Note  means the
greater of (i) the sum of the outstanding principal amount  and
Make-Whole  Amount  of such Note, and (ii) the redemption price
of such Note on August 1,  2001,  determined  pursuant  to  the
Indenture (104.250% of the principal amount).

     "Net  Income"  means,  with respect to any Person, the net
income (loss) of such Person,  determined  in  accordance  with
GAAP  and  before  any  reduction in respect of preferred stock
dividends, excluding, however,  (a)  any  gain  (but not loss),
together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but
not  loss),  realized  in  connection  with (i) any Asset  Sale
(including, without limitation, dispositions  pursuant to sale-
and-leaseback  transactions)  or  (ii) the disposition  of  any
securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries and  (b)  any  extraordinary  or
nonrecurring  gain  (but  not  loss), together with any related
provision for taxes on such extraordinary  or nonrecurring gain
(but not loss).

     "Net Proceeds" means the aggregate cash  proceeds received
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect
of  any  Asset  Sale (including, without limitation,  any  cash
received upon the  sale  or  other  disposition of any non-cash
consideration  received  in any Asset Sale),  net  of  (without
duplication) (a) the direct  costs  relating to such Asset Sale
(including,   without   limitation,   legal,   accounting   and
investment  banking  fees, sales commissions,  recording  fees,
title transfer fees, title  insurance  premiums, appraiser fees
and costs incurred in connection with preparing  such asset for
sale) and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof,
(b)  taxes paid or estimated to be payable as a result  thereof
(after  taking  into  account  any  available  tax  credits  or
deductions  and  any  tax  sharing  arrangements),  (c) amounts
required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness  (other
than  under the Credit Facility) secured by a Lien on the asset
or assets  that were the subject of such Asset Sale and (d) any
reserve established  in  accordance  with  GAAP  or  any amount
placed  in escrow, in either case for adjustment in respect  of
the sale price of such asset or assets, until such time as such
reserve is  reversed  or such escrow arrangement is terminated,
in which case Net Proceeds shall include only the amount of the
reserve so reserved or  the  amount  returned to the Company or
its Restricted Subsidiaries from such  escrow  arrangement,  as
the case may be.

     "Non-Recourse  Debt"  means  Indebtedness  (a) as to which
neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries  (i)
provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking,
agreement  or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or
is otherwise  directly  or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or
otherwise) or (ii) constitutes  the lender, (b) no default with
respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof
may  have to take enforcement action  against  an  Unrestricted
Subsidiary)  would  permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both)
the holders of Indebtedness  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its
Restricted   Subsidiaries   to   declare   a  default  on  such
Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to  be accelerated or
payable prior to its stated maturity and (c) as  to  which  the
lenders  have  been notified in writing that they will not have
any recourse to  the  stock  or assets of the Company or any of
its  Restricted  Subsidiaries, except  to  the  extent  of  any
Indebtedness incurred  by  the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in accordance with clause (a)(i) above.

     "Note Custodian" means  the  Trustee,  as  custodian  with
respect  to  the  Notes in global form, or any successor entity
thereto.

     "Obligations"  means  any  principal, interest, penalties,
fees,  indemnifications,  reimbursements,   damages  and  other
liabilities  payable  under  the  documentation  governing  any
Indebtedness.

     "Offering" means the offering of the Notes by the Company.

     "Officer" means, with respect to any Person,  the Chairman
of  the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President,  the
Chief  Operating  Officer,  the  Chief  Financial  Officer, the
Treasurer,   any  Assistant  Treasurer,  the  Controller,   the
Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.

     "Officers'  Certificate"  means  a  certificate  signed on
behalf  of  the Company by two Officers of the Company, one  of
whom must be  the  principal  executive  officer, the principal
financial  officer,  the treasurer or the principal  accounting
officer of the Company,  that meets the requirements of Section
11.05 hereof.

     "Opinion of Counsel"  means  an opinion from legal counsel
who is reasonably acceptable to the  Trustee,  that  meets  the
requirements  of  Section  11.05 hereof.  The counsel may be an
employee of or counsel to the  Company,  any  Subsidiary of the
Company or the Trustee.

     "Pari Passu Indebtedness" means, with respect  to  any Net
Proceeds from Asset Sales, Indebtedness of the Company and  its
Restricted  Subsidiaries the terms of which require the Company
or such Restricted  Subsidiary  to  apply  such Net Proceeds to
offer to repurchase such Indebtedness.

     "Participant"  means  with  respect to DTC,  Euroclear  or
Cedel,  a  Person who has an account  with  DTC,  Euroclear  or
Cedel, respectively  (and,  with  respect to DTC, shall include
Euroclear and Cedel).

     "Permitted Investments" means  (a)  any  Investment in the
Company  or  in  a  Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary  of  the
Company,  (b)  any Investment  in  Cash  Equivalents,  (c)  any
Investment by the  Company  or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company in a Person if as a result  of such Investment (i) such
Person  becomes  a Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiary  of  the
Company  or  (ii)  such   Person  is  merged,  consolidated  or
amalgamated  with  or into, or  transfers  or  conveys  all  or
substantially all of  its assets to, or is liquidated into, the
Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,
(d) any Investment made  as a result of the receipt of non-cash
consideration from (i) an  Asset Sale that was made pursuant to
and  in  compliance  with  Section   4.10   hereof  or  (ii)  a
disposition of assets that does not constitute  an  Asset Sale,
and  (e) Investments  in  a  Person engaged principally in  the
business  of  providing  marine  support  vessels  and  related
services to the oil and gas industry  or  businesses reasonably
complementary  or related thereto provided that  the  aggregate
amount of such Investments  pursuant  to  this  clause  (e)  in
Persons  that  are  not  Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company
shall not exceed $20.0 million at any one time.

     "Permitted Liens" means  (a)  Liens  securing Indebtedness
incurred  pursuant  to  clause (a) of the second  paragraph  of
Section  4.09 hereof plus  additional  Indebtedness  under  the
Credit Facility  not  to  exceed  an  amount  equal  to  15% of
Consolidated   Net  Tangible  Assets, (b) Liens in favor of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,  (c) Liens on property
of a Person existing at the time such Person  is merged into or
consolidated with the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary  of
the  Company,  provided that such Liens were in existence prior
to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not
extend to any property  other  than  those of the Person merged
into or consolidated with the Company  or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, (d) Liens on property existing  at  the  time  of
acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
of  the  Company,  provided  that  such Liens were in existence
prior  to  the  contemplation of such acquisition  and  do  not
extend  to  any  other   property,  (e)  Liens  to  secure  the
performance of statutory obligations,  surety  or appeal bonds,
bid  or  performance  bonds,  insurance  obligations  or  other
obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of
business,  (f) Liens securing Hedging Obligations,   (g)  Liens
existing on the date of this Indenture, (h) Liens securing Non-
Recourse Debt,  (i)  any  interest or title of a lessor under a
Capital  Lease Obligation or  an  operating  lease,  (j)  Liens
arising by  reason  of  deposits  necessary  to  obtain standby
letters of credit in the ordinary course of business, (k) Liens
on  real  or  personal property or assets of the Company  or  a
Restricted Subsidiary  thereof  to secure Indebtedness incurred
for  the  purpose of (i) financing  all  or  any  part  of  the
purchase price of such property or assets incurred prior to, at
the time of,  or within 120 days after, the acquisition of such
property or assets  or  (ii)  financing  all or any part of the
cost of construction of any such property  or  assets, provided
that  the  amount  of any such financing shall not  exceed  the
amount expended in the  acquisition of, or the construction of,
such property or assets and  such Liens shall not extend to any
other  property  or  assets  of the  Company  or  a  Restricted
Subsidiary (other than any associated  accounts,  contracts and
insurance  proceeds),  (l) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness with respect  to  any  Indebtedness referred to in
clause (k) above, and (m) Liens incurred in the ordinary course
of business of the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary of the
Company  with  respect  to  obligations  that  do  not   exceed
$5.0 million  at any one time outstanding and that (1) are  not
incurred in connection  with  the  borrowing  of  money  or the
obtaining of advances or credit (other than trade credit in the
ordinary  course  of  business) and (2) do not in the aggregate
materially detract from the value of the property or materially
impair the use thereof  in  the  operation  of  business by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary.

     "Permitted    Refinancing    Indebtedness"    means    any
Indebtedness   of   the   Company  or  any  of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries issued in exchange  for,  or  the  net proceeds of
which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or
refund  other  Indebtedness  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its
Restricted   Subsidiaries;  provided,  however,  that  (a)  the
principal amount  (or  accreted  value,  if applicable) of such
Permitted   Refinancing  Indebtedness  does  not   exceed   the
principal amount  of  (or  accreted value, if applicable), plus
premium, if any, and accrued  interest  on, the Indebtedness so
extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced,  defeased  or refunded
(plus  the amount of reasonable expenses incurred in connection
therewith),  (b)  such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a
final maturity date no earlier than the final maturity date of,
and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater
than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness
being  extended, refinanced,  renewed,  replaced,  defeased  or
refunded,  (c)  if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced,
renewed, replaced,  defeased  or  refunded  is  subordinated in
right  of  payment  to  the  Notes,  such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness is subordinated in right  of  payment to the Notes
on  terms  at  least  as  favorable, taken as a whole,  to  the
Holders  of  Notes  as  those contained  in  the  documentation
governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed,
replaced, defeased or refunded  and  (d)  such  Indebtedness is
incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted  Subsidiary
who   is  the  obligor  on  the  Indebtedness  being  extended,
refinanced,  renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; provided,
however, that  a  Restricted Subsidiary may guarantee Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness  incurred  by  the Company, whether or
not such Restricted Subsidiary was an obligor  or  guarantor of
the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced,
defeased or refunded; provided, further, however, that  if such
Permitted  Refinancing  Indebtedness  is  subordinated  to  the
Notes,  such guarantee shall be subordinated to such Restricted
Subsidiary's Subsidiary Guarantee to at least the same extent.

     "Person"  means  any individual, corporation, partnership,
limited liability company,  joint  venture, association, joint-
stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government
or  agency  or  political  subdivision thereof  (including  any
subdivision  or  ongoing  business   of   any  such  entity  or
substantially all of the assets of any such entity, subdivision
or business).

     "Productive Assets" means vessels or other  assets  (other
than  assets  that  would  be  classified  as current assets in
accordance with GAAP) of the kind used or usable by the Company
or  its  Restricted Subsidiaries in the business  of  providing
marine support  vessels and related services to the oil and gas
industry (or any  business  that is reasonably complementary or
related thereto as determined  in  good  faith  by the Board of
Directors).

     "QIB" means a "qualified institutional buyer"  as  defined
in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

     "Qualified  Equity  Offering" means (a) any sale of Equity
Interests  (other  than  Disqualified  Stock)  of  the  Company
pursuant  to  an underwritten  offering  registered  under  the
Securities Act  or (b) any sale of Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock)  of  the Company so long as, at the time of
consummation of such sale,  the  Company  has a class of common
equity  securities  registered  pursuant  to Section  12(b)  or
Section 12(g) under the Exchange Act.

     "Registration  Rights  Agreement" means  the  Registration
Rights Agreement, dated as of  July 21,  1997, by and among the
Company,  the  Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers,  as  such
agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to
time.

     "Regulation S"  means  Regulation S  under  the Securities
Act.

     "Regulation S Global Note" means a Regulation S  Temporary
Global   Note   or   Regulation S  Permanent  Global  Note,  as
appropriate.

     "Regulation S Permanent  Global  Note"  means  a permanent
global   note  that  contains  the  paragraph  referred  to  in
footnote 1   and   the   additional  schedule  referred  to  in
footnote 3  to  the  form  of   the  Note  attached  hereto  as
Exhibit A-1, and that is deposited  with the Note Custodian and
registered in the name of the Depository, representing a series
of Notes sold in reliance on Regulation S.

     "Regulation S  Temporary  Global  Note"   means  a  single
temporary global senior note in the form of the  Note  attached
hereto as Exhibit A-2 that is deposited with the Note Custodian
and  registered  in the name of the Depository, representing  a
series of Notes sold in reliance on Regulation S.

     "Responsible  Officer,"  when  used  with  respect  to the
Trustee,   means   any   officer  within  the  Corporate  Trust
Department of the Trustee  (or  any successor department of the
Trustee)  or  any  other  officer of  the  Trustee  customarily
performing functions similar  to  those performed by any of the
above designated officers and also  means,  with  respect  to a
particular  corporate  trust  matter, any other officer to whom
such  matter  is  referred because  of  his  knowledge  of  and
familiarity with the particular subject.

     "Restricted  Beneficial  Interest"  means  any  beneficial
interest  of  a  Participant   or  Indirect  Participant  in  a
Restricted Global Note.

     "Restricted Definitive Notes"  means  the Definitive Notes
that  is  required  to  bear  the legend set forth  in  Section
2.06(f) hereof.

     "Restricted Global Notes"  means  the 144A Global Note and
the Regulation S Global Note, each of which is required to bear
the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f) hereof.

     "Restricted Investment" means an Investment  other  than a
Permitted Investment.

     "Restricted  Subsidiary"  of a Person means any Subsidiary
of such Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

     "Rule  144A"  means  Rule  144A   promulgated   under  the
Securities Act.

     "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     "Securities  Act"  means  the  Securities Act of 1933,  as
amended.

     "Significant   Subsidiary"   means  (a)   any   Restricted
Subsidiary  of  the  Company  that  would   be  a  "significant
subsidiary"   as   defined   in   Article 1,   Rule   1-02   of
Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities  Act, as
such Regulation is in effect on the date of this Indenture, (b)
any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that provides  a
guarantee  under  the  Credit  Facility  or  incurs  any Funded
Indebtedness and (c) their respective successors and assigns.

     "Stated  Maturity"  means, with respect to any installment
of interest or principal on  any  series  of  Indebtedness, the
date  on  which  such  payment  of  interest  or principal  was
scheduled  to  be paid in the original documentation  governing
such  Indebtedness,   and  shall  not  include  any  contingent
obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or
principal  prior  to the  date  originally  scheduled  for  the
payment thereof.

     "Subsidiary" means,  with  respect  to any Person, (a) any
corporation, association or other business entity of which more
than 50% of the total voting power of shares  of  Capital Stock
entitled  (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency)
to vote in  the  election  of  directors,  managers or trustees
thereof  is  at  the  time  owned  or controlled,  directly  or
indirectly,  by  such  Person  or  one or  more  of  the  other
Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination  thereof) and (b)
any  partnership (i) the sole general partner or  the  managing
general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such
Person  or  (ii)  the  only  general partners of which are such
Person or of one or more Subsidiaries  of  such  Person (or any
combination thereof).

     "Subsidiary   Guarantees"  means  the  joint  and  several
guarantees of the Company's payment obligations under the Notes
issued by all of the Guarantors.

     "TIA" means the  Trust  Indenture  Act  of 1939 (15 U.S.C.
Sections  77aaa-77bbbb)  as  in  effect  on  the  date  on which 
this Indenture is qualified under the TIA.

     "Transfer  Restricted  Securities"  means securities  that
bear or are required to bear the legend set  forth  in  Section
2.06(f) hereof.

     "Trustee"  means  the  party  named as such above until  a
successor  replaces  it  in  accordance   with  the  applicable
provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor
serving hereunder.

     "Unrestricted Global Notes" means one or more Global Notes
that do not and are not required to bear the  legend  set forth
in Section 2.06(f) hereof.

     "Unrestricted  Subsidiary"  means  any Subsidiary that  is
designated  by  the  Board  of  Directors  as  an  Unrestricted
Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board  of Directors,
but only to the extent that such Subsidiary at the time of such
designation  (a)  has  no  Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse
Debt, (b) is not party to any  agreement, contract, arrangement
or understanding with the Company  or any Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company unless such agreement,  contract, arrangement or
understanding  does  not violate the terms  of  this  Indenture
described in Section 4.11  hereof,  and  (c)  is  a Person with
respect to which neither the Company nor any of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  has  any  direct  or  indirect obligation (i)  to
subscribe for additional Equity Interests  or  (ii) to maintain
or preserve such Person's financial condition or  to cause such
Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results, in
each  case,  except to the extent otherwise permitted  by  this
Indenture.  Any  such  designation  by  the  Board of Directors
shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with  the Trustee a
certified  copy  of  the  resolution  of the Board of Directors
giving effect to such designation and an  Officers' Certificate
certifying  that such designation complied with  the  foregoing
conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any
time,  any Unrestricted  Subsidiary  would  fail  to  meet  the
foregoing  requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall
thereafter cease  to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes
of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall
be deemed to be incurred  by  a  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the
Company  as  of  such  date  (and,  if such Indebtedness is not
permitted to be incurred as of such date  pursuant  to  Section
4.09 hereof, the Company shall be in default of such covenant).
The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate
any  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  to  be  a Restricted Subsidiary,
provided  that  such  designation  shall be  deemed  to  be  an
incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted  Subsidiary  of  the
Company  of  any  outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted
Subsidiary and such  designation shall only be permitted if (A)
such  Indebtedness  is  permitted   by   Section  4.09  hereof,
calculated  on  a  pro forma basis as if such  designation  had
occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period,
and (B) no Default or  Event  of  Default would be in existence
following such designation.

     "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to
any Indebtedness at any date, the number  of  years obtained by
dividing  (a)  the sum of the products obtained by  multiplying
(i) the amount of  each  then  remaining  installment,  sinking
fund,  serial maturity or other required payments of principal,
including  payment  at  final  maturity, in respect thereof, by
(ii)  the  number  of years (calculated  to  the  nearest  one-
twelfth) that will elapse  between  such date and the making of
such payment, by (b) the then outstanding  principal  amount of
such Indebtedness.

     "Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" of any Person means a
Restricted Subsidiary of such Person to the extent (a)  all  of
the  outstanding  Capital Stock or other ownership interests of
which (other than directors'  qualifying  shares)  shall at the
time be owned directly or indirectly by such Person or (b) such
Restricted  Subsidiary  is  organized in a foreign jurisdiction
and is required by the applicable  laws and regulations of such
foreign jurisdiction to be partially owned by the government of
such foreign jurisdiction or individual  or  corporate citizens
of  such  foreign  jurisdiction  in  order for such  Restricted
Subsidiary to transact business in such  foreign  jurisdiction,
provided  that  such Person, directly or indirectly,  owns  the
remaining  Capital   Stock   or  ownership  interests  in  such
Restricted Subsidiary and, by  contract  or otherwise, controls
the management and business of such Restricted  Subsidiary  and
derives  the  economic benefits of ownership of such Restricted
Subsidiary  to  substantially   the  same  extent  as  if  such
Restricted   Subsidiary   were   a  wholly   owned   Restricted
Subsidiary.

Section 1.02.Other Definitions.

                                                     Defined in
     Term                                             Section
     ----                                            -----------
     
     "Affiliate Transaction"                             4.11
     "Asset Sale Offer"                                  3.09
     "Change of Control Offer"                           4.15
     "Change of Control Payment"                         4.15
     "Change of Control Payment Date"                    4.15
     "Covenant Defeasance"                               8.03
     "DTC"                                               2.03
     "Event of Default"                                  6.01
     "Excess Proceeds"                                   4.10
     "incur" or "incurrence"                             4.09
     "Legal Defeasance"                                  8.02
     "Offer Amount"                                      3.09
     "Offer Period"                                      3.09
     "Paying Agent"                                      2.03
     "Payment Default"                                   6.01
     "Purchase Date"                                     3.09
     "Registrar"                                         2.03
     "Restricted Payments"                               4.07

Section 1.03.Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

     Whenever  this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA,
the provision is  incorporated  by reference in and made a part
of this Indenture.  Any terms incorporated  in  this  Indenture
that  are  defined  by  the  TIA,  defined  by TIA reference to
another statute or defined by SEC rule under  the  TIA have the
meanings so assigned to them.

Section 1.04.Rules of Construction.

     Unless the context otherwise requires:

          (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

          (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined  has the
     meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

          (3) "or" is not exclusive;

          (4) words in the singular include the plural, and  in
     the plural include the singular;

          (5)   provisions   apply  to  successive  events  and
     transactions; and

          (6) references to sections  of  or  rules  under  the
     Securities  Act  or  the  Exchange  Act shall be deemed to
     include substitute, replacement or successor  sections  or
     rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

                            ARTICLE 2
                            THE NOTES

Section 2.01.Form and Dating.

     The  Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication
shall be substantially  in  the  form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit
A-2  hereto.   The  Notes  may  have  notations,   legends   or
endorsements  required  by  law,  stock exchange rule or usage.
Each Note shall be dated the date of  its  authentication.  The
Notes shall be issued in denominations of $1,000  and  integral
multiples thereof.

     The  Series A  Notes  and  the  Series B  Notes  shall  be
considered  collectively  to be a single class for all purposes
of  this  Indenture, including,  without  limitation,  waivers,
amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase.

     The terms  and  provisions  contained  in  the Notes shall
constitute,  and  are  hereby  expressly made, a part  of  this
Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors  and  the Trustee, by
their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree
to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.

     (a)  Global Notes.  Except as provided in Section 2.01(c),
notes offered and sold in connection with the Offering  by  the
Initial  Purchasers  to  QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A shall be
issued initially in the form  of one or more 144A Global Notes,
which shall be deposited on behalf  of  the  purchasers  of the
Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian of the
Depository,  and registered in the name of the Depository or  a
nominee of the  Depository,  duly  executed  by the Company and
authenticated  by  the  Trustee  as hereinafter provided.   The
aggregate principal amount of the  144A  Global  Notes may from
time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments  made  on
the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee as
hereinafter provided.

     Notes  offered and sold in connection with the Offering by
the Initial Purchasers  in  reliance  on  Regulation S, if any,
shall  be  issued  initially  in  the form of the  Regulation S
Temporary Global Note, which shall  be  deposited  on behalf of
the  purchasers  of  the  Notes  represented  thereby with  the
Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, and registered in the
name of the Depository or the nominee of the Depository for the
accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or
Cedel,  duly executed by the Company and authenticated  by  the
Trustee  as   hereinafter  provided.   The  "40-day  restricted
period" (as defined  in  Regulation S) shall be terminated upon
the receipt by the Trustee  of  (i)  a written certificate from
the  Depository,  together  with  copies of  certificates  from
Euroclear  and  Cedel  certifying  that   they   have  received
certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100%
of the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary
Global  Note  (except  to  the extent of any beneficial  owners
thereof who acquired an interest  therein  pursuant  to another
exemption  from  registration under the Securities Act and  who
will take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A
Global  Note,  all  as   contemplated  by  Section  2.06(a)(ii)
hereof), and (ii) an Officers'  Certificate  from  the Company.
Following  the  termination  of  the  40-day restricted period,
beneficial interests in the Regulation S  Temporary Global Note
shall  be exchanged for beneficial interests  in  one  or  more
Regulation S  Permanent Global Notes pursuant to the Applicable
Procedures.   Simultaneously   with   the   authentication   of
Regulation S  Permanent  Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel
the  Regulation S  Temporary   Global   Note.    The  aggregate
principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global  Note and
the  Regulation S Permanent Global Notes may from time to  time
be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of
the Trustee  and the Depository or its nominee, as the case may
be, in connection  with  transfers  of  interest as hereinafter
provided.

     Each Global Note shall represent such  of  the outstanding
Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that
it  shall  represent the aggregate amount of outstanding  Notes
from time to  time  endorsed  thereon  and  that  the aggregate
amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may  from  time
to  time  be  reduced  or increased, as appropriate, to reflect
exchanges,  redemptions  and   transfers   of  interests.   Any
endorsement  of  a  Global Note to reflect the  amount  of  any
increase  or  decrease  in  the  amount  of  outstanding  Notes
represented thereby  shall  be  made by the Trustee or the Note
Custodian, at the direction of the  Trustee, in accordance with
instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section
2.06 hereof.

     The  provisions  of  the  "Operating   Procedures  of  the
Euroclear  System" and "Terms and Conditions Governing  Use  of
Euroclear" and  the  "Management Regulations" and "Instructions
to Participants" of Cedel  shall  be applicable to interests in
the  Regulation S Temporary Global Note  and  the  Regulation S
Permanent  Global  Notes, if any, that are held by Participants
through  Euroclear  or   Cedel.   The  Trustee  shall  have  no
obligation to notify Holders  of  any  such  procedures  or  to
monitor or enforce compliance with the same.

     Except  as  set  forth  in Section 2.06 hereof, the Global
Notes may be transferred, in whole  and  not  in  part, only to
another  nominee  of  the Depository or to a successor  of  the
Depository or its nominee.

     (b)  Book-Entry Provisions.   This  Section  2.01(b) shall
apply  only  to  144A  Global  Notes and Regulation S Permanent
Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of the Depository.

     The  Company  shall  execute and  the  Trustee  shall,  in
accordance with this Section  2.01(b), authenticate and deliver
the Global Notes that (i) shall  be  registered  in the name of
the Depository or the nominee of the Depository and  (ii) shall
be  delivered  by the Trustee to the Depository or pursuant  to
the  Depository's  instructions  or  held  by  the  Trustee  as
custodian for the Depository.

     Participants  shall  have  no  rights  either  under  this
Indenture  with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf
by the Depository or by the Note Custodian as custodian for the
Depository or under such Global Note, and the Depository may be
treated by the  Company,  the  Trustee  and  any  Agent  of the
Company  or  the  Trustee  as the absolute owner of such Global
Note   for  all  purposes  whatsoever.    Notwithstanding   the
foregoing,  nothing  herein  shall  prevent  the  Company,  the
Trustee  or any Agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving
effect  to   any   written   certification,   proxy   or  other
authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between
the Depository and its Participants, the operation of customary
practices  of  such  Depository  governing the exercise of  the
rights of an owner of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

     (c)  Definitive  Notes.   Notes   offered   and   sold  in
connection  with  the  Offering  by  the  Initial Purchasers to
Institutional Accredited Investors who are  not  QIBs otherwise
than in reliance on Regulation S, if any, or to QIBs  who elect
to  take  their  Notes  in  definitive  form  shall  be  issued
initially in the form of Definitive Notes, duly executed by the
Company   and  authenticated  by  the  Trustee  as  hereinafter
provided.

Section 2.02.Execution and Authentication.

     One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual
or facsimile signature.  The Company's seal shall be reproduced
on the Notes and may be in facsimile form.

     If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds
that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall
nevertheless be valid.

     A Note  shall  not  be  valid  until  authenticated by the
manual  signature  of  the  Trustee.  Such signature  shall  be
conclusive evidence that the  Note has been authenticated under
this   Indenture.   The  form  of  Trustee's   certificate   of
authentication  to be borne by the Notes shall be substantially
as set forth in Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto.

     The Trustee  shall authenticate (i) the Series A Notes for
original issue up to  the  aggregate principal amount stated in
paragraph 4 of the Notes and  (ii) the Series B Notes from time
to time for issue only in exchange  for a like principal amount
of Series A Notes, in each case upon  a  written  order  of the
Company  signed  by  one  Officer,  which  written  order shall
specify   (i) the   amount   of   Notes  to  be  authenticated,
(ii) whether the Notes are Series A  Notes  or  Series B Notes,
and  (iii) the amount of Notes to be issued in global  form  or
definitive  form.   The  aggregate  principal  amount  of Notes
outstanding  at  any time may not exceed such amount except  as
provided in Section 2.07 hereof.

     The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable
to the Company to  authenticate Notes.  An authenticating agent
may authenticate Notes  whenever  the  Trustee may do so.  Each
reference in this Indenture to authentication  by  the  Trustee
includes authentication by such agent.  An authenticating agent
has  the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company,  any
Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Company.

Section 2.03.Registrar and Paying Agent.

     The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes
may be  presented  for registration of transfer or for exchange
("Registrar") and an  office  or  agency  where  Notes  may  be
presented  for  payment  ("Paying Agent").  The Registrar shall
keep  a  register  of  the Notes  and  of  their  transfer  and
exchange.  The Company may  appoint  one  or more co-registrars
and one or more additional paying agents.  The term "Registrar"
includes any co-registrar and the term "Paying  Agent" includes
any additional paying agent.  The Company may change any Paying
Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.   The  Company
shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address  of
any  Agent not a party to this Indenture.  If the Company fails
to appoint  or  maintain  another entity as Registrar or Paying
Agent, the Trustee shall act  as such.  The Company shall enter
into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party
to  this Indenture, and such agreement  shall  incorporate  the
TIA's  provisions  of this Indenture that relate to such Agent.
The Company or any of  its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent
or Registrar.

     The  Company  initially   appoints  The  Depository  Trust
Company ("DTC") to act as Depository with respect to the Global
Notes.

     The Company initially appoints  the  Trustee to act as the
Registrar  and Paying Agent and to act as Note  Custodian  with
respect to the Global Notes.

Section 2.04.Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

     The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the
Trustee to agree  in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in
trust for the benefit  of Holders or the Trustee all money held
by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or premium,
interest or Liquidated Damages,  if any, on the Notes, and will
notify the Trustee of any default  by the Company in making any
such payment.  While any such default  continues,  the  Trustee
may  require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to  the
Trustee.  The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to
pay all  money held by it to the Trustee.  Upon payment over to
the Trustee,  the  Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a
Subsidiary) shall have  no further liability for the money.  If
the Company or a Subsidiary  acts  as  Paying  Agent,  it shall
segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit  of
the  Holders  all  money  held by it as Paying Agent.  Upon any
bankruptcy  or  reorganization   proceedings  relating  to  the
Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05.Holder Lists.

     The Trustee shall preserve in  as  current  a  form  as is
reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it  of
the  names  and  addresses  of  all Holders and shall otherwise
comply with TIA Section 312(a).  If  the  Trustee  is  not  the
Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the  Trustee  at  least
seven Business Days before each interest  payment  date  and at
such other times  as the Trustee may request in writing, a list
in such form and as of such date  as the Trustee may reasonably
require of the names and addresses  of the Holders of Notes and
the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).

Section 2.06.Transfer and Exchange.

     (a)  Transfer and Exchange of Global  Notes.  The transfer
and  exchange  of Global Notes or beneficial interests  therein
shall be effected  through  the  Depository, in accordance with
this Indenture and the procedures  of  the Depository therefor,
which  shall  include  restrictions on transfer  comparable  to
those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities
Act.  Beneficial interests  in a Global Note may be transferred
to  Persons  who  take  delivery  thereof  in  the  form  of  a
beneficial interest in the  same Global Note in accordance with
the transfer restrictions set forth in the legend in subsection
(f) of this Section 2.06. Transfers  of beneficial interests in
the Global Notes to Persons required to  take  delivery thereof
in  the  form  of an interest in another Global Note  shall  be
permitted as follows:

          (i) 144A  Global  Note  to  Regulation S Global Note.
     If, at any time, an owner of a beneficial  interest  in  a
     144A  Global  Note  deposited  with the Depository (or the
     Trustee  as  custodian  for  the  Depository)   wishes  to
     transfer its beneficial interest in such 144A Global  Note
     to  a Person who is required or permitted to take delivery
     thereof  in  the  form  of  an  interest in a Regulation S
     Global Note, such owner shall, subject  to  the Applicable
     Procedures,  exchange  or  cause  the  exchange  of   such
     interest  for  an  equivalent  beneficial  interest  in  a
     Regulation S  Global  Note  as  provided  in  this Section
     2.06(a)(i).   Upon   receipt   by   the   Trustee  of  (A)
     instructions  given  in  accordance  with  the  Applicable
     Procedures  from  a  Participant directing the Trustee  to
     credit or cause to be  credited  a  beneficial interest in
     the  Regulation S Global Note in an amount  equal  to  the
     beneficial   interest  in  the  144A  Global  Note  to  be
     transferred, (B)  a written order given in accordance with
     the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding
     the  Participant  account   of   the  Depository  and  the
     Euroclear  or  Cedel  account  to  be credited  with  such
     increase, and (C) a certificate in the form of Exhibit B-1
     hereto  given  by  the  owner of such beneficial  interest
     stating that the transfer  of  such interest has been made
     in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to
     the Global Notes and pursuant to  and  in  accordance with
     Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S, then the Trustee, as
     Registrar,  shall  instruct  the Depository to  reduce  or
     cause to be reduced the aggregate  principal amount of the
     applicable 144A Global Note and to increase or cause to be
     increased the aggregate principal amount of the applicable
     Regulation S Global Note by the principal  amount  of  the
     beneficial   interest  in  the  144A  Global  Note  to  be
     transferred, to  credit  or  cause  to  be credited to the
     account  of  the Person specified in such instructions,  a
     beneficial interest  in the Regulation S Global Note equal
     to the reduction in the  aggregate principal amount of the
     144A Global Note, and to debit,  or  cause  to be debited,
     from  the  account of the Person making such transfer  the
     beneficial interest  in the 144A Global Note that is being
     transferred.

          (ii) Regulation S  Global  Note  to 144A Global Note.
     If,  at  any  time,  after  the expiration of  the  40-day
     restricted period, an owner of  a beneficial interest in a
     Regulation S Global Note deposited  with the Depository or
     with the Trustee as custodian for the Depository wishes to
     transfer  its  beneficial  interest  in such  Regulation S
     Global Note to a Person who is required  or  permitted  to
     take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in a 144A
     Global  Note,  such owner shall, subject to the Applicable
     Procedures,  exchange   or  cause  the  exchange  of  such
     interest for an equivalent  beneficial  interest in a 144A
     Global Note as provided in this Section 2.06(a)(ii).  Upon
     receipt  by the Trustee of (A) instructions from Euroclear
     or Cedel, if applicable, and the Depository, directing the
     Trustee, as Registrar, to credit or cause to be credited a
     beneficial  interest  in the 144A Global Note equal to the
     beneficial interest in  the Regulation S Global Note to be
     transferred,  such  instructions  to  contain  information
     regarding the Participant  account  with the Depository to
     be credited with such increase, (B) a  written order given
     in  accordance  with the Applicable Procedures  containing
     information  regarding  the  participant  account  of  the
     Depository and  (C)  a  certificate in the form of Exhibit
     B-2 attached hereto given  by the owner of such beneficial
     interest stating (1) if the  transfer  is pursuant to Rule
     144A,  that  the Person transferring such  interest  in  a
     Regulation S Global  Note  reasonably  believes  that  the
     Person acquiring such interest in a 144A Global Note is  a
     QIB  and  is  obtaining  such  beneficial  interest  in  a
     transaction  meeting  the  requirements  of Rule 144A, (2)
     that the transfer complies with the requirements  of  Rule
     144 under the Securities Act, (3) if the transfer is to an
     Institutional  Accredited  Investor, that such transfer is
     in compliance with the Securities Act and a certificate in
     the  form  of  Exhibit  C attached  hereto  and,  if  such
     transfer is in respect of an aggregate principal amount of
     less than $100,000, an Opinion  of  Counsel  acceptable to
     the Company that such transfer is in compliance  with  the
     Securities  Act  and  any  applicable blue sky laws of any
     State  of  the  United States,  (4)  if  the  transfer  is
     pursuant  to any other  exemption  from  the  registration
     requirements  of  the Securities Act, that the transfer of
     such  interest  has  been  made  in  compliance  with  the
     transfer restrictions  applicable  to the Global Notes and
     pursuant to and in accordance with the requirements of the
     exemption claimed, such statement to  be  supported  by an
     Opinion  of  Counsel from the transferee or the transferor
     in form reasonably  acceptable  to  the Company and to the
     Registrar and in each case of clause  (1), (2), (3) or (4)
     above, in accordance with any applicable  securities  laws
     of  any state of the United States or any other applicable
     jurisdiction   or  (5) such  transfer  is  being  effected
     pursuant to an effective  registration statement under the
     Securities  Act,  then the Trustee,  as  Registrar,  shall
     instruct the Depository  to  reduce or cause to be reduced
     the aggregate principal amount of such Regulation S Global
     Note  and  to  increase  or  cause  to  be  increased  the
     aggregate principal amount of  the  applicable 144A Global
     Note by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in
     the  Regulation S Global Note to be transferred,  and  the
     Trustee,  as  Registrar,  shall  instruct  the Depository,
     concurrently with such reduction, to credit or cause to be
     credited  to the account of the Person specified  in  such
     instructions  a beneficial interest in the applicable 144A
     Global  Note equal  to  the  reduction  in  the  aggregate
     principal  amount  of such Regulation S Global Note and to
     debit or cause to be  debited  from  the  account  of  the
     Person making such transfer the beneficial interest in the
     Regulation S Global Note that is being transferred.

     (b)  Transfer  and  Exchange  of  Definitive  Notes.  When
Definitive  Notes  are  presented  by a Holder to the Registrar
with a request to register the transfer of the Definitive Notes
or to exchange such Definitive Notes  for  an  equal  principal
amount  of  Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations,
the Registrar  shall register the transfer or make the exchange
as requested only  if  the  Definitive  Notes  are presented or
surrendered  for  registration  of  transfer  or exchange,  are
endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument  of transfer in
form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder
or  by  his  attorney,  duly  authorized  in  writing  and  the
Registrar  received  the  following documentation (all of which
may be submitted by facsimile):

          (i) in the case of Definitive Notes that are Transfer
     Restricted Securities,  such  request shall be accompanied
     by the following additional information  and documents, as
     applicable:

               (A)  if  such  Transfer Restricted  Security  is
          being delivered to the  Registrar  by  a  Holder  for
          registration  in  the  name  of  such Holder, without
          transfer,  or  such Transfer Restricted  Security  is
          being transferred  (1) to  the  Company or any of its
          Subsidiaries   or   (2) pursuant   to  an   effective
          registration  statement under the Securities  Act,  a
          certification to  that  effect  from  such Holder (in
          substantially the form of Exhibit B-3 hereto);

               (B)  if  such  Transfer  Restricted Security  is
          being  transferred to a QIB in accordance  with  Rule
          144A under  the  Securities  Act  or  pursuant  to an
          exemption  from  registration in accordance with Rule
          144  under  the Securities  Act  or  pursuant  to  an
          effective registration statement under the Securities
          Act, a certification  to that effect from such Holder
          (in substantially the form of Exhibit B-3 hereto);

               (C)  if  such Transfer  Restricted  Security  is
          being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore
          transaction in  accordance  with  Rule  904 under the
          Securities  Act, a certification to that effect  from
          such Holder (in substantially the form of Exhibit B-3
          hereto but containing the certification called for by
          clauses (1) through (4) of Exhibit B-1 hereto); or

               (D)  if such  Transfer  Restricted  Security  is
          being  transferred  to  an  Institutional  Accredited
          Investor   in  reliance  on  an  exemption  from  the
          registration requirements of the Securities Act other
          than those listed in subparagraph (B) or (C) above, a
          certification  to  that  effect  from such Holder (in
          substantially the form of Exhibit  B-3 hereto), and a
          certification substantially in the form  of Exhibit C
          hereto from the transferee, and, if such transfer  is
          in  respect of an aggregate principal amount of Notes
          of  less   than   $100,000,  an  Opinion  of  Counsel
          acceptable to the Company  that  such  transfer is in
          compliance with the Securities Act and any applicable
          blue sky laws of any state of the United States.

     (c)  Transfer  of  a Beneficial Interest in a 144A  Global
Note or Regulation S Permanent  Global  Note  for  a Definitive
Note.

          (i) Any Person having a beneficial interest in a 144A
     Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note may upon
     request,  subject  to the Applicable Procedures,  exchange
     such  beneficial interest  for  a  Definitive  Note,  upon
     receipt  by  the  Trustee  of written instructions or such
     other  form  of  instructions  as  is  customary  for  the
     Depository (or Euroclear or Cedel,  if  applicable),  from
     the  Depository  or  its  nominee  on behalf of any Person
     having  a  beneficial interest in a 144A  Global  Note  or
     Regulation S  Permanent Global Note, and, in the case of a
     Transfer Restricted  Security,  the  following  additional
     information  and  documents (all of which may be submitted
     by facsimile):

               (A)  if  such   beneficial   interest  is  being
          transferred   to   the  Person  designated   by   the
          Depository as being  the  beneficial  owner or to the
          Company  or  any of its Subsidiaries, a certification
          to that effect from such Person (in substantially the
          form of Exhibit B-4 hereto);

               (B)  if  such   beneficial   interest  is  being
          transferred  to a QIB in accordance  with  Rule  144A
          under the Securities  Act or pursuant to an exemption
          from registration in accordance  with  Rule 144 under
          the  Securities  Act  or  pursuant  to  an  effective
          registration  statement  under the Securities Act,  a
          certification to that effect  from the transferor (in
          substantially the form of Exhibit B-4 hereto);

               (C)  if  such  beneficial  interest   is   being
          transferred  to  a  Non-U.S.  Person  in  an offshore
          transaction  in  accordance  with Rule 904 under  the
          Securities Act, a certification  to  that effect from
          the transferor (in substantially the form  of Exhibit
          B-4  hereto  but containing the certification  called
          for  by  clauses (1)   through   (4)  of  Exhibit B-1
          hereto); or

               (D)  if  such  beneficial  interest   is   being
          transferred  to an Institutional Accredited Investor,
          pursuant to a  private  placement  exemption from the
          registration requirements of the Securities Act other
          than those listed in subparagraph (B) or (C) above, a
          certification  to  that effect from such  Holder  (in
          substantially the form  of  Exhibit B-4 hereto) and a
          certification  from  the  applicable  transferee  (in
          substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto),

     in which case the Trustee or the  Note  Custodian,  at the
     direction  of  the  Trustee, shall, in accordance with the
     standing instructions  and procedures existing between the
     Depository and the Note  Custodian,  cause  the  aggregate
     principal  amount  of  144A  Global  Notes or Regulation S
     Permanent  Global  Notes,  as applicable,  to  be  reduced
     accordingly  and, following such  reduction,  the  Company
     shall execute  and,  the  Trustee  shall  authenticate and
     deliver  to  the  transferee  a  Definitive  Note  in  the
     appropriate principal amount.

          (ii)  Definitive  Notes  issued  in  exchange  for  a
     beneficial interest in a 144A Global Note or  Regulation S
     Permanent  Global  Note, as applicable, pursuant  to  this
     Section 2.06(c) shall  be  registered in such names and in
     such authorized denominations  as the Depository, pursuant
     to instructions from its direct  or  Indirect Participants
     or  otherwise,  shall instruct the Trustee.   The  Trustee
     shall deliver such  Definitive  Notes  to  the  Persons in
     whose  names such Notes are so registered.  Following  any
     such  issuance   of  Definitive  Notes,  the  Trustee,  as
     Registrar, shall instruct  the  Depository  to  reduce  or
     cause  to be reduced the aggregate principal amount of the
     applicable Global Note to reflect the transfer.

     (d)  Restrictions  on  Transfer  and  Exchange  of  Global
Notes.   Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Indenture
(other than the provisions  set forth in subsection (f) of this
Section 2.06), a Global Note  may not be transferred as a whole
except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a
nominee of the Depository to the  Depository or another nominee
of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a
successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository.

     (e)  Authentication  of Definitive  Notes  in  Absence  of
Depository.  If at any time:

          (i) the Depository for the Notes notifies the Company
     that the Depository is  unwilling or unable to continue as
     Depository for the Global Notes and a successor Depository
     for  the  Global Notes is not  appointed  by  the  Company
     within 90 days after delivery of such notice; or

          (ii) the  Company,  at  its sole discretion, notifies
     the  Trustee  in  writing  that it  elects  to  cause  the
     issuance of Definitive Notes under this Indenture,

then the Company shall execute, and  the  Trustee  shall,  upon
receipt  of  an authentication order in accordance with Section
2.02 hereof, authenticate  and  deliver, Definitive Notes in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the
Global Notes in exchange for such Global Notes.

     (f)  Legends.

          (i) Except as permitted  by  the following paragraphs
     (ii), (iii) and (iv), each Note certificate  evidencing  a
     Global Note and a Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in
     exchange  therefor  or  substitution thereof) shall bear a
     legend in substantially the following form:

          "THE  SECURITY  (OR ITS  PREDECESSOR)  EVIDENCED
          HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY  ISSUED  IN  A TRANSACTION
          EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION  5 OF THE
          UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
          (THE   "SECURITIES   ACT"),   AND  THE  SECURITY
          EVIDENCED  HEREBY  MAY NOT BE OFFERED,  SOLD  OR
          OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED  IN  THE  ABSENCE  OF SUCH
          REGISTRATION    OR   AN   APPLICABLE   EXEMPTION
          THEREFROM.   EACH   PURCHASER  OF  THE  SECURITY
          EVIDENCED  HEREBY IS HEREBY  NOTIFIED  THAT  THE
          SELLER MAY BE  RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE
          PROVISIONS OF SECTION  5  OF  THE SECURITIES ACT
          PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.  THE HOLDER OF
          THE  SECURITY  EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES  FOR  THE
          BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY  THAT  (A) SUCH  SECURITY
          MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED,
          ONLY   (1)  (a)  TO  A  PERSON  WHO  THE  SELLER
          REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
          BUYER  (AS   DEFINED  IN  RULE  144A  UNDER  THE
          SECURITIES ACT)  IN  A  TRANSACTION  MEETING THE
          REQUIREMENTS  OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION
          MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS  OF  RULE 144 UNDER THE
          SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO
          A NON-U.S. PERSON IN A TRANSACTION  MEETING  THE
          REQUIREMENTS  OF  RULE  904 UNDER THE SECURITIES
          ACT OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE  WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION
          FROM  THE  REGISTRATION  REQUIREMENTS   OF   THE
          SECURITIES  ACT  (AND  BASED  UPON AN OPINION OF
          COUNSEL IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS),  (2) TO THE
          COMPANY   OR   (3) PURSUANT   TO   AN  EFFECTIVE
          REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  AND, IN EACH  CASE,  IN
          ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE  SECURITIES  LAWS
          OF  ANY  STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER
          APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL,
          AND  EACH  SUBSEQUENT  HOLDER  IS  REQUIRED  TO,
          NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER  OF  THE SECURITY EVIDENCED
          HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS  SET  FORTH IN
          (A) ABOVE."

          (ii)   Upon  any  sale  or  transfer  of  a  Transfer
     Restricted Security  (including  any  Transfer  Restricted
     Security  represented  by a Global Note) pursuant to  Rule
     144 under the Securities  Act  or pursuant to an effective
     registration statement under the Securities Act:

               (A)  in  the  case  of any  Transfer  Restricted
          Security  that is a Definitive  Note,  the  Registrar
          shall permit  the  Holder  thereof  to  exchange such
          Transfer  Restricted  Security for a Definitive  Note
          that does not bear the  legend set forth in (i) above
          and rescind any restriction  on  the transfer of such
          Transfer Restricted Security upon  certification from
          the transferring holder substantially  in the form of
          Exhibit B-3 hereto; and

               (B)  in  the  case  of  any  Transfer Restricted
          Security represented by a Global Note,  such Transfer
          Restricted Security shall not be required to bear the
          legend set forth in (i) above, but shall  continue to
          be  subject to the provisions of Section 2.06(a)  and
          (c) hereof;  provided,  however, that with respect to
          any request for an exchange  of a Transfer Restricted
          Security that is represented by  a  Global Note for a
          Definitive  Note  that does not bear the  legend  set
          forth in (i) above, which request is made in reliance
          upon   Rule   144  or  pursuant   to   an   effective
          registration  statement,  the  Holder  thereof  shall
          certify in writing to the Registrar that such request
          is being made pursuant  to Rule 144 or pursuant to an
          effective registration statement  (such certification
          to  be  substantially  in  the  form of  Exhibit  B-4
          hereto).

          (iii)  Upon  any  sale  or  transfer  of  a  Transfer
     Restricted  Security  (including  any Transfer  Restricted
     Security represented by a Global Note)  in reliance on any
     exemption  from  the  registration  requirements   of  the
     Securities Act (other than exemptions pursuant to Rule 144
     under  the  Securities  Act)  in  which  the Holder or the
     transferee provides an Opinion of Counsel  to  the Company
     and   the  Registrar  in  form  and  substance  reasonably
     acceptable to the Company and the Registrar (which Opinion
     of Counsel shall also state that the transfer restrictions
     contained in the legend are no longer applicable):

               (A)  in  the  case  of  any  Transfer Restricted
          Security  that  is a Definitive Note,  the  Registrar
          shall permit the  Holder  thereof  to  exchange  such
          Transfer  Restricted  Security  for a Definitive Note
          that does not bear the legend set  forth in (i) above
          and rescind any restriction on the transfer  of  such
          Transfer Restricted Security; and

               (B)  in  the  case  of  any  Transfer Restricted
          Security represented by a Global Note,  such Transfer
          Restricted Security shall not be required to bear the
          legend set forth in (i) above, but shall  continue to
          be  subject to the provisions of Section 2.06(a)  and
          (c) hereof.

          (iv) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon consummation
     of the Exchange  Offer,  the Company shall issue and, upon
     receipt  of an authentication  order  in  accordance  with
     Section 2.02  hereof,  the  Trustee shall authenticate (A)
     one  or  more  Unrestricted  Global   Notes  in  aggregate
     principal  amount  equal to the principal  amount  of  the
     Restricted Beneficial Interests tendered for acceptance by
     Persons  that  are not  (1)  broker-dealers,  (2)  Persons
     participating in the distribution of the Series B Notes or
     (3) Persons who are Affiliates of the Company and accepted
     for exchange in  the  Exchange  Offer  and  (B) Definitive
     Notes  that  do  not  bear  the  legend set forth in  this
     Section 2.06(f) in an aggregate principal  amount equal to
     the  principal  amount of the Restricted Definitive  Notes
     accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer.  Concurrently
     with the issuance  of  such Notes, the Trustee shall cause
     the  aggregate  principal   amount   of   the   applicable
     Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly  and the
     Company  shall  execute and the Trustee shall authenticate
     and deliver to the  Persons  designated  by the Holders of
     Definitive  Notes  so  accepted  Definitive Notes  in  the
     appropriate principal amount.

     (g)  Cancellation and/or Adjustment  of  Global Notes.  At
such time as all beneficial interests in Global Notes have been
exchanged  for  Definitive  Notes,  redeemed,  repurchased   or
cancelled,  all  Global  Notes shall be returned to or retained
and cancelled by the Trustee  in  accordance  with Section 2.11
hereof.   At  any  time  prior  to  such cancellation,  if  any
beneficial  interest  in  a  Global  Note   is   exchanged  for
Definitive  Notes,  redeemed,  repurchased  or  cancelled,  the
principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall
be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such
Global  Note,  by  the Trustee or the Notes Custodian,  at  the
direction of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction.

     (h)  General  Provisions   Relating   to   Transfers   and
Exchanges.

          (i)   To   permit   registrations  of  transfers  and
     exchanges, subject to this Section 2.06, the Company shall
     execute and, upon the written  order of the Company signed
     by  two  Officers  of  the  Company,   the  Trustee  shall
     authenticate  Definitive  Notes and Global  Notes  at  the
     Registrar's request.

          (ii) No service charge  shall be made to a Holder for
     any registration of transfer or  exchange, but the Company
     may  require  payment  of a sum sufficient  to  cover  any
     transfer tax or similar  governmental  charge  payable  in
     connection  therewith  (other than any such transfer taxes
     or similar governmental  charge  payable  upon exchange or
     transfer  pursuant to Sections 3.07, 4.10, 4.15  and  9.05
     hereof).

          (iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register
     the  transfer   of  or  exchange  any  Note  selected  for
     redemption in whole  or  in  part,  except  the unredeemed
     portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

          (iv)  All  Definitive  Notes and Global Notes  issued
     upon  any  registration  of  transfer   or   exchange   of
     Definitive  Notes  or  Global  Notes  shall  be  the valid
     obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt,  and
     entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the
     Definitive  Notes  or  Global  Notes surrendered upon such
     registration of transfer or exchange.

          (v)  The  Company  and  the Registrar  shall  not  be
     required:

               (A) to issue, to register  the transfer of or to
          exchange  Notes  during  a  period beginning  at  the
          opening of business 15 days before  the  day  of  any
          selection  of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02
          hereof and ending at the close of business on the day
          of selection;

               (B) to  register  the transfer of or to exchange
          any Note so selected for  redemption  in  whole or in
          part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being
          redeemed in part;

               (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a
          Note  between  a  record date and the next succeeding
          interest payment date; or

               (D) to register  the  transfer  of  a Note other
          than  in  amounts  of  $1,000  or  multiple integrals
          thereof.

          (vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of
     a  transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any  Agent  and  the
     Company  may  deem  and treat the Person in whose name any
     Note is registered as  the absolute owner of such Note for
     the  purpose of receiving  payment  of  principal  of  and
     interest on such Notes, and neither the Trustee, any Agent
     nor the  Company  shall  be  affected  by  notice  to  the
     contrary.

          (vii) The Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes
     and  Global  Notes  in  accordance  with the provisions of
     Section 2.02 hereof.

Section 2.07.Replacement Notes.

     If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the
Company, or the Trustee receives evidence  to  its satisfaction
of  the  destruction,  loss  or theft of any Note, the  Company
shall issue and the Trustee, upon  the  written  order  of  the
Company   signed   by   two  Officers  of  the  Company,  shall
authenticate a replacement  Note  if the Trustee's requirements
are  met.   If  required  by the Trustee  or  the  Company,  an
indemnity  bond  must  be  supplied   by  the  Holder  that  is
sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee  and  the  Company to
protect   the   Company,   the   Trustee,  any  Agent  and  any
authenticating agent from any loss  that any of them may suffer
if a Note is replaced.  The Company may charge for its expenses
in  replacing  a  Note.   If,  after  the  delivery   of   such
replacement Note, a bona fide purchaser of the original Note in
lieu  of  which  such  replacement Note was issued presents for
payment or registration  such  original Note, the Trustee shall
be entitled to recover such replacement Note from the Person to
whom it was delivered or any Person  taking therefrom, except a
bona fide purchaser, and shall be entitled  to recover upon the
security or indemnity provided therefor to the  extent  of  any
loss,  damage,  cost  or  expense  incurred by the Company, the
Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating  agent  in connection
therewith.

     Subject  to  the provisions of the final sentence  of  the
preceding paragraph  of  this  Section 2.07,  every replacement
Note is an additional obligation of the Company  and  shall  be
entitled  to  all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08.Outstanding Notes.

     The Notes  outstanding  at  any  time  are  all  the Notes
authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled  by it,
those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the
interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance
with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section
as  not  outstanding.   Except  as  set  forth  in Section 2.09
hereof,  a  Note  does not cease to be outstanding because  the
Company, any Subsidiary  of  the Company or an Affiliate of the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company holds the Note.

     If a Note is replaced pursuant  to Section 2.07 hereof, it
ceases  to  be  outstanding unless the Trustee  receives  proof
satisfactory to it  that  the  replaced  Note is held by a bona
fide purchaser.

     If  the  entire  principal  of and premium,  interest  and
Liquidated Damages, if any, on any  Note  are  considered  paid
under  Section  4.01  hereof,  it  ceases to be outstanding and
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on it cease to accrue.

     If the Paying Agent (other than  the Company, a Subsidiary
of  the  Company or an Affiliate of any thereof)  holds,  on  a
redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes
payable on  that  date,  then on and after that date such Notes
shall be deemed to be no longer  outstanding and shall cease to
accrue interest and Liquidated Damages, if any.

Section 2.09.Treasury Notes.

     In  determining  whether  the  Holders   of  the  required
principal  amount  of  Notes  have concurred in any  direction,
waiver or consent, Notes owned  by the Company, a Subsidiary of
the Company or an Affiliate, shall  be considered as though not
outstanding,  except  that  for  the  purposes  of  determining
whether the Trustee shall be protected  in  relying on any such
direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that  a  Trustee knows
are  so  owned  shall  be so disregarded.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing, Notes that the  Company, a Subsidiary of the Company
or an Affiliate offers to purchase  or  acquires pursuant to an
offer, exchange offer, tender offer or otherwise  shall  not be
deemed  to be owned by the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company
or an Affiliate  until  legal title to such Notes passes to the
Company, such Subsidiary or such Affiliate as the case may be.

Section 2.10.Temporary Notes.

     Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company
may prepare and the Trustee  shall authenticate temporary Notes
upon a written order of the Company  signed  by two Officers of
the  Company.   Temporary Notes shall be substantially  in  the
form of definitive  Notes  but  may  have  variations  that the
Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as  shall
be  reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.  Without unreasonable
delay,   the  Company  shall  prepare  and  the  Trustee  shall
authenticate  definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.
Until  such exchange,  Holders  of  temporary  Notes  shall  be
entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

Section 2.11.Cancellation.

     The  Company  at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee
for cancellation.  The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward
to the Trustee any Notes  surrendered  to them for registration
of transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee  and no one else
shall   cancel  all  Notes  surrendered  for  registration   of
transfer,  exchange,  payment, replacement or cancellation and,
at the request of the Company,  shall  destroy  cancelled Notes
(subject  to  the record retention requirement of the  Exchange
Act).  Certification  of the destruction of all cancelled Notes
shall be delivered to the  Company.   The Company may not issue
new Notes to replace Notes that it has  paid  or that have been
delivered  to  the  Trustee  for  cancellation, other  than  as
contemplated by the Exchange Offer.

Section 2.12.Defaulted Interest.

     If the Company defaults in a payment  of  interest  on the
Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner
plus,  to  the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted
interest, to  the  Persons  who  are  Holders  on  a subsequent
special record date, in each case at the rate provided  in  the
Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.  The Company shall notify the
Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed
to  be  paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment.
The Company  shall  fix  or cause to be fixed each such special
record date and payment date,  provided,  however, that no such
special  record date shall be less than 10 days  prior  to  the
related payment  date for such defaulted interest.  At least 15
days before the special  record date, the Company (or, upon the
written request of the Company,  the Trustee in the name and at
the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to
Holders  a  notice  that states the special  record  date,  the
related payment date  and  the  amount  of  such interest to be
paid.

                            ARTICLE 3
                    REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01.Notices to Trustee.

     If  the  Company  elects to redeem Notes pursuant  to  the
optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall
furnish to the Trustee,  at  least  30  days  but not more than
60 days  before  a  redemption  date, an Officers'  Certificate
setting  forth  (i) the clause of this  Indenture  pursuant  to
which the redemption  shall  occur,  (ii)  the redemption date,
(iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the
redemption price.

Section 3.02.Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.

     If less than all of the Notes are to be  redeemed  at  any
time,  the  Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed among
the Holders of  the  Notes,  on  a pro rata basis, by lot or in
accordance with any other method the Trustee considers fair and
appropriate.  In the event of partial  redemption  by  lot, the
particular  Notes  to  be  redeemed  shall  be selected, unless
otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 days  nor more than
60 days  prior to the redemption date by the Trustee  from  the
outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

     The Trustee  shall  promptly notify the Company in writing
of the Notes selected for  redemption  and,  in the case of any
Note  selected  for  partial  redemption, the principal  amount
thereof to be redeemed.  Notes  and  portions of Notes selected
shall  be in amounts of $1,000 or whole  multiples  of  $1,000.
Provisions  of  this  Indenture  that apply to Notes called for
redemption  also  apply  to  portions   of   Notes  called  for
redemption.

     The  provisions  of the two preceding paragraphs  of  this
Section 3.02 shall not  apply  with  respect  to any redemption
affecting only a Global Note, whether such Global Note is to be
redeemed  in whole or in part.  In case of any such  redemption
in part, the  unredeemed portion of the principal amount of the
Global Note shall be in an authorized denomination.

Section 3.03.Notice of Redemption.

     Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least
30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the
Company shall mail  or cause to be mailed, by first class mail,
a notice of redemption  to  each  Holder  whose Notes are to be
redeemed at its registered address.

     The  notice shall identify the Notes to  be  redeemed  and
shall state:

          (a) the redemption date;

          (b) the redemption price;

          (c)  if  any  Note  is  being  redeemed  in part, the
     portion  of  the  principal  amount  of  such  Note to  be
     redeemed   and   that,  after  the  redemption  date  upon
     surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in a principal
     amount equal to the  unredeemed  portion  shall  be issued
     upon cancellation of the original Note;

          (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

          (e)   that   Notes  called  for  redemption  must  be
     surrendered to the  Paying Agent to collect the redemption
     price;

          (f) that, unless  the Company defaults in making such
     redemption payment, interest  and  Liquidated  Damages, if
     any, on Notes called for redemption cease to accrue on and
     after the redemption date;

          (g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this
     Indenture   pursuant   to   which  the  Notes  called  for
     redemption are being redeemed; and

          (h)  that  no  representation   is  made  as  to  the
     correctness  or  accuracy  of  the CUSIP number,  if  any,
     listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

     If any of the Notes to be redeemed  is  in  the  form of a
Global Note, then the Company shall modify such notice  to  the
extent   necessary   to  accord  with  the  procedures  of  the
Depository applicable to redemption.

     At the Company's  request,  the  Trustee  shall  give  the
notice  of redemption in the Company's name and at its expense;
provided, however, that the Company shall have delivered to the
Trustee,  at  least 45 days (unless the Company and the Trustee
agree to a shorter  period)  prior  to  the redemption date, an
Officers'  Certificate requesting that the  Trustee  give  such
notice and setting  forth  the information to be stated in such
notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

Section 3.04.Effect of Notice of Redemption.

     Once notice of redemption  is  mailed  in  accordance with
Section  3.03  hereof,  Notes  called  for  redemption   become
irrevocably  due  and  payable  on  the  redemption date at the
redemption  price.   A  notice  of  redemption   may   not   be
conditional.

Section 3.05.Deposit of Redemption Price.

     One Business Day prior to the redemption date, the Company
shall  deposit  with  the  Paying  Agent (or, if the Company is
acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate  and hold in trust as
provided in Section 2.04 hereof) money sufficient  to  pay  the
redemption   price  of  and  accrued  interest  and  Liquidated
Damages, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed on that date.  The
Paying Agent shall  promptly  return  to  the Company any money
deposited with the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the
amounts necessary to pay the redemption price  of  and  accrued
interest  and  Liquidated  Damages, if any, on all Notes to  be
redeemed.

     If  the  Company  complies  with  the  provisions  of  the
preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest
and Liquidated Damages,  if  any,  shall cease to accrue on the
Notes or the portions of Notes called  for  redemption.   If  a
Note  is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or
prior to  the  related  interest payment date, then any accrued
and unpaid interest and Liquidated  Damages,  if  any, shall be
paid  to  the Person in whose name such Note was registered  at
the close of  business on such record date.  If any Note called
for  redemption  shall  not  be  so  paid  upon  surrender  for
redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with
the preceding  paragraph,  interest shall be paid on the unpaid
principal, from the redemption  date  until  such  principal is
paid,  and  to the extent lawful on any interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any,  not  paid  on  such unpaid principal, in each
case  at  the rate provided in the Notes  and  in  Section 4.01
hereof.

Section 3.06.Notes Redeemed in Part.

     Upon surrender  of  a  Note  that is redeemed in part, the
Company shall issue and the Trustee  shall authenticate for the
Holder  at  the  expense of the Company a  new  Note  equal  in
principal  amount  to   the  unredeemed  portion  of  the  Note
surrendered.

Section 3.07.Optional Redemption.

     (a)  Except as set forth  in  clause  (b)  of this Section
3.07, the Company shall not have the option to redeem the Notes
pursuant  to  this  Section  3.07  prior  to  August 1,   2001.
Thereafter,  the  Company  shall  have the option to redeem the
Notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed
as  percentages  of  principal amount)  set  forth  below  plus
accrued and unpaid interest  and  Liquidated  Damages,  if any,
thereon,  to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during
the twelve-month  period  beginning  onAugust 1  of  the  years
indicated below:

          Year                                      Percentage
          ----                                      ----------
          2001....................................   104.250%
          2002 ...................................   102.834%
          2003 ...................................   101.417%
          2004 and thereafter.....................   100.000%

     (b)  Notwithstanding  the provisions of clause (a) of this
Section 3.07, the Company may  at  any  time prior to August 1,
2001, at its option, redeem the Notes, in  whole or in part, at
the  Make-Whole  Price,  plus accrued and unpaid  interest  and
Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the redemption date.  In
addition, at any time prior  to  July 17, 2000, the Company may
redeem up to 35% of the aggregate  principal  amount  of  Notes
originally  issued  at  a  redemption  price  of  108.5% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest  and
Liquidated  Damages,  if  any,  thereon to the redemption date,
with  the net cash proceeds of one  or  more  Qualified  Equity
Offerings,   provided  that  (i)  at  least  $71.5  million  in
aggregate  principal   amount   of  Notes  remains  outstanding
immediately after the occurrence  of  each  such redemption and
(ii) each such redemption shall occur within  60  days  of  the
date of the closing of each such Qualified Equity Offering.

     (c)  Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be
made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through Section
3.06 hereof.

Section 3.08.Mandatory Redemption.

     Except  as  set forth under Sections 4.10 and 4.15 hereof,
the Company shall  not be required to make mandatory redemption
or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

Section  3.09.Offer  to   Purchase  by  Application  of  Excess
          Proceeds.

     In the event that, pursuant  to  Section  4.10 hereof, the
Company shall be required to commence an offer to  all  Holders
to purchase Notes (an "Asset Sale Offer"), it shall follow  the
procedures specified below.

     The  Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20
Business Days  following its commencement and no longer, except
to the extent that  a  longer  period is required by applicable
law (the "Offer Period").  No later  than  five  Business  Days
after  the  termination  of  the  Offer  Period  (the "Purchase
Date"),  the  Company  shall  purchase the principal amount  of
Notes required to be purchased  pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof
(the "Offer Amount") or, if less than the Offer Amount has been
tendered, all Notes validly tendered  in  response to the Asset
Sale Offer.  Payment for any Notes so purchased  shall  be made
in the same manner as interest payments are made.

     If  the  Purchase  Date  is on or after an interest record
date and on or before the related  interest  payment  date, any
accrued  and  unpaid  interest and Liquidated Damages, if  any,
shall be paid to the Person  in whose name a Note is registered
at the close of business on such record date, and no additional
interest or Liquidated Damages,  if  any,  shall  be payable to
Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

     Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer,  the Company
shall  send,  by  first  class  mail,  a notice to each of  the
Holders, with a copy to the Trustee.  The  notice shall contain
all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders
to  tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.   The  Asset
Sale  Offer  shall  be  made to all Holders.  The notice, which
shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

          (a) that the Asset  Sale Offer is being made pursuant
     to  this  Section  3.09 and Section 4.10  hereof  and  the
     length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open;

          (b) the Offer Amount,  the  purchase  price  and  the
     Purchase Date;

          (c)  that  any  Note  not  tendered  or  accepted for
     payment  shall  continue to accrue interest and Liquidated
     Damages, if any;

          (d) that, unless  the Company defaults in making such
     payment, any Note accepted  for  payment  pursuant  to the
     Asset  Sale  Offer  shall  cease  to  accrue  interest and
     Liquidated Damages, if any after the Purchase Date;

          (e)  that  Holders  electing to have a Note purchased
     pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may only elect to have all
     of such Note purchased and  may  not  elect to have only a
     portion of such Note purchased;

          (f) that Holders electing to have  a  Note  purchased
     pursuant  to  any  Asset  Sale Offer shall be required  to
     surrender  the Note, with the  form  entitled  "Option  of
     Holder to Elect  Purchase"  on  the  reverse  of  the Note
     completed, to the Company or a Paying Agent at the address
     specified  in  the  notice at least three days before  the
     Purchase Date;

          (g) that Holders  shall be entitled to withdraw their
     election if the Company  or  the Paying Agent, as the case
     may be, receives, not later than  the  expiration  of  the
     Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or
     letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal
     amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a
     statement  that such Holder is withdrawing his election to
     have such Note purchased;

          (h) that,  if the aggregate principal amount of Notes
     surrendered  by Holders  exceeds  the  Offer  Amount,  the
     Trustee shall  select  the  Notes to be purchased on a pro
     rata  basis  (with  such  adjustments  as  may  be  deemed
     appropriate  by  the  Trustee   so   that  only  Notes  in
     denominations  of  $1,000, or integral multiples  thereof,
     shall be purchased); and

          (i) that Holders  whose  Notes were purchased only in
     part shall be issued new Notes  equal  in principal amount
     to  the unpurchased portion of the Notes  surrendered  (or
     transferred by book-entry transfer).

     If any  of  the Notes subject to an Asset Sale Offer is in
the form of a Global  Note,  then the Company shall modify such
notice to the extent necessary to accord with the procedures of
the Depository applicable to repurchases.

     On or before the Purchase  Date, the Company shall, to the
extent lawful, accept for payment,  on  a pro rata basis to the
extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof
tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer,  or if less than the
Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered,  and  shall
deliver  to  the  Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that
such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the
Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09.  The
Company or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly
(but in any case not  later  than  five days after the Purchase
Date) mail or deliver to each tendering  Holder an amount equal
to the purchase price of the Notes tendered  by such Holder and
accepted  by  the Company for purchase, and the  Company  shall
promptly issue  a  new Note, and the Trustee shall authenticate
and  mail or deliver  such  new  Note  to  such  Holder,  in  a
principal  amount  equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note
surrendered.  Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed
or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof.  The Company
shall publicly announce  the results of the Asset Sale Offer on
the Purchase Date.

     Other than as specifically  provided in this Section 3.09,
any  purchase  pursuant  to  this Section 3.09  shall  be  made
pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through Section 3.06
hereof.

                            ARTICLE 4
                            COVENANTS

Section 4.01.Payment of Notes.

     The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of
and premium, interest and Liquidated  Damages,  if  any, on the
Notes  on  the  dates and in the manner provided in the  Notes.
Principal, premium,  interest  and  Liquidated Damages, if any,
shall be considered paid on the date  due  if the Paying Agent,
if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof,  holds as of
10:00 a.m. New York time on the due date money deposited by the
Company in immediately available funds and designated  for  and
sufficient   to   pay  all  principal,  premium,  interest  and
Liquidated Damages, if any, then due.

     The Company shall  pay  interest  (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue
principal at the rate equal to the interest  rate  on the Notes
to   the  extent  lawful;  it  shall  pay  interest  (including
post-petition  interest  in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy
Law)  on  overdue  installments   of  interest  and  Liquidated
Damages,  if  any  (without  regard  to  any  applicable  grace
period), at the same rate to the extent lawful.

Section 4.02.Maintenance of Office or Agency.

     The Company shall maintain in the  City  of  New  York  an
office  or  agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an
affiliate of  the  Trustee,  Registrar  or  co-registrar) where
Notes may be surrendered for registration of  transfer  or  for
exchange  and  where notices and demands to or upon the Company
in respect of the  Notes and this Indenture may be served.  The
Company shall give prompt  written notice to the Trustee of the
location, and any change in  the  location,  of  such office or
agency.  If at any time the Company shall fail to  maintain any
such  required  office  or agency or shall fail to furnish  the
Trustee   with  the  address   thereof,   such   presentations,
surrenders,  notices  and  demands may be made or served at the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

     The Company may also from  time  to  time designate one or
more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented
or surrendered for any or all such purposes  and  may from time
to time rescind such designations; provided, however,  that  no
such  designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the
Company  of  its  obligation to maintain an office or agency in
the City of New York for such purposes.  The Company shall give
prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or
rescission and of any  change in the location of any such other
office or agency.

     The Company hereby  designates  the Corporate Trust Office
of the Trustee as one such office or agency  of  the Company in
accordance with Section 2.03.

Section 4.03.Reports.

     (a)  Whether or not the Company is required to  do  so  by
the  rules  and  regulations  of the SEC, the Company will file
with the SEC (unless the SEC will  not  accept  such  a filing)
and, within 15 days of filing, or attempting to file, the  same
with  the  SEC,  furnish  to  the  holders of the Notes (i) all
quarterly  and  annual  financial  and other  information  with
respect  to  the  Company and its Subsidiaries  that  would  be
required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q
and 10-K if the Company  were  required  to  file  such  forms,
including  a "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and  Results  of Operations" and, with respect to the
annual information only,  a  report  thereon  by  the Company's
certified independent accountants, and (ii) all current reports
that would be required to be filed with the SEC on  Form 8-K if
the  Company  were required to file such reports.  The  Company
shall at all times comply with TIA Section 314(a).

     (b)  The Company  and  the Guarantors shall furnish to the
holders of the Notes, prospective  purchasers  of the Notes and
securities  analysts,  upon their request, the information,  if
any, required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under
the Securities Act.

Section 4.04.Compliance Certificate.

     (a)  The Company shall  deliver  to the Trustee, within 90
days  after  the  end  of  each  fiscal  year,   an   Officers'
Certificate  stating  that  a  review of the activities of  the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries  during  the  preceding
fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the  signing
Officers  with  a  view  to determining whether the Company has
kept, observed, performed  and  fulfilled its obligations under
this Indenture, and further stating,  as  to  each such Officer
signing  such  certificate,  that  to  the best of his  or  her
knowledge  the  Company  has  kept,  observed,   performed  and
fulfilled  each and every covenant contained in this  Indenture
and is not in  default  in the performance or observance of any
of the terms, provisions  and conditions of this Indenture (or,
if  a  Default  or  Event  of  Default   shall  have  occurred,
describing all such Defaults or Events of  Default  of which he
or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking
or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to  the best
of  his  or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains  in
existence  by  reason  of  which  payments  on  account  of the
principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or
if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what
action  the  Company is taking or proposes to take with respect
thereto.

     (b)  So  long   as   not  contrary  to  the  then  current
recommendations of the American  Institute  of Certified Public
Accountants,   the  year-end  financial  statements   delivered
pursuant to Section 4.03(a)  above  shall  be  accompanied by a
written   statement   of   the   Company's  independent  public
accountants  (who  shall  be  a  firm of  established  national
reputation)  that  in  making  the  examination  necessary  for
certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to
their  attention  that  would lead them  to  believe  that  the
Company has violated any  provisions  of Article 4 or Article 5
hereof or, if any such violation has occurred,  specifying  the
nature  and  period  of  existence thereof, it being understood
that  such  accountants  shall   not   be  liable  directly  or
indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of
any such violation.

     (c)  The Company shall, so long as  any  of  the Notes are
outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer
becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers'
Certificate  specifying  such  Default or Event of Default  and
what action the Company is taking  or  proposes  to  take  with
respect thereto.

Section 4.05.Taxes.

     The  Company  shall  pay,  and  shall  cause  each  of its
Subsidiaries  to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes,
assessments,  and   governmental  levies  except  such  as  are
contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where
the failure to effect  such  payment  is  not  adverse  in  any
material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 4.06.Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

     The  Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully
do so) that  it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in
any manner whatsoever  claim  or  take the benefit or advantage
of, any stay, extension or usury law  wherever  enacted, now or
at  any time hereafter in force, that may affect the  covenants
or the  performance  of this Indenture; and the Company (to the
extent that it may lawfully  do so) hereby expressly waives all
benefit or advantage of any such  law,  and  covenants  that it
shall  not,  by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede
the execution  of  any power herein granted to the Trustee, but
shall suffer and permit  the  execution  of every such power as
though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.07.Restricted Payments.

     The Company shall not, and shall not  permit  any  of  its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, (i) declare
or  pay  any dividend or make any other payment or distribution
on  account   of   the  Company's  or  any  of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries' Equity  Interests (including, without limitation,
any payment in connection  with  any  merger  or  consolidation
involving the Company) or to the direct or indirect  holders of
the Company's Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other
than  dividends  or  distributions  payable in Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company); (ii) purchase,
redeem  or  otherwise acquire or retire  for  value  (including
without  limitation,   in   connection   with   any  merger  or
consolidation  involving  the Company) any Equity Interests  of
the Company (other than any  such Equity Interests owned by the
Company  or  any  Wholly  Owned Restricted  Subsidiary  of  the
Company); (iii) make any payment  on  or  with  respect  to, or
purchase,  redeem,  defease  or otherwise acquire or retire for
value,  any Indebtedness that is  subordinated  to  the  Notes,
except a  payment  of interest or principal at Stated Maturity;
or (iv) make any Restricted  Investment  (all such payments and
other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being
collectively referred to as "Restricted Payments"),  unless, at
the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

          (a)  no  Default  or  Event  of  Default  shall  have
     occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence
     thereof;

          (b) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted
     Payment  and  after  giving pro forma effect thereto as if
     such Restricted Payment  had been made at the beginning of
     the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to
     incur at least $1.00 of additional  Indebtedness  pursuant
     to the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio test set forth
     in Section 4.09 hereof; and

          (c)   such  Restricted  Payment,  together  with  the
     aggregate amount  of all other Restricted Payments made by
     the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the date
     of this Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted
     by clauses (b), (c),  (d)  and (f), but including, without
     duplication, Restricted Payments  permitted by clauses (a)
     and (e), of the next succeeding paragraph),  is  less than
     the sum of (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income  of  the
     Company  for  the  period (taken as one accounting period)
     from  July  1, 1997 to  the  end  of  the  Company's  most
     recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial
     statements are  available  at  the time of such Restricted
     Payment  (or, if such Consolidated  Net  Income  for  such
     period is  a deficit, less 100% of such deficit), plus (B)
     100% of the  aggregate  net  cash proceeds received by the
     Company from the issue or sale  since  the  date  of  this
     Indenture  of  Equity Interests of the Company (other than
     Disqualified Stock)  or  of  Disqualified  Stock  or  debt
     securities  of  the  Company that have been converted into
     such  Equity  Interests   (other   than  any  such  Equity
     Interests,   Disqualified   Stock   or  convertible   debt
     securities sold to a Restricted Subsidiary  of the Company
     and  other  than  Disqualified  Stock or convertible  debt
     securities  that  have  been converted  into  Disqualified
     Stock),  plus  (C)  to  the  extent  that  any  Restricted
     Investment that was made after  the date of this Indenture
     is  sold for cash or otherwise liquidated  or  repaid  for
     cash,  the  lesser  of (1) the cash return of capital with
     respect to such Restricted  Investment  (less  the cost of
     disposition,  if any) and (2) the initial amount  of  such
     Restricted Investment,  plus  (D)  in  the  event that any
     Unrestricted  Subsidiary  is redesignated as a  Restricted
     Subsidiary, the lesser of (1)  an amount equal to the fair
     value  of  the Company's Investments  in  such  Restricted
     Subsidiary and  (2)  the  amount of Restricted Investments
     previously  made  by  the  Company   and   its  Restricted
     Subsidiaries  in  such Unrestricted Subsidiary,  plus  (E)
     $5.0 million.

     The foregoing provisions will not prohibit (a) the payment
of any dividend within 60  days  after  the date of declaration
thereof, if at said date of declaration such payment would have
complied  with  the  provisions  of  this  Indenture;  (b)  the
redemption,   repurchase,  retirement,  defeasance   or   other
acquisition  of   any   subordinated   Indebtedness  or  Equity
Interests of the Company in exchange for,  or  out  of  the net
cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other  than
to  a  Subsidiary of the Company) of, other Equity Interests of
the Company  (other than any Disqualified Stock), provided that
the amount of  any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for
any  such redemption,  repurchase,  retirement,  defeasance  or
other acquisition shall be excluded from clause (iii)(B) of the
preceding    paragraph;   (c)   the   defeasance,   redemption,
repurchase, retirement  or  other  acquisition  of subordinated
Indebtedness with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence  of,
or in exchange for, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; (d) the
payment  of  any  dividend  or  distribution  by  a  Restricted
Subsidiary  of the Company to the to the Company or any  Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary; (e) so long as no Default or Event
of  Default  shall   have   occurred  and  be  continuing,  the
repurchase, redemption or other  acquisition  or retirement for
value  of  any  Equity  Interests  of the Company held  by  any
employee   of   the   Company's  or  any  of   its   Restricted
Subsidiaries, provided  that  the  aggregate price paid for all
such  repurchased,  redeemed,  acquired   or   retired   Equity
Interests  shall not exceed $500,000 in any calendar year;  and
(f) the acquisition  of  Equity  Interests  of  the  Company in
connection   with  the  exercise  of  stock  options  or  stock
appreciation  rights   by   way  of  cashless  exercise  or  in
connection   with   the   satisfaction   of   withholding   tax
obligations.

     The  Board  of  Directors  may  designate  any  Restricted
Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such designation
would  not  cause  a Default.   For  purposes  of  making  such
determination, all outstanding  Investments  by the Company and
its  Restricted  Subsidiaries (except to the extent  repaid  in
cash) in the Subsidiary  so  designated  shall  be deemed to be
Restricted Payments at the time of such designation.  All  such
outstanding   Investments   will   be   deemed   to  constitute
Investments  in an amount equal to the greater of (a)  the  net
book value of  such Investments at the time of such designation
and (b) the fair  market  value of such Investments at the time
of such designation. Such designation  shall  only be permitted
if such Restricted Payment would be permitted at  such time and
if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of
an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

     The  Board  of  Directors  of the Company may at any  time
designate  any  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  to  be  a  Restricted
Subsidiary, provided that such  designation  shall be deemed to
be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted  Subsidiary of
the   Company   of   any   outstanding   Indebtedness  of  such
Unrestricted  Subsidiary  and such designation  shall  only  be
permitted if (a) such Indebtedness  is  permitted under Section
4.09  hereof,  calculated  on  a  pro forma basis  as  if  such
designation had occurred at the beginning  of  the four-quarter
reference period, and (b) no Default or Event of  Default would
be in existence following such designation.

     Any   designation  of  a  Subsidiary  as  an  Unrestricted
Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the
Trustee a certified  copy  of  a  resolution  of  the  Board of
Directors  giving  effect  to such designation and an Officers'
Certificate certifying that  such designation complied with the
terms of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary set forth in
this Indenture and with this Section 4.07.

     The amount of all Restricted  Payments  (other  than cash)
shall  be  the  fair market value on the date of the Restricted
Payment  of  the  asset(s)   or   securities   proposed  to  be
transferred  or  issued  by  the  Company  or  such  Restricted
Subsidiary,  as  the  case  may  be, pursuant to the Restricted
Payment.  The  fair  market value of  any  non-cash  Restricted
Payment shall be determined  in  the manner contemplated by the
definition of the term "fair market  value," and the results of
such  determination  shall  be  evidenced   by   an   Officers'
Certificate delivered to the Trustee.  Not later than the  date
of making any Restricted Payment, the Company shall deliver  to
the   Trustee   an  Officers'  Certificate  stating  that  such
Restricted Payment  is  permitted  and  setting forth the basis
upon which the calculations required by this  Section 4.07 were
computed.

Section 4.08.Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions  Affecting
          Subsidiaries.

     The  Company  shall  not, and shall not permit any of  its
Restricted Subsidiaries to,  directly  or indirectly, create or
otherwise  cause  or  suffer to exist or become  effective  any
encumbrance or restriction  on  the  ability  of any Restricted
Subsidiary   to   (a)(i)  pay  dividends  or  make  any   other
distributions  to  the   Company   or  any  of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or  with respect to any other
interest or participation in, or measured  by,  its profits, or
(ii)  pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or  any  of  its
Restricted  Subsidiaries,  (b)  make  loans  or advances to the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries  or  (c) transfer
any  of its properties or assets to the Company or any  of  its
Restricted   Subsidiaries,  except  for  such  encumbrances  or
restrictions existing  under  or  by  reason  of (1) the Credit
Facility  or  Existing Indebtedness, each as in effect  on  the
date of this Indenture,  (2)  this Indenture and the Notes, (3)
applicable law, (4) any instrument  governing  Indebtedness  or
Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its
Restricted  Subsidiaries  as  in  effect  at  the  time of such
acquisition  (except  to  the  extent  such  Indebtedness   was
incurred  in  connection  with  or  in  contemplation  of  such
acquisition),   which   encumbrance   or   restriction  is  not
applicable to any Person, or the properties  or  assets  of any
Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the
Person,   so   acquired,   provided   that,   in  the  case  of
Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by  the  terms of
this Indenture to be incurred, (5) by reason of customary  non-
assignment  provisions  in  leases entered into in the ordinary
course  of business and consistent  with  past  practices,  (6)
purchase   money  obligations  for  property  acquired  in  the
ordinary course  of  business  that  impose restrictions of the
nature  described  in  clause  (c)  above on  the  property  so
acquired, (7) customary provisions in  bona  fide contracts for
the  sale  of  property or assets or (8) Permitted  Refinancing
Indebtedness with  respect  to  any Indebtedness referred to in
clauses  (1)  and  (2) above, provided  that  the  restrictions
contained   in   the  agreements   governing   such   Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness  are  not materially more restrictive,
taken  as  a  whole,  than those contained  in  the  agreements
governing the Indebtedness being refinanced.

Section  4.09.Incurrence   of   Indebtedness  and  Issuance  of
          Preferred Stock.

     The Company shall not, and shall  not  permit  any  of its
Restricted  Subsidiaries  to,  directly  or indirectly, create,
incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or
indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise,  with  respect to
(collectively, "incur" or an "incurrence") any Indebtedness and
that the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will
not  permit  any  of  its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue  any
shares of preferred stock;  provided, however, that the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness, and the
Company  may  issue Disqualified  Stock,  if  the  Consolidated
Interest Coverage  Ratio  for the Company's most recently ended
four  full  fiscal  quarters  for   which   internal  financial
statements  are  available immediately preceding  the  date  on
which  such  additional   Indebtedness   is  incurred  or  such
Disqualified Stock is issued would have been  at  least 2.25 to
1,  determined  on  a  pro  forma basis (including a pro  forma
application  of  the  net  proceeds   therefrom),   as  if  the
additional  Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock had been  issued
or incurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

     The foregoing provisions shall not apply to:

          (a)  the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries  of Indebtedness under the Credit Facility in
     an aggregate principal  amount at any one time outstanding
     not  to exceed $65.0 million,  plus  any  fees,  premiums,
     expenses  (including costs of collection), indemnities and
     similar  amounts   payable   in   connection   with   such
     Indebtedness,  and  less any amounts repaid permanently in
     accordance with Section 4.10;

          (b) the incurrence  by the Company and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness;

          (c) the incurrence by  the Company and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations;

          (d) the incurrence by the  Company and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by the Notes, the
     Subsidiary Guarantees and this Indenture;

          (e)  the  incurrence  of  intercompany   Indebtedness
     between  or among the Company and any of its Wholly  Owned
     Restricted  Subsidiaries,  provided  that  any  subsequent
     issuance  or transfer of Equity Interests that results  in
     any such Indebtedness  being  held  by a Person other than
     the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the
     Company,  or  any  sale  or  other transfer  of  any  such
     Indebtedness to a Person that is neither the Company nor a
     Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary  of  the Company, shall
     be deemed to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness
     by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary,  as the case
     may be;

          (f)  Indebtedness  in respect of bid, performance  or
     surety bonds issued for the  account of the Company or any
     Restricted Subsidiary thereof  in  the  ordinary course of
     business,  including  guarantees  or  obligations  of  the
     Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof  with respect
     to  letters of credit supporting such bid, performance  or
     surety  obligations  (in  each  case  other  than  for  an
     obligation for money borrowed); and

          (g)  the  incurrence  by  the  Company  or any of its
     Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing  Debt  in
     exchange  for,  or  the  net proceeds of which are used to
     extend,  refinance,  renew,  replace,  defease  or  refund
     Indebtedness that was  permitted  by  this Indenture to be
     incurred (other than pursuant to clause (a) or (e) of this
     Section 4.09).

     In the event that the incurrence of any Indebtedness would
be permitted by the first paragraph set forth  above  or one or
more of the provisions set forth in the second paragraph above,
the  Company  may  designate  (in  the  form  of  an  Officers'
Certificate  delivered to the Trustee) the particular provision
of this Indenture  pursuant  to  which  it  is  incurring  such
Indebtedness.

Section 4.10.Asset Sales.

     The  Company  shall  not,  and shall not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless (a)
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary,  as the case may be,
receives consideration at the time of such Asset  Sale at least
equal  to  the  fair  market value (as determined in accordance
with  the  definition  of  such  term,  the  results  of  which
determination shall be set  forth  in  an Officers' Certificate
delivered  to the Trustee) of the assets  or  Equity  Interests
issued or sold or otherwise disposed of and (b) at least 75% of
the consideration  therefor  received  by  the  Company or such
Restricted   Subsidiary   is  in  the  form  of  cash  or  Cash
Equivalents; provided, however,  that  the  amount  of  (i) any
liabilities  (as  shown  on  the  Company's  or such Restricted
Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet) of the  Company or such
Restricted  Subsidiary  (other than contingent liabilities  and
liabilities that are by their  terms  subordinated to the Notes
or any guarantee thereof) that are assumed by the transferee of
any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that
releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further
liability and (ii) any securities, notes  or  other obligations
received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such
transferee  that  are immediately converted by the  Company  or
such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash
received) shall be  deemed  to  be  cash  for  purposes of this
Section 4.10.

     Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from
an  Asset  Sale, the Company or any such Restricted  Subsidiary
may apply such  Net  Proceeds  to  (a)  permanently  repay  the
principal  of  any  secured  Indebtedness (to the extent of the
fair  value  of  the  assets  securing  such  Indebtedness,  as
determined  by  the  Board  of Directors)  or  (b)  to  acquire
(including by way of a purchase  of  assets  or  stock, merger,
consolidation or otherwise) Productive Assets.   (Any  such Net
Proceeds  that  are  applied  to  the acquisition of Productive
Assets pursuant to any binding agreement  to  construct any new
marine vessel useful in the business of the Company  or  any of
its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  shall  be  deemed  to  have been
applied for such purpose within such 365-day period so  long as
they  are so applied within 18 months of the effective date  of
such agreement  but  no  later than two years after the date of
receipt of such Net Proceeds.)   Pending  the final application
of  any such Net Proceeds, the Company or any  such  Restricted
Subsidiary  may temporarily reduce outstanding revolving credit
borrowings, including  borrowings under the Credit Facility, or
otherwise invest such Net  Proceeds  in  any manner that is not
prohibited by this Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales
that  are  not  applied or invested as provided  in  the  first
sentence  of this  paragraph  shall  be  deemed  to  constitute
"Excess Proceeds."   Within  30  days of each date on which the
aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds  exceeds  $5.0 million, the
Company shall commence a pro rata Asset Sale Offer  pursuant to
Section 3.09 hereof to purchase the maximum principal amount of
Notes that may be purchased out of Excess Proceeds at  an offer
price  in  cash  in  an  amount  equal to 100% of the principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages,  if  any,  thereon,  to  the  date   of  purchase,  in
accordance  with  the  procedures  set  forth  in Section  3.09
hereof; provided, however, that, if the Company  is required to
apply  such  Excess  Proceeds  to  repurchase,  or to offer  to
repurchase, any Pari Passu Indebtedness, the Company shall only
be required to offer to repurchase the maximum principal amount
of Notes that may be purchased out of the amount of such Excess
Proceeds multiplied by a fraction, the numerator  of  which  is
the  aggregate  principal  amount  of Notes outstanding and the
denominator of which is the aggregate principal amount of Notes
outstanding plus the aggregate principal  amount  of Pari Passu
Indebtedness  outstanding.  To  the  extent  that the aggregate
amount  of Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset  Sale  Offer  is
less  than   the   amount  that  the  Company  is  required  to
repurchase, the Company  may  use any remaining Excess Proceeds
for general corporate purposes.  If  the  aggregate  amount  of
Notes  surrendered  by  holders thereof exceeds the amount that
the Company is required to repurchase, the Trustee shall select
the Notes to be purchased  on  a  pro  rata  basis  (with  such
adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that
only  Notes  in  denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples
thereof, shall be  purchased). Upon completion of such offer to
purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

Section 4.11.Transactions with Affiliates.

     The Company shall  not,  and  shall  not permit any of its
Restricted  Subsidiaries  to,  make any payment  to,  or  sell,
lease, transfer or otherwise dispose  of  any of its properties
or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter
into  or  make  or amend any transaction, contract,  agreement,
understanding, loan,  advance  or  guarantee  with,  or for the
benefit of, any Affiliate (each of the foregoing, an "Affiliate
Transaction"),  unless  (a)  such  Affiliate Transaction is  on
terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant
Restricted Subsidiary than those that  would have been obtained
in a comparable transaction by the Company  or  such Restricted
Subsidiary  with an unrelated Person or, if there  is  no  such
comparable transaction,  on  terms that are fair and reasonable
to  the  Company or such Restricted  Subsidiary,  and  (b)  the
Company delivers  to  the  Trustee  (i)  with  respect  to  any
Affiliate   Transaction   or   series   of   related  Affiliate
Transactions  involving aggregate consideration  in  excess  of
$1.0 million, a  resolution of the Board of Directors set forth
in  an Officers' Certificate  certifying  that  such  Affiliate
Transaction  complies  with  clause  (a)  above  and  that such
Affiliate  Transaction  has been approved by a majority of  the
disinterested members of  the  Board of Directors and (ii) with
respect  to  any Affiliate Transaction  or  series  of  related
Affiliate Transactions  involving  aggregate  consideration  in
excess of $5.0 million, other than any such transactions with a
joint  venture  engaged  in  the  business  of providing marine
support  vessels  and  related  services  to  the oil  and  gas
industry  (or  a  business that is reasonably complementary  or
related thereto as  determined  in  good  faith by the Board of
Directors), an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or the
relevant  Subsidiary  of  such  Affiliate  Transaction  from  a
financial point of view issued by an accounting,  appraisal  or
investment  banking  firm that is, in the judgment of the Board
of  Directors,  qualified   to   render  such  opinion  and  is
independent  with  respect to the Company;  provided,  however,
that  the  following  shall  be  deemed  not  to  be  Affiliate
Transactions: (A) any employment  agreement  or  other employee
compensation plan or arrangement entered into by the Company or
any  of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary  course  of
business  of  the  Company  or  such Restricted Subsidiary; (B)
transactions between or among the  Company  and  its Restricted
Subsidiaries; (C) Permitted Investments and Restricted Payments
that  are  permitted  by the provisions of this Indenture;  (D)
loans or advances to officers,  directors  and employees of the
Company  or  any  Restricted  Subsidiary made in  the  ordinary
course of business and consistent  with  past  practices of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate  amount
not  to  exceed  $500,000  outstanding  at  any  one  time; (E)
indemnities of officers, directors and employees of the Company
or  any  Restricted  Subsidiary permitted by bylaw or statutory
provisions; and (F) the  payment  of  reasonable  and customary
regular  fees  to  directors  of  the  Company  or  any of  its
Restricted Subsidiaries who are not employees of the Company or
any Affiliate.

Section 4.12.Liens.

     The  Company  shall not, and shall not permit any  of  its
Restricted Subsidiaries  to,  directly  or  indirectly, create,
incur,  assume  or suffer to exist any Lien on  any  asset  now
owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom
or assign or convey  any  right  to  receive  income therefrom,
except Permitted Liens, to secure (a) any Indebtedness  of  the
Company  or  such  Restricted  Subsidiary  (if it is not also a
Guarantor),  unless  prior to, or contemporaneously  therewith,
the  Notes  are  equally   and  ratably  secured,  or  (b)  any
Indebtedness   of   any  Guarantor,   unless   prior   to,   or
contemporaneously  therewith,  the  Subsidiary  Guarantees  are
equally and ratably  secured;  provided,  however, that if such
Indebtedness  is  expressly subordinated to the  Notes  or  the
Subsidiary Guarantees, the Lien securing such Indebtedness will
be subordinated and  junior  to  the Lien securing the Notes or
the Subsidiary Guarantees, as the  case  may  be, with the same
relative priority as such Indebtedness has with  respect to the
Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees.

Section 4.13.Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.

     (a) If  the  Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
shall, after the date  of  this  Indenture,  acquire  or create
another  Significant Subsidiary, or (b) if, after such date,  a
Restricted  Subsidiary  shall  provide  a  guarantee  under the
Credit  Facility  or  incur any Funded Indebtedness, then  such
newly  acquired  or  created  Significant  Subsidiary  or  such
Subsidiary  described in  clause  (b)  above  shall  execute  a
Subsidiary Guarantee  and  deliver an Opinion of Counsel and an
Officers' Certificate in accordance  with  the terms of Section
10.02 of this Indenture.

Section 4.14.Corporate Existence.

     Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause
to be done all things necessary to preserve  and  keep  in full
force  and  effect  its corporate existence, and the corporate,
partnership  or other  existence  of  each  of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries,  in accordance with the respective organizational
documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the
Company or any such  Restricted  Subsidiary; provided, however,
that  the  Company  shall  not  be  required  to  preserve  the
existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,  if  the Board
of  Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof  is
no longer  desirable  in  the  conduct  of  the business of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

Section 4.15.Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

     (a)  Upon  the  occurrence  of  a Change of  Control,  the
Company shall make an offer (a "Change  of  Control  Offer") to
repurchase  all  or  any  part  (equal to $1,000 or an integral
multiple thereof) of each Holder's  Notes  at an offer price in
cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal  amount  thereof,
plus  accrued  and  unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages,  if
any, thereon to the date  of repurchase (the "Change of Control
Payment").  Within 30 days  following  a Change of Control, the
Company  shall  mail a notice to each Holder  and  the  Trustee
stating: (1) that  the  Change  of  Control Offer is being made
pursuant  to  this  Section  4.15 and that  all  Notes  validly
tendered and not withdrawn will  be  accepted  for payment; (2)
the  purchase price and the purchase date, which  shall  be  no
earlier  than  30  days but no later than 60 days from the date
such notice is mailed  (the  "Change of Control Payment Date");
(3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest
and Liquidated Damages, if any;  (4)  that,  unless the Company
defaults in the payment of the Change of Control  Payment,  all
Notes  accepted  for  payment pursuant to the Change of Control
Offer shall cease to accrue interest and Liquidated Damages, if
any, after the Change of Control Payment Date; (5) that Holders
electing to have any Notes  purchased  pursuant  to a Change of
Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, properly
endorsed for transfer, together with the form entitled  "Option
of  Holder  to  Elect  Purchase"  on  the  reverse of the Notes
completed  and  such  customary  documents as the  Company  may
reasonably  request,  to  the  Paying   Agent  at  the  address
specified in the notice prior to the close  of  business on the
third  Business  Day  preceding  the Change of Control  Payment
Date;  (6)  that  Holders will be entitled  to  withdraw  their
election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close
of business on the  second Business Day preceding the Change of
Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission
or letter setting forth  the  name of the Holder, the principal
amount of Notes delivered for purchase,  and  a  statement that
such  Holder  is  withdrawing  his  election to have the  Notes
purchased; and (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased
only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount
to  the  unpurchased  portion of the Notes  surrendered,  which
unpurchased portion must be equal to $1,000 in principal amount
or an integral multiple  thereof.   If any of the Notes subject
to a Change of Control Offer is in the  form  of a Global Note,
then  the  Company  shall  modify  such  notice  to the  extent
necessary  to  accord  with  the  procedures  of the Depository
applicable to repurchases.  Further, the Company  shall  comply
with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act  and
any  other  securities  laws  and regulations thereunder to the
extent such laws and regulations  are  applicable in connection
with  the  repurchase  of  Notes as a result  of  a  Change  of
Control.

     (b)  On or before 10:00 a.m.  New  York time on the Change
of  Control  Payment  Date, the Company shall,  to  the  extent
lawful, (a) accept for  payment  all  Notes or portions thereof
properly tendered pursuant to the Change  of Control Offer, (b)
deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal  to the Change of
Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions  thereof so
tendered  and  (c)  deliver  or  cause  to  be delivered to the
Trustee  the  Notes  so  accepted  together  with an  Officers'
Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount  of Notes or
portions  thereof  being  purchased by the Company. The  Paying
Agent shall promptly mail to  each  holder of Notes so tendered
the Change of Control Payment for such  Notes,  and the Trustee
shall   promptly   authenticate  and  mail  (or  cause  to   be
transferred by book  entry)  to each Holder a new Note equal in
principal  amount  to  any unpurchased  portion  of  the  Notes
surrendered, if any; provided, however, that each such new Note
will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple
thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the
Change of Control Offer  on or as soon as practicable after the
Change of Control Payment Date.

     (c)  The  Change  of Control  provisions  described  above
shall be applicable whether or nor any other provisions of this
Indenture are applicable.

     (d)  The Company shall not be required to make a Change of
Control Offer following  a  Change  of Control if a third party
makes the Change of Control  Offer in  the  manner, at the time
and otherwise in compliance with the requirements  set forth in
this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer  made by
the  Company  and purchases all Notes validly tendered and  not
withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

Section 4.16.Issuances  and  Sales  of  Capital Stock of Wholly
          Owned Restricted Subsidiaries.

     The Company (i) shall not, and shall not permit any Wholly
Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  of  the  Company  to,  transfer,
convey, sell, or otherwise dispose of any  Capital Stock of any
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to any Person
(other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company), unless (a) such transfer, conveyance, sale, or
other disposition is of all the Capital Stock  of  such  Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary and (b) the Net Proceeds from  such
transfer, conveyance, sale, or other disposition are applied in
accordance  with Section 4.10 hereof, and (ii) shall not permit
any Wholly Owned  Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to issue
any of its Equity Interests  to  any  Person  other than to the
Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
except,  in the case of both clauses (i) and (ii)  above,  with
respect to  (1) dispositions  or  issuances  by  a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as contemplated in clauses
(a)  and  (b)  of  the  definition  of "Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary" or (2) other dispositions or issuances of up to 35%
of the outstanding Capital Stock of a  Wholly  Owned Restricted
Subsidiary   of  the  Company,  provided  that,  after   giving
pro forma effect thereto, the Investment of the Company and its
Wholly  Owned  Restricted   Subsidiaries   in   all  Restricted
Subsidiaries that are not Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiaries
of   the   Company,  determined  on  a  consolidated  basis  in
accordance with  GAAP,  does not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net
Tangible Assets of the Company.

Section 4.17.Sale-and-leaseback Transactions.

     The Company shall not,  and  shall  not  permit any of its
Restricted  Subsidiaries  to, enter into any sale-and-leaseback
transaction;  provided,  however,   that  the  Company  or  any
Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable,  may  enter  into a sale-
and-leaseback transaction if (i) the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary  could  have (a) incurred Indebtedness in an  amount
equal to the Attributable  Indebtedness  relating to such sale-
and-leaseback transaction pursuant to the Consolidated Interest
Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section
4.09 hereof and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness
pursuant to Section 4.12 hereof, (ii) the  gross  cash proceeds
of  such sale-and-leaseback transaction are at least  equal  to
the fair  market  value  (as  determined in accordance with the
definition  of such term, the results  of  which  determination
shall be set forth in an Officers' Certificate delivered to the
Trustee) of the  property that is the subject of such sale-and-
leaseback transaction  and (iii) the transfer of assets in such
sale-and-leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company
applies the proceeds of  such  transaction  in compliance with,
Section 4.10 hereof.

Section 4.18.No Inducements.

     The  Company shall not, and the Company shall  not  permit
any of its  Subsidiaries, either directly or indirectly, to pay
(or cause to  be  paid)  any  consideration,  whether by way of
interest,  fee  or  otherwise,  to  any  Holder  for or  as  an
inducement  to any consent, waiver, amendment or supplement  of
any terms or  provisions of this Indenture or the Notes, unless
such consideration is offered to be paid (or agreed to be paid)
to all Holders  which  so  consent,  waive or agree to amend or
supplement  in  the  time  frame  set  forth   on  solicitation
documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

                            ARTICLE 5
                            SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01.Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.

     The Company shall not consolidate or merge  with  or  into
(whether  or  not the Company is the surviving corporation), or
sell, assign, transfer,  lease,  convey or otherwise dispose of
all or substantially all of its properties  or assets in one or
more  related transactions, to another Person  unless  (a)  the
Company is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or
surviving  any  such consolidation or merger (if other than the
Company) or to which  such  sale,  assignment, transfer, lease,
conveyance  or other disposition shall  have  been  made  is  a
corporation organized  or existing under the laws of the United
States, any state thereof  or the District of Columbia, (b) the
Person formed by or surviving  any such consolidation or merger
(if other than the Company) or the  Person  to which such sale,
assignment,  transfer,  lease, conveyance or other  disposition
shall have been made assumes all the obligations of the Company
under the Notes and this  Indenture  pursuant to a supplemental
indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, (c)
immediately  after  such transaction no  Default  or  Event  of
Default exists and (d)  except  in  the case of a merger of the
Company  with or into a Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiary  of
the Company,  the  Company or the Person formed by or surviving
any such consolidation  or  merger (if other than the Company),
or to which such sale, assignment,  transfer, lease, conveyance
or  other  disposition  shall  have been  made  (A)  will  have
Consolidated Net Worth immediately  after the transaction equal
to or greater than the Consolidated Net  Worth  of  the Company
immediately preceding the transaction and (B) will, at the time
of  such transaction and after giving pro forma effect  thereto
as if  such  transaction  had  occurred at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter period,  be permitted to incur at least
$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant  to  the Consolidated
Interest  Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first  paragraph
of Section 4.09 hereof.

     In  connection   with   any   consolidation,   merger   or
disposition  contemplated  by this provision, the Company shall
deliver, or cause to be delivered,  to the Trustee, in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to  the Trustee, an Officers'
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel,  each  stating that such
consolidation,  merger  or  disposition  and  the  supplemental
indenture  in  respect  thereto comply with this provision  and
that all conditions precedent  in  the  Indenture  provided for
relating to such transaction or transactions have been complied
with.

Section 5.02.Successor Corporation Substituted.

     Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment,
transfer,  lease,  conveyance  or other disposition of  all  or
substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company in
accordance with Section 5.01 hereof,  the successor corporation
formed by such consolidation or into or  with which the Company
is merged or to which such sale, assignment,  transfer,  lease,
conveyance  or other disposition is made shall succeed to,  and
be substituted  for  (so  that  from and after the date of such
consolidation,  merger,  sale,  assignment,   transfer,  lease,
conveyance  or  other  disposition,  the  provisions   of  this
Indenture referring to the "Company" shall refer instead to the
successor corporation and not to the Company), and may exercise
every right and power of the Company under this Indenture  with
the same effect as if such successor corporation had been named
as  the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor
Company  shall  not be relieved from its obligations under this
Indenture or the Notes in the case of any such lease.

                            ARTICLE 6
                      DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01.Events of Default.

     An "Event of Default" occurs if:

          (a) the  Company  defaults in the payment when due of
     interest on, or Liquidated  Damages,  if any, with respect
     to, the Notes, and such default continues  for a period of
     30 days;

          (b) the Company defaults in the payment  when  due of
     principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes;

          (c)  the  Company  fails  to  comply  with any of the
     provisions of Section 4.10, 4.15 or 5.01 hereof;

          (d) the Company fails to observe or perform any other
     covenant or other agreement in this Indenture or the Notes
     for 60 days after notice to the Company by the  Trustee or
     the  Holders  of  at least 25% in principal amount of  the
     Notes then outstanding of such failure;

          (e) a default occurs under any mortgage, indenture or
     instrument under which  there  may  be  issued or by which
     there  may  be  secured or evidenced any Indebtedness  for
     money borrowed by  the  Company  or  any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the
     Company  or  any of its Restricted Subsidiaries),  whether
     such Indebtedness  or  guarantee now exists, or is created
     after the date of this Indenture,  which  default  (i)  is
     caused  by  a  failure  to  pay principal of or premium or
     interest on such Indebtedness  prior  to the expiration of
     any grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a "Payment
     Default")  or  (ii)  results in the acceleration  of  such
     Indebtedness prior to  its  express  maturity and, in each
     case,  the  principal  amount  of  any such  Indebtedness,
     together  with  the  principal amount of  any  other  such
     Indebtedness under which  there has been a Payment Default
     or  the  maturity  of  which  has   been  so  accelerated,
     aggregates  $5.0 million or more; and  provided,  further,
     that if such  default  is  cured  or  waived  or  any such
     acceleration  rescinded,  or  such Indebtedness is repaid,
     within a period of 10 days from  the  continuation of such
     default  beyond  the  applicable  grace  period   or   the
     occurrence  of  such  acceleration, as the case may be, an
     Event of Default and any consequential acceleration of the
     Notes shall be automatically  rescinded,  so  long as such
     rescission does not conflict with such judgment or decree;

          (f)  a  final  judgment  or  final judgments for  the
     payment  of  money  are entered by a court  or  courts  of
     competent jurisdiction  against  the Company or any of its
     Restricted Subsidiaries  and such  judgment  or  judgments
     are  not  paid  or  discharged  for a period (during which
     execution shall not be effectively  stayed)  of  60  days,
     provided  that  the  aggregate  of  all  such undischarged
     judgments exceeds $5.0 million;

          (g)  the  failure  of  any  Guarantor to perform  any
     covenant  set  forth in its Subsidiary  Guarantee  or  the
     repudiation by any  Guarantor of its obligations under its
     Subsidiary  Guarantee   or  the  unenforceability  of  any
     Subsidiary Guarantee for any reason;

          (h)  the  Company or any  Guarantor  pursuant  to  or
     within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

               (i)  commences a voluntary case,

               (ii) consents  to  the  entry  of  an  order for
          relief against it in an involuntary case,

               (iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian
          of  it  or  for  all  or  substantially  all  of  its
          property,

               (iv)  makes a general assignment for the benefit
          of its creditors, or

               (v) generally  is  not  paying its debts as they
          become due; or

          (i) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order
     or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

                    (i) is for relief against  the  Company  or
               any Guarantor in an involuntary case;

                    (ii) appoints a Custodian of the Company or
               any Guarantor or for all or substantially all of
               the property of the Company or any Guarantor; or

                    (iii) orders the liquidation of the Company
               or any Guarantor;

     and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for
     60 consecutive days.

Section 6.02.Acceleration.

     If  any  Event  of  Default  occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee or the Holders of at least  25%  in principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes may declare all  the Notes to be due
and payable immediately.  Upon any such declaration,  the Notes
shall become due and payable immediately.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  if  an  Event of Default specified in clause (h) or
(i) of Section 6.01 hereof  occurs  with respect to the Company
or  any  Guarantor,  all outstanding Notes  shall  be  due  and
payable immediately without  further  action  or  notice.   The
Holders   of  a  majority  in  principal  amount  of  the  then
outstanding  Notes  by  written  notice  to  the Trustee may on
behalf  of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration  and  its
consequences  if  the  rescission  would  not conflict with any
judgment  or  decree  and  if  all existing Events  of  Default
(except   nonpayment  of  principal,   interest,   premium   or
Liquidated Damages, if any, that have become due solely because
of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

     If an  Event  of  Default  occurs by reason of any willful
action (or inaction) taken (or not  taken)  by  or on behalf of
the  Company  with  the  intention of avoiding payment  of  the
premium that the Company would  have  had to pay if the Company
then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant  to  Section 3.07
hereof,  then,  upon  acceleration  of the Notes, an equivalent
premium shall also become and be immediately  due  and payable,
to  the extent permitted by law, anything in this Indenture  or
in the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding.

Section 6.03.Other Remedies.

     If  an  Event  of  Default  occurs  and is continuing, the
Trustee may pursue any available remedy to  collect the payment
of  principal of and premium, interest and Liquidated  Damages,
if any,  on  the  Notes  or  to  enforce the performance of any
provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

     The Trustee may maintain a proceeding  even if it does not
possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the
proceeding.  A delay or omission by the Trustee  or  any Holder
of  a  Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon  an
Event of  Default  shall  not  impair  the  right  or remedy or
constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.
All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04.Waiver of Past Defaults.

     Holders  of  a  majority  in principal amount of the  then
outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the
Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event
of Default and its consequences  hereunder, except a continuing
Default or Event of Default in the  payment of the principal of
or  premium, interest or Liquidated Damages,  if  any,  on  the
Notes  (including  in  connection  with  an offer to purchase).
Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease  to  exist,  and
any  Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have
been cured  for  every  purpose  of this Indenture; but no such
waiver  shall  extend to any subsequent  or  other  Default  or
impair any right consequent thereon.

     Neither the  Company  nor  any  of its Subsidiaries shall,
directly  or  indirectly,  pay  or  cause  to   be   paid   any
consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to
any holder of any Notes for or as an inducement to any consent,
waiver or amendment of any terms or provisions of the Indenture
or  the  Notes, unless such consideration is offered to be paid
or agreed  to  be  paid  to  all  holders of the Notes which so
consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in
solicitation  documents relating to  such  consent,  waiver  or
agreement.

Section 6.05.Control by Majority.

     Holders of  a  majority  in  principal  amount of the then
outstanding  Notes  may direct the time, method  and  place  of
conducting any proceeding  for  exercising any remedy available
to the Trustee or exercising any  trust  or  power conferred on
it.   However, the Trustee may refuse to follow  any  direction
that conflicts  with  law or this Indenture or that the Trustee
determines may be unduly  prejudicial  to  the  rights of other
Holders  of Notes or that may involve the Trustee  in  personal
liability.

Section 6.06.Limitation on Suits.

     A Holder  of  a  Note  may pursue a remedy with respect to
this Indenture or the Notes only if:

          (a) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written
     notice of a continuing Event of Default;

          (b) the Holders of  at  least 25% in principal amount
     of the then outstanding Notes  make  a  written request to
     the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

          (c) such Holder of a Note or Holders  of  Notes offer
     and,  if  requested,  provide  to  the  Trustee  indemnity
     satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or
     expense;

          (d)  the  Trustee  does  not  comply with the request
     within 60 days after receipt of the  request and the offer
     and, if requested, the provision of indemnity; and

          (e)  during  such  60-day  period the  Holders  of  a
     majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
     do not give the Trustee a direction  inconsistent with the
     request.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture  to prejudice the
rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or
priority over another Holder of a Note.

Section 6.07.Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the
right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment  of  principal
of and premium, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the
Note,  on  or  after the respective due dates expressed in  the
Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to
bring suit for the  enforcement of any such payment on or after
such  respective dates,  shall  not  be  impaired  or  affected
without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08.Collection Suit by Trustee.

     If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b)
occurs  and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover
judgment  in  its  own  name and as trustee of an express trust
against  the Company for the  whole  amount  of  principal  of,
premium, interest  and  Liquidated  Damages,  if any, remaining
unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal  and,  to
the extent lawful, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, and
such  further  amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs
and   expenses  of   collection,   including   the   reasonable
compensation,  expenses,  disbursements  and  advances  of  the
Trustee, its agents and counsel.

Section 6.09.Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

     The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and
other  papers  or documents as may be necessary or advisable in
order to have the  claims  of  the Trustee (including any claim
for the reasonable compensation,  expenses,  disbursements  and
advances  of  the  Trustee,  its  agents  and  counsel) and the
Holders  of  the  Notes  allowed  in  any  judicial proceedings
relative to the Company (or any other obligor  upon the Notes),
its  creditors  or  its  property  and  shall  be entitled  and
empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other
property  payable  or  deliverable on any such claims  and  any
custodian in any such judicial  proceeding is hereby authorized
by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the
event that the Trustee shall consent  to  the  making  of  such
payments  directly  to  the  Holders, to pay to the Trustee any
amount  due  to it for the reasonable  compensation,  expenses,
disbursements  and  advances  of  the  Trustee,  its agents and
counsel,   and   any   other  amounts  due  the  Trustee  under
Section 7.07 hereof.  To  the  extent  that  the payment of any
such compensation, expenses, disbursements and  advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts  due the
Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such
proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same
shall  be  secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of,  any
and all distributions,  dividends,  money, securities and other
properties that the Holders may be entitled  to receive in such
proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorgan-
ization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing  herein contained
shall  be  deemed  to  authorize  the  Trustee to authorize  or
consent to or accept or adopt on behalf  of any Holder any plan
of  reorganization,  arrangement,  adjustment   or  composition
affecting  the  Notes  or  the  rights  of  any Holder,  or  to
authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the  claim  of  any
Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.10.Priorities.

     If  the  Trustee  collects  any  money  pursuant  to  this
Article, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

          First:   to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for
     amounts due under  Section  7.07 hereof, including payment
     of all compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and
     all advances made, by the Trustee  and the Trustee's costs
     and expenses of collection;

          Second:   to  Holders of Notes for  amounts  due  and
     unpaid on the Notes  for  principal, premium, interest and
     Liquidated Damages, if any, ratably, without preference or
     priority of any kind, according  to  the  amounts  due and
     payable on the Notes for principal, premium, interest  and
     Liquidated Damages, if any, respectively; and

          Third:  to the Company or to such party as a court of
     competent jurisdiction shall direct.

     The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any
payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

Section 6.11.Undertaking for Costs.

     In  any  suit  for  the enforcement of any right or remedy
under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any
action taken or omitted by  it  as  a  Trustee,  a court in its
discretion may require the filing by any party litigant  in the
suit  of  an  undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the
court in its discretion  may assess reasonable costs, including
reasonable attorneys' fees,  against  any party litigant in the
suit, having due regard to the merits and  good  faith  of  the
claims  or  defenses  made by the party litigant.  This Section
does not apply to a suit  by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of
a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of
more  than 10% in principal  amount  of  the  then  outstanding
Notes.

                            ARTICLE 7
                             TRUSTEE

Section 7.01.Duties of Trustee.

     (a)  If   an   Event   of  Default  has  occurred  and  is
continuing, the Trustee shall  exercise  such of the rights and
powers vested in it by this Indenture, and  use the same degree
of  care  and  skill  in its exercise, as a prudent  man  would
exercise or use under the  circumstances  in the conduct of his
own affairs.

     (b)  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

          (i)  the  duties of the Trustee shall  be  determined
     solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the
     Trustee  need  perform   only   those   duties   that  are
     specifically  set  forth  in this Indenture and no others,
     and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into
     this Indenture against the Trustee; and

          (ii) in the absence of  bad  faith  on  its part, the
     Trustee  may  conclusively  rely, as to the truth  of  the
     statements and the correctness  of  the opinions expressed
     therein, upon certificates or opinions  furnished  to  the
     Trustee   and  conforming  to  the  requirements  of  this
     Indenture.    However,   the  Trustee  shall  examine  the
     certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they
     conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

     (c)  The Trustee may not be  relieved from liabilities for
its own negligent action, its own negligent  failure to act, or
its own willful misconduct, except that:

          (i)  this  paragraph  does  not limit the  effect  of
     paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

          (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
     judgment  made  in  good  faith by a Responsible  Officer,
     unless  it is proved that the  Trustee  was  negligent  in
     ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

          (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to
     any action  it  takes  or  omits  to take in good faith in
     accordance with a direction received  by  it  pursuant  to
     Section 6.05 hereof.

     (d)  Whether  or  not therein expressly so provided, every
provision of this Indenture  that  in  any  way  relates to the
Trustee  is  subject  to  paragraphs (a), (b) and (c)  of  this
Section 7.01.

     (e)  No  provision of this  Indenture  shall  require  the
Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability.
The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its
rights and powers  under  this  Indenture at the request of any
Holders, unless such Holder shall  have  offered to the Trustee
security  and indemnity satisfactory to it  against  any  loss,
liability or expense.

     (f)  The  Trustee  shall not be liable for interest on any
money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing
with the Company.  Money  held in trust by the Trustee need not
be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by
law.

Section 7.02.Rights of Trustee.

     (a)  The Trustee may conclusively  rely  upon any document
believed  by  it  to  be  genuine  and  to have been signed  or
presented  by  the  proper  Person.   The  Trustee   need   not
investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

     (b)  Before  the  Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it
may require an Officers'  Certificate  or an Opinion of Counsel
or both.  The Trustee shall not be liable  for  any  action  it
takes  or  omits  to  take  in  good  faith in reliance on such
Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.   The  Trustee may
consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel  or
any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization
and  protection  from liability in respect of any action taken,
suffered or omitted  by  it  hereunder  in  good  faith  and in
reliance thereon.

     (c)  The  Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents
and shall not be  responsible  for the misconduct or negligence
of any agent appointed with due care.

     (d)  The Trustee shall not  be  liable  for  any action it
takes  or  omits to take in good faith that it believes  to  be
authorized or  within the rights or powers conferred upon it by
this Indenture.

     (e)  Unless   otherwise   specifically  provided  in  this
Indenture, any demand, request,  direction  or  notice from the
Company  shall  be  sufficient if signed by an Officer  of  the
Company.

     (f)  The Trustee  shall be under no obligation to exercise
any of the rights or powers  vested  in it by this Indenture at
the  request  or direction of any of the  Holders  unless  such
Holders shall have  offered  to the Trustee reasonable security
or indemnity against the costs,  expenses  and liabilities that
might  be  incurred  by it in compliance with such  request  or
direction.

     (g)  The Trustee  shall  have no duty to inquire as to the
performance of the Company's covenants in Article 4 hereof.  In
addition, the Trustee shall not  be deemed to have knowledge of
any  Default  or  Event of Default except:  (1)  any  Event  of
Default  occurring  pursuant   to  Section 6.01(a)  or  6.01(b)
hereof; or (2) any Default or Event  of  Default  of  which  is
Responsible Officer shall have received written notification or
obtained actual knowledge.

Section 7.03.Individual Rights of Trustee.

     The  Trustee  in  its individual or any other capacity may
become the owner or pledgee  of  Notes  and  may otherwise deal
with the Company, any Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Company
with  the  same rights it would have if it were  not  Trustee. 
However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting
interest it  must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply
to the SEC for  permission  to  continue  as trustee or resign.
Any  Agent may do the same with like rights  and  duties.   The
Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

Section 7.04.Trustee's Disclaimer.

     The  Trustee  shall  not  be  responsible for and makes no
representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture
or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company's use
of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company
or upon the Company's direction under  any  provision  of  this
Indenture,   it  shall  not  be  responsible  for  the  use  or
application of  any  money  received  by any Paying Agent other
than  the  Trustee,  and  it shall not be responsible  for  any
statement or recital herein  or  any  statement in the Notes or
any other document in connection with the  sale of the Notes or
pursuant  to  this  Indenture  other  than  its certificate  of
authentication.

Section 7.05.Notice of Defaults.

     If a Default or Event of Default occurs  and is continuing
and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee  shall  mail  to
Holders  of  Notes  a notice of the Default or Event of Default
within 90 days after  it  occurs.   Except  in  the  case  of a
Default  or  Event  of  Default  in  payment  of  principal of,
premium,  if  any,  or  interest  on any Note, the Trustee  may
withhold  the  notice if and so long  as  a  committee  of  its
Responsible Officers  in good faith determines that withholding
the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

Section 7.06.Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

     Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15
following the date of this  Indenture, and for so long as Notes
remain outstanding, the Trustee  shall  mail  to the Holders of
the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting  date  that
complies  with TIA Section 313(a) (but if no event described in
TIA  Section  313(a)  has  occurred  within  the  twelve months
preceding the reporting  date,  no report need be transmitted).
The  Trustee also shall comply  with  TIA  Section 313(b)(2)
and Section 313(b)(1).  The Trustee shall also transmit by
mail all reports as required by TIA Section 313(c).

     A copy of each report at the  time  of  its mailing to the
Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Company  and filed with
the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes  are  listed
in  accordance  with  TIA Section 313(d).  The Company shall
promptly notify the Trustee when  the  Notes  are  listed  on
any stock exchange.

Section 7.07.Compensation and Indemnity.

     The  Company  shall  pay to the Trustee from time to  time
reasonable compensation for  its  acceptance  of this Indenture
and services hereunder.  The Trustee's compensation  shall  not
be  limited  by  any  law  on  compensation  of a trustee of an
express  trust.   The  Company  shall  reimburse  the   Trustee
promptly   upon   request  for  all  reasonable  disbursements,
advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the
compensation for its services.  Such expenses shall include the
reasonable compensation,  disbursements  and  expenses  of  the
Trustee's agents and counsel.

     The Company and the Guarantors shall indemnify the Trustee
against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by
it  arising  out  of  or  in  connection with the acceptance or
administration of its duties under  this  Indenture,  including
the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against  the
Company  (including  this  Section  7.07)  and defending itself
against  any  claim  (whether  asserted  by  the  Company,  any
Guarantor  or  any Holder or any other person) or liability  in
connection with  the  exercise  or  performance  of  any of its
powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss,
liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence, bad
faith  or  willful  misconduct.   The Trustee shall notify  the
Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. 
Failure  by  the Trustee to so notify  the  Company  shall  not
relieve the Company  or  the  Guarantors  of  their obligations
hereunder.  The Company shall defend the claim  and the Trustee
shall cooperate in the defense.  The Trustee may  have separate
counsel  and  the  Company  shall  pay the reasonable fees  and
expenses of such counsel.  The Company  need  not  pay  for any
settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld.

     The  obligations  of  the Company and the Guarantors under
this Section 7.07 shall survive  the satisfaction and discharge
of this Indenture.

     To  secure  the  Company's  payment  obligations  in  this
Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have  a Lien prior to the Notes
on  all  money or property held or collected  by  the  Trustee,
except that  held  in  trust  to  pay principal and interest on
particular Notes.  Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture.

     When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after
an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(h)  or (i) hereof
occurs,  the  expenses  and  the  compensation for the services
(including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are
intended  to constitute expenses of  administration  under  any
Bankruptcy Law.

     The Trustee  shall  comply  with  the  provisions  of  TIA
Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

Section 7.08.Replacement of Trustee.

     A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of
a  successor  Trustee  shall  become  effective  only  upon the
successor  Trustee's  acceptance of appointment as provided  in
this Section.

     The Trustee may resign  in  writing  at  any  time  and be
discharged  from  the  trust hereby created by so notifying the
Company.  The Holders of  Notes  of  a  majority  in  principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee  by
so  notifying  the  Trustee  and  the  Company in writing.  The
Company may remove the Trustee if:

          (a)  the Trustee fails to comply  with  Section  7.10
     hereof;

          (b)  the   Trustee  is  adjudged  a  bankrupt  or  an
     insolvent or an order  for  relief is entered with respect
     to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

          (c) a Custodian or public officer takes charge of the
     Trustee or its property; or

          (d)  the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

     If  the Trustee resigns or is  removed  or  if  a  vacancy
exists in  the  office  of  Trustee for any reason, the Company
shall promptly appoint a successor  Trustee.   Within  one year
after  the  successor  Trustee  takes office, the Holders of  a
majority in principal amount of the  then outstanding Notes may
appoint a successor Trustee to replace  the  successor  Trustee
appointed by the Company.

     If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days
after  the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring
Trustee,  the  Company, or the Holders of Notes of at least 10%
in principal amount  of the then outstanding Notes may petition
any court of competent  jurisdiction  for  the appointment of a
successor Trustee.

     If the Trustee, after written request by  any  Holder of a
Note  who has been a Holder of a Note for at least six  months,
fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder of a Note
may petition  any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  for  the
removal  of  the  Trustee  and  the  appointment of a successor
Trustee.

     A successor Trustee shall deliver  a written acceptance of
its appointment to the retiring Trustee and  to  the  Company. 
Thereupon,  the  resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee
shall become effective,  and  the  successor Trustee shall have
all the rights, powers and duties of  the  Trustee  under  this
Indenture.   The  successor  Trustee shall mail a notice of its
succession to Holders of the Notes.  The retiring Trustee shall
promptly transfer all property  held  by  it  as Trustee to the
successor  Trustee,  provided  all  sums  owing to the  Trustee
hereunder have been paid and subject to the  Lien  provided for
in  Section 7.07  hereof.  Notwithstanding replacement  of  the
Trustee   pursuant  to   this   Section 7.08,   the   Company's
obligations  under  Section 7.07  hereof shall continue for the
benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.09.Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

     If the Trustee consolidates, merges  or  converts into, or
transfers  all  or  substantially  all  of its corporate  trust
business  to,  another  corporation, the successor  corporation
without any further act shall  be  the  successor  Trustee.  As
soon as practicable, the successor Trustee shall mail  a notice
of its succession to the Company and the Holders of the Notes.

Section 7.10.Eligibility; Disqualification.

     There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that  is a
corporation  organized and doing business under the laws of the
United States  of  America  or  of  any  state  thereof that is
authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power,
that  is  subject to supervision or examination by  federal  or
state authorities  and  that has a combined capital and surplus
of at least $100 million  as  set  forth  in  its  most  recent
published annual report of condition.

     This  Indenture  shall always have a Trustee who satisfies
the requirements of TIA Section 310(a)(1), (2) and (5).  The
Trustee is subject to TIA Section 310(b).

Section 7.11.Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

     The Trustee is subject  to  TIA Section 311(a),  excluding
any creditor  relationship  listed  in TIA Section  311(b).  A
Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall  be  subject to
TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

                            ARTICLE 8
             LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section  8.01.Option  to  Effect Legal Defeasance  or  Covenant
          Defeasance.

     The Company may, at the  option  of its Board of Directors
evidenced   by   a  resolution  set  forth  in   an   Officers'
Certificate, at any  time,  exercise  its  rights  under either
Section  8.02  or  8.03  hereof with respect to all outstanding
Notes upon compliance with  the  conditions  set forth below in
this Article 8.

Section 8.02.Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

     Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01  hereof  of
the  option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company shall,
subject  to  the  satisfaction  of  the conditions set forth in
Section  8.04  hereof,  be  deemed  to  have   discharged   its
obligations  with  respect  to  all outstanding Notes, and each
Guarantor shall be deemed to have  discharged  its  obligations
with  respect  to  its  Subsidiary  Guarantee, on the date  the
conditions  set  forth  in  Section 8.04  below  are  satisfied
(hereinafter, "Legal Defeasance").   For  this  purpose,  Legal
Defeasance  means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid
and discharged  the  entire  Indebtedness  represented  by  the
outstanding  Notes,  and each Guarantor shall be deemed to have
paid and discharged its  Subsidiary  Guarantee  (which  in each
case  shall  thereafter be deemed to be "outstanding" only  for
the purposes of  Section 8.05  hereof and the other Sections of
this Indenture referred to in (a)  and  (b)  below) and to have
satisfied  all  its  other  obligations  under  such  Notes  or
Subsidiary  Guarantee and this Indenture (and the  Trustee,  on
demand of and  at  the  expense  of  the Company, shall execute
proper  instruments  acknowledging the same),  except  for  the
following  provisions  which   shall  survive  until  otherwise
terminated or discharged hereunder:   (a) the rights of Holders
of  outstanding Notes to receive solely  from  the  trust  fund
described  in  Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth
in such Section,  payments  in  respect of the principal of and
premium, if any, interest and Liquidated  Damages,  if  any, on
such  Notes  when  such  payments  are  due,  (b) the Company's
obligations  with  respect  to such Notes under Sections  2.03,
2.04,  2.07,  2.10  and 4.02 hereof,  (c) the  rights,  powers,
trusts, duties and immunities  of the Trustee hereunder and the
Company's  obligations  in connection  therewith  and  (d) this
Article 8.  Subject to compliance  with  this  Article  8,  the
Company  may  exercise  its  option  under  this  Section  8.02
notwithstanding  the prior exercise of its option under Section
8.03 hereof.

Section 8.03.Covenant Defeasance.

     Upon the Company's  exercise  under Section 8.01 hereof of
the option applicable to this Section  8.03,  the  Company  and
each  Guarantor  shall,  subject  to  the  satisfaction  of the
conditions  set  forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from
its obligations under  the  covenants  contained  in  Article 4
(other than those in Sections 4.01, 4.02, 4.06 and 4.14) and in
clauses  (c)  and  (d) of Section 5.01 hereof on and after  the
date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter,
"Covenant Defeasance"),  and  the  Notes  shall  thereafter  be
deemed  not  "outstanding"  for  the purposes of any direction,
waiver,  consent or declaration or  act  of  Holders  (and  the
consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants,
but shall  continue  to  be  deemed "outstanding" for all other
purposes hereunder (it being understood  that  such Notes shall
not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).   For  this
purpose,  Covenant  Defeasance  means that, with respect to the
outstanding Notes, the Company and  any  Guarantor  may omit to
comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term,
condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether
directly  or  indirectly,  by reason of any reference elsewhere
herein to any such covenant  or  by  reason of any reference in
any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other
document  and such omission to comply shall  not  constitute  a
Default or  an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but,
except as specified  above, the remainder of this Indenture and
such Notes shall be unaffected  thereby.  In addition, upon the
Company's exercise under Section  8.01  hereof  of  the  option
applicable   to  this  Section  8.03  hereof,  subject  to  the
satisfaction of  the  conditions  set  forth  in  Section  8.04
hereof,  Sections  6.01(e)  through  6.01(g)  hereof  shall not
constitute Events of Default.

Section 8.04.Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

     In  order  to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance:

          (a) the  Company  must  irrevocably  deposit with the
     Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in
     United States dollars, non-callable Government Securities,
     or  a  combination  thereof,  in such amounts as  will  be
     sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm
     of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of
     and premium, interest and Liquidated  Damages,  if any, on
     the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity thereof or on
     the  applicable  redemption date, as the case may be,  and
     the  Company must specify  whether  the  Notes  are  being
     defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

          (b)  in  the  case  of an election under Section 8.02
     hereof, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
     Opinion  of  Counsel  in  the   United  States  reasonably
     acceptable to the Trustee confirming  that (A) the Company
     has  received  from, or there has been published  by,  the
     Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of
     this Indenture,  there has been a change in the applicable
     federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that,
     and based thereon  such  Opinion  of Counsel shall confirm
     that,  the  Holders  of  the outstanding  Notes  will  not
     recognize income, gain or  loss  for  federal  income  tax
     purposes  as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be
     subject to  federal income tax on the same amounts, in the
     same manner and  at  the same times as would have been the
     case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

          (c) in the case of  an  election  under  Section 8.03
     hereof, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
     Opinion   of  Counsel  in  the  United  States  reasonably
     acceptable  to  the Trustee confirming that the Holders of
     the outstanding Notes  will  not recognize income, gain or
     loss for federal income tax purposes  as  a result of such
     Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to  federal income
     tax  on  the same amounts, in the same manner and  at  the
     same times  as  would  have been the case if such Covenant
     Defeasance had not occurred;

          (d)  no  Default  or  Event  of  Default  shall  have
     occurred and be continuing on  the  date  of  such deposit
     (other  than a Default or Event of Default resulting  from
     the incurrence  of  Indebtedness,  all or a portion of the
     proceeds  of  which  will  be  used to defease  the  Notes
     pursuant  to  this  Article  8  concurrently   with   such
     incurrence or within 30 days thereof);

          (e)  such  Legal  Defeasance  or  Covenant Defeasance
     shall  not  result  in  a  breach  or  violation   of,  or
     constitute  a  default  under,  any  material agreement or
     instrument  (other  than  this  Indenture)  to  which  the
     Company or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries  is a party
     or   by  which  the  Company  or  any  of  its  Restricted
     Subsidiaries is bound;

          (f)  the  Company shall have delivered to the Trustee
     an Opinion of Counsel (which may be based on such solvency
     certificates  or   solvency   opinions  as  counsel  deems
     necessary or appropriate) to the  effect  that  the  trust
     funds  will not be subject to the effect of any applicable
     bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization  or  similar laws
     affecting creditors' rights generally;

          (g)  the Company shall have delivered to the  Trustee
     an Officers'  Certificate stating that the deposit was not
     made by the Company  with  the  intent  of  preferring the
     Holders  over any other creditors of the Company  or  with
     the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding
     creditors of the Company or others; and

          (h) the  Company  shall have delivered to the Trustee
     an Officers' Certificate  and  an Opinion of Counsel, each
     stating  that  all conditions precedent  provided  for  or
     relating  to  the   Legal   Defeasance   or  the  Covenant
     Defeasance have been complied with.

Section  8.05.Deposited Money and Government Securities  to  be
          Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

     Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable
Government   Securities   (including   the   proceeds  thereof)
deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04  hereof  in
respect  of  the  outstanding  Notes shall be held in trust and
applied by the Trustee, in accordance  with  the  provisions of
such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either  directly
or  through  any Paying Agent (including the Company acting  as
Paying Agent)  as  the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of
such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect
of principal, premium,  if  any,  and  interest, but such money
need not be segregated from other funds  except  to  the extent
required by law.

     The  Company  shall  pay and indemnify the Trustee against
any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the
cash or non-callable Government  Securities  deposited pursuant
to  Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest  received
in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge
which  by  law  is  for  the  account  of  the  Holders  of the
outstanding Notes.

     Anything    in    this    Article 8    to   the   contrary
notwithstanding,  the  Trustee  shall  deliver or  pay  to  the
Company from time to time upon the request  of  the Company any
money  or  non-callable  Government Securities held  by  it  as
provided in Section 8.04 hereof  which,  in  the  opinion  of a
nationally  recognized  firm  of independent public accountants
expressed in a written certification  thereof  delivered to the
Trustee   (which   may   be   the   opinion   delivered   under
Section 8.04(a)  hereof),  are  in excess of the amount thereof
that  would  then  be required to be  deposited  to  effect  an
equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06.Repayment to Company.

     Subject to applicable escheat and abandoned property laws,
any money deposited  with  the  Trustee or any Paying Agent, or
then  held by the Company, in trust  for  the  payment  of  the
principal  of,  premium  or  Liquidated  Damages,  if  any,  or
interest  on  any  Note  and  remaining unclaimed for two years
after such principal, and premium  or  Liquidated  Damages,  if
any,  or  interest  has become due and payable shall be paid to
the Company on its request  or  (if  then  held by the Company)
shall  be discharged from such trust; and the  Holder  of  such
Note shall  thereafter, as a secured creditor, look only to the
Company for payment  thereof,  and all liability of the Trustee
or such Paying Agent with respect  to such trust money, and all
liability of the Company as trustee  thereof,  shall  thereupon
cease;  provided,  however,  that  the  Trustee  or such Paying
Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at
the expense of the Company cause to be published once,  in  the
New  York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition),
notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date
specified  therein,  which  shall not be less than 30 days from
the date of such notification  or  publication,  any  unclaimed
balance  of  such  money  then remaining will be repaid to  the
Company.

Section 8.07.Reinstatement.

     If the Trustee or Paying  Agent  is  unable  to  apply any
United States dollars or non-callable Government Securities  in
accordance  with Section 8.05 hereof, by reason of any order or
judgment of any  court  or  governmental  authority  enjoining,
restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the
Company's obligations under this Indenture and the Notes  shall
be  revived  and  reinstated  as though no deposit had occurred
pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03  hereof until such time as the
Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in
accordance with Section 8.05 hereof;  provided,  however, that,
if the Company makes any payment of principal of,  premium,  if
any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its
obligations,  the  Company shall be subrogated to the rights of
the Holders of such  Notes  to  receive  such  payment from the
money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

                            ARTICLE 9
                 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01.Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

     Notwithstanding  Section  9.02  of  this  Indenture,   the
Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement
this  Indenture  or the Notes without the consent of any Holder
of a Note:

          (a) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

          (b) to provide  for  uncertificated Notes in addition
     to or in place of certificated Notes;

          (c) to provide for the  assumption  of  the Company's
     obligations  to  the  Holders  of  the  Notes pursuant  to
     Article 5 hereof;

          (d) to secure the Notes pursuant to  the requirements
     of Section 4.12 or otherwise;

          (e)  to  make  any  change  that  would  provide  any
     additional rights or benefits to the Holders of  the Notes
     or  that  does  not  adversely  affect  the  legal  rights
     hereunder of any Holder of the Note;

          (f) to comply with Article 10 hereof; or

          (g)  to  comply with requirements of the SEC in order
     to effect or maintain  the qualification of this Indenture
     under the TIA.

     Upon  the  request  of  the   Company   accompanied  by  a
resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing  the execution
of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt
by  the  Trustee  of  the  documents  described in Section 7.02
hereof,  the  Trustee  shall  join  with the  Company  and  the
Guarantors  in  the  execution of any amended  or  supplemental
indenture  authorized  or   permitted  by  the  terms  of  this
Indenture and to make any further  appropriate  agreements  and
stipulations  that  may  be  therein contained, but the Trustee
shall not be obligated to enter  into  such  amended or supple-
mental  Indenture  that  affects  its  own  rights,  duties  or
immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Section 9.02.With Consent of Holders of Notes.

     Except  as  provided  below  in  this  Section  9.02,  the
Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement
this  Indenture  and  the Notes may be amended or  supplemented
with the consent of the  Holders  of  at  least  a  majority in
principal  amount  of  the  Notes  then outstanding (including,
without  limitation, consents obtained  in  connection  with  a
purchase of,  or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes),
and, subject to  Sections  6.04  and  6.07 hereof, any existing
Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of
this Indenture or the Notes may be waived  with  the consent of
the  Holders  of  a  majority  in principal amount of the  then
outstanding Notes (including consents  obtained  in  connection
with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes).

     Upon   the   request  of  the  Company  accompanied  by  a
resolution of its Board  of Directors authorizing the execution
of any such amended or supplemental  indenture,  and  upon  the
filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee
of  the  consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon
receipt by  the  Trustee  of the documents described in Section
9.06 hereof, the Trustee shall  join  with  the Company and the
Guarantors  in  the  execution of such amended or  supplemental
indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture affects
the  Trustee's own rights,  duties  or  immunities  under  this
Indenture  or  otherwise,  in which case the Trustee may in its
discretion, but shall not be  obligated  to,  enter  into  such
amended or supplemental indenture.

     It  shall  not be necessary for the consent of the Holders
of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form
of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient
if such consent approves the substance thereof.

     After  an  amendment,  supplement  or  waiver  under  this
Section  becomes effective,  the  Company  shall  mail  to  the
Holders of  Notes  affected thereby a notice briefly describing
the  amendment, supplement  or  waiver.   Any  failure  of  the
Company  to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not,
however, in  any  way impair or affect the validity of any such
amended  or  supplemental  Indenture  or  waiver.   Subject  to
Sections 6.04  and  6.07  hereof,  the Holders of a majority in
principal  amount  of  the  Notes  then outstanding  may  waive
compliance in a particular instance  by  the  Company  with any
provision of this Indenture or the Notes.  However, without the
consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not
(with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

          (a)  reduce  the  principal  amount  of  Notes  whose
     Holders  must  consent  to  an  amendment,  supplement  or
     waiver;

          (b)  reduce  the  principal  of  or  change the fixed
     maturity  of any Note or alter any of the provisions  with
     respect to the redemption of the Notes (except as provided
     in Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof);

          (c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment
     of interest on any Note;

          (d) waive  a  Default  or  Event  of  Default  in the
     payment of principal of or premium, interest or Liquidated
     Damages,  if  any,  on  the  Notes (except a rescission of
     acceleration of the Notes by the  Holders  of  at  least a
     majority in principal amount of the Notes and a waiver  of
     the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

          (e)  make  any  Note payable in money other than that
     stated in the Notes;

          (f)  make  any  change  in  the  provisions  of  this
     Indenture relating to  waivers  of past Defaults or Events
     of Default or the rights of Holders  of  Notes  to receive
     payments   of   principal   of  or  premium,  interest  or
     Liquidated  Damages,  if  any, on  the  Notes  (except  as
     permitted in clause (g) below);

          (g) waive a redemption  payment  with  respect to any
     Note (other than a payment required by Sections  4.10  and
     4.15 hereof);

          (h)  alter the ranking of the Notes relative to other
     Indebtedness of the Company; or

          (i) make  any  change  in the foregoing amendment and
     waiver provisions.

Section 9.03.Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

     Every amendment or supplement  to  this  Indenture  or the
Notes shall be set forth in a amended or supplemental Indenture
that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

Section 9.04.Revocation and Effect of Consents.

     Until   an   amendment,   supplement   or  waiver  becomes
effective,  a  consent  to  it  by  a  Holder  of a Note  is  a
continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent
Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences  the  same
debt  as  the consenting Holder's Note, even if notation of the
consent is not made on any Note.  However, any such Holder of a
Note or subsequent  Holder  of a Note may revoke the consent as
to  its  Note  if  the  Trustee  receives   written  notice  of
revocation before the date the waiver, supplement  or amendment
becomes effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver  becomes
effective  in  accordance  with  its terms and thereafter binds
every Holder.

Section 9.05.Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

     The  Trustee may place an appropriate  notation  about  an
amendment,   supplement   or  waiver  on  any  Note  thereafter
authenticated.  The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue
and the Trustee shall authenticate  new  Notes that reflect the
amendment, supplement or waiver.

     Failure to make the appropriate notation  or  issue  a new
Note   shall  not  affect  the  validity  and  effect  of  such
amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06.Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

     The   Trustee  shall  sign  any  amended  or  supplemental
indenture  authorized   pursuant  to  this  Article  9  if  the
amendment or supplement does  not  adversely affect the rights,
duties, liabilities or immunities of  the Trustee.  The Company
may not sign an amendment or supplemental  indenture  until the
Board  of  Directors approves it.  In executing any amended  or
supplemental  indenture,  the  Trustee  shall  be  entitled  to
receive  and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected
in relying  upon,  an  Officers'  Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel  stating  that  the  execution   of   such  amended  or
supplemental  indenture  is  authorized  or permitted  by  this
Indenture.

                            ARTICLE 10
                        GUARANTEE OF NOTES

Section 10.01. Subsidiary Guarantee.

     Subject  to Section 10.06 hereof, the  Guarantors  hereby,
jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantee to each Holder
of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the
Trustee and its  successors  and  assigns,  irrespective of the
validity and enforceability of this Indenture,  the  Notes held
thereby  and  the  Obligations  of  the  Company  hereunder and
thereunder,  that:  (a) the principal of and premium,  interest
and Liquidated Damages,  if  any, on the Notes will be promptly
paid in full when due, subject  to any applicable grace period,
whether at maturity, by acceleration,  redemption or otherwise,
and interest on the overdue principal, premium,  (to the extent
permitted by law) interest and Liquidated Damages,  if  any, on
the Notes, and all other payment Obligations of the Company  to
the  Holders  or  the  Trustee  hereunder or thereunder will be
promptly paid in full and performed, all in accordance with the
terms hereof and thereof; and (b)  in  case of any extension of
time of payment or renewal of any Notes  or  any  of such other
Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due or
performed  in  accordance  with  the terms of the extension  or
renewal, subject to any applicable  grace  period,  whether  at
stated  maturity,  by  acceleration,  redemption  or otherwise.
Failing payment when so due of any amount so guaranteed  or any
performance  so  guaranteed  for whatever reason the Guarantors
will  be  jointly  and severally  obligated  to  pay  the  same
immediately.  An Event  of  Default under this Indenture or the
Notes shall constitute an event of default under the Subsidiary
Guarantees, and shall entitle  the  Holders  to  accelerate the
Obligations of the Guarantors hereunder in the same  manner and
to  the  same  extent  as the Obligations of the Company.   The
Guarantors hereby agree  that their Obligations hereunder shall
be unconditional, irrespective  of  the validity, regularity or
enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture,  the  absence of
any  action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent  by  any
Holder  with  respect  to any provisions hereof or thereof, the
recovery of any judgment  against  the  Company,  any action to
enforce the same or any other circumstance (other than complete
performance)  which  might  otherwise  constitute  a  legal  or
equitable  discharge or defense of a Guarantor.  Each Guarantor
further,  to   the  extent  permitted  by  law,  hereby  waives
diligence, presentment,  demand  of  payment,  filing of claims
with  a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy  of  the
Company,  any  right  to require a proceeding first against the
Company,  protest,  notice   and  all  demands  whatsoever  and
covenants that this Subsidiary Guarantee will not be discharged
except by complete performance  of the Obligations contained in
the Notes and this Indenture.  If  any Holder or the Trustee is
required by any court or otherwise to  return  to  the Company,
the  Guarantors,  or  any  Custodian,  Trustee or other similar
official  acting  in  relation  to either the  Company  or  the
Guarantors, any amount paid by the  Company or any Guarantor to
the Trustee or such Holder, this Subsidiary  Guarantee,  to the
extent  theretofore  discharged,  shall  be  reinstated in full
force and effect.  Each Guarantor agrees that  it  shall not be
entitled  to,  and  hereby waives, any right of subrogation  in
relation  to  the  Holders   in   respect  of  any  Obligations
guaranteed  hereby.  Each Guarantor  further  agrees  that,  as
between the Guarantors,  on  the  one hand, and the Holders and
the  Trustee,  on  the  other hand, (a)  the  maturity  of  the
Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in
Article 6 hereof for the  purposes of its Subsidiary Guarantee,
notwithstanding  any  stay,  injunction  or  other  prohibition
preventing  such acceleration in  respect  of  the  Obligations
guaranteed thereby,  and (b) in the event of any declaration of
acceleration  of such Obligations  as  provided  in  Article  6
hereof, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall
forthwith become  due  and  payable  by  the  Guarantor for the
purpose of its Subsidiary Guarantee.  The Guarantors shall have
the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so
long as the exercise of such right does not impair  the  rights
of the Holders under the Subsidiary Guarantees.

Section 10.02. Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee.

     To  evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section
10.01 hereof,  each  Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of
such Subsidiary Guarantee  substantially in the form of Exhibit
D hereto shall be endorsed by  manual or facsimile signature by
an Officer of such Guarantor on  each  Note  authenticated  and
delivered  by  the  Trustee  and  that  this Indenture shall be
executed  on  behalf of such Guarantor by an  Officer  of  such
Guarantor.

     To the extent  required  by the provisions of Section 4.13
hereof,  the  Company  shall  cause   each  of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries to execute a Subsidiary Guarantee substantially in
the  form  of Exhibit D.  Such Subsidiary  Guarantee  shall  be
accompanied  by  a  supplemental indenture substantially in the
form  of Exhibit E, along  with  the  Opinion  of  Counsel  and
Officers'  Certificate  required  under  Section 9.06  of  this
Indenture; provided, however, that any Subsidiary that has been
properly designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance
with this Indenture need not execute a Subsidiary Guarantee for
so   long   as  it  continues  to  constitute  an  Unrestricted
Subsidiary.

     Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee
shall remain  in  full  force  and  effect  notwithstanding any
failure to endorse on each Note a notation of  such  Subsidiary
Guarantee.

     If  an  Officer  whose  signature  is  on  the  Subsidiary
Guarantee  no longer holds that office at the time the  Trustee
authenticates  the  Note  on  which  a  Subsidiary Guarantee is
endorsed, the Subsidiary Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

     The  delivery  of  any  Note  by  the Trustee,  after  the
authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery
of  the  Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in  this  Indenture  on
behalf of the Guarantors.

Section 10.03. Guarantors  May  Consolidate,  etc.,  on Certain
               Terms.

     (a)  Except  as  set  forth  in  Articles  4 and 5 hereof,
nothing  contained  in this Indenture shall prohibit  a  merger
between a Guarantor and another Guarantor or a merger between a
Guarantor and the Company.

     (b)  No Guarantor  shall consolidate with or merge with or
into (whether or not such  Guarantor  is the surviving Person),
another Person (other than the Company  or  another Guarantor),
whether   or  not  affiliated  with  such  Guarantor,   unless,
(i) subject  to  the  provisions  of  Section 10.04 hereof, the
Person formed by or surviving any such  consolidation or merger
(if other than such Guarantor) assumes all  the  obligations of
such   Guarantor   pursuant   to   a   supplemental  indenture,
substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto,  under the Notes
and  this  Indenture; (ii) immediately after giving  effect  to
such transaction,  no  Default  or  Event  of  Default  exists;
(iii) such Guarantor, or any Person formed by or surviving  any
such consolidation or merger, would have Consolidated Net Worth
(immediately after giving effect to such transaction), equal to
or  greater  than  the Consolidated Net Worth of such Guarantor
immediately preceding the transaction; and (iv) the Company, at
the time of such transaction  and after giving pro forma effect
thereto as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of
the applicable four-quarter period, would be permitted to incur
at  least  $1.00  of additional Indebtedness  pursuant  to  the
Consolidated Interest  Coverage  Ratio  test  set  forth in the
first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof.

     (c)  In  the case of any such consolidation or merger  and
upon the assumption  by  the  successor Person, by supplemental
indenture,  executed  and  delivered   to   the   Trustee   and
substantially   in   the  form  of  Exhibit E  hereto,  of  the
Subsidiary Guarantee endorsed  upon  the  Notes and the due and
punctual performance of all of the covenants  of this Indenture
to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor  Person  shall
succeed  to  and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same
effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor; provided,
however, that,  solely  for  purposes of computing Consolidated
Net Income for purposes of clause (c) of the first paragraph of
Section 4.07 hereof, the Consolidated  Net Income of any Person
other  than the Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries  shall
only be  included  for periods subsequent to the effective time
of  such  merger  or  consolidation.    Such  successor  Person
thereupon may cause to be signed any or all  of  the Subsidiary
Guarantees  to  be  endorsed  upon  all  of  the Notes issuable
hereunder which theretofore shall not have been  signed  by the
Company  and  delivered  to the Trustee.  All of the Subsidiary
Guarantees so issued shall  in all respects have the same legal
rank  and  benefit  under  this  Indenture  as  the  Subsidiary
Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with
the terms of this Indenture as though  all  of  such Subsidiary
Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

Section 10.04. Releases Following Sale of Assets.

     In the event of a sale or other disposition  of all of the
assets  or  Capital Stock of any  Guarantor, by way of  merger,
consolidation  or  otherwise, then such Guarantor (in the event
of  a sale or other disposition,  by  way  of  such  a  merger,
consolidation or otherwise, of all of the Capital Stock of such
Guarantor)  or  the Person acquiring the property (in the event
of a sale or other  disposition  of  all  of the assets of such
Guarantor)  shall be released and relieved of  any  obligations
under its Subsidiary  Guarantee; provided, however, that (i) in
the event such transaction  constitutes  an Asset Sale, the Net
Proceeds  from such sale or other disposition  are  treated  in
accordance  with the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof and (ii)
the Company is  in compliance with all other provisions of this
Indenture applicable to such disposition.  Upon delivery by the
Company to the Trustee  of  an  Officers'  Certificate  to  the
effect   of  the  foregoing,  the  Trustee  shall  execute  any
documents  reasonably required in order to evidence the release
of any Guarantor  from  its  Obligation  under  its  Subsidiary
Guarantee.   Any  Guarantor  not  released from its Obligations
under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain liable for the full
amount  of principal of and premium,  interest  and  Liquidated
Damages,  if any, on the Notes and for the other Obligations of
such Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article
10.

Section 10.05. Releases    Following    Designation    as    an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.

     In the event that the Company designates a Guarantor to be
an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary,  then  such  Guarantor  shall  be
released  and  relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary
Guarantee; provided  that  such  designation  is  conducted  in
accordance with this Indenture.

Section 10.06. Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

     For  purposes  hereof, each Guarantor's liability shall be
limited to the lesser  of  (a)  the  aggregate  amount  of  the
Obligations  of  the Company under the Notes and this Indenture
and (b) the amount,  if  any, which would not have (i) rendered
such Guarantor "insolvent"  (as  such  term  is  defined in the
Bankruptcy  Law)  or (ii) left such Guarantor with unreasonably
small capital at the time its Subsidiary Guarantee of the Notes
was  entered  into; provided,  however,  that,  it  will  be  a
presumption in  any  lawsuit  or  other  proceeding  in which a
Guarantor is a party that the amount guaranteed pursuant to the
Subsidiary  Guarantee  is  the  amount set forth in clause  (a)
above unless any creditor, or representative  of  creditors  of
such   Guarantor,   or  debtor  in  possession  or  trustee  in
bankruptcy of the Guarantor, otherwise proves in such a lawsuit
that the aggregate liability of the Guarantor is the amount set
forth in clause (b) above.   In  making any determination as to
solvency or sufficiency of capital of a Guarantor in accordance
with  the previous sentence, the right  of  such  Guarantor  to
contribution  from  other Guarantors, and any other rights such
Guarantor may have, contractual  or  otherwise,  shall be taken
into account.

Section 10.07. "Trustee" to Include Paying Agent.

     In  case  at  any  time  any  Paying Agent other than  the
Trustee shall have been appointed by  the  Company  and be then
acting hereunder, the term "Trustee" as used in this Article 10
shall in each case (unless the context shall otherwise require)
be  construed  as extending to and including such Paying  Agent
within its meaning as fully and for all intents and purposes as
if such Paying Agent  were named in this Article 10 in place of
the Trustee.

                            ARTICLE 11
                          MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls.

     If any provision of  this  Indenture  limits, qualifies or
conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA Section 318(c),  the 
imposed duties shall control.

Section 11.02. Notices.

     Any  notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor
or the Trustee  to  the  others is duly given if in writing and
delivered in person or mailed  by  first class mail (registered
or   certified,  return  receipt  requested),   telecopier   or
overnight  air  courier  guaranteeing next day delivery, to the
others' address:

     If to the Company or the Guarantors:

               Trico Marine Services, Inc.
               2401 Fountain View, Suite 626
               Houston, Texas  77057
               Attention:  Victor M. Perez
               Telecopier No.:  (713) 780-0062
     With a copy to:

               Jones, Walker,  Waechter,  Poitevent,  Carrere &
               Denegre, L.L.P.
               Place St. Charles
               201 St. Charles Avenue, Suite 5100
               New Orleans, Louisiana  70170-5100
               Attention:  William B. Masters
               Telecopier No.:  (504) 582-8430

     If to the Trustee:

          (1)  For payment, registration, transfer and exchange of the Notes:

          By Hand:

               Texas Commerce Bank National Association
               One Main Place
               1201 Main Street, 18th Floor
               Dallas, Texas  75202
               Telephone No.:  (214) 672-5125 or (800) 275-2048
               Telecopier No.:  (214) 672-5746
               Attention:  Registered Bond Events

          By Mail:

               Texas Commerce Bank National Association
               P.O. Box 2320
               Dallas, Texas 75221-2320
               Telephone No.:  (214) 672-5125 or (800) 275-2048
               Telecopier No.:  (214) 672-5746
               Attention:  Registered Bond Events

          (2) For all other communications relating the Notes:

               Texas Commerce Bank National Association
               Global Trust Services
               600 Travis Street, Suite 1150
               Houston, Texas 77002
               Telephone No.: (713) 216-5811
               Telecopier No.: (713) 216-5476
               Attention:  Ms. Mauri J. Cowen

     If to the Paying Agent:

               Texas Commerce Bank National Association
               c/o Texas Commerce Trust Company of New York
               55 Water Street, North Building
               Room 234, Windows 20 and 21
               New York, New York 10041
               Telephone No.: (212) 638-4020 or 638-4021
               Telecopier No.: (212) 638-7267

     The  Company,  any  of  the Guarantors or the Trustee,  by
notice  to  the others may designate  additional  or  different
addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

     All notices  and  communications (other than those sent to
Holders) shall be deemed  to have been duly given:  at the time
delivered by hand, if personally  delivered; five Business Days
after being deposited in the mail,  postage prepaid, if mailed;
when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business
Day after timely delivery to the courier,  if sent by overnight
air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

     Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by
first  class  mail,  certified  or  registered, return  receipt
requested, or by overnight air courier  guaranteeing  next  day
delivery  to  its  address  shown  on  the register kept by the
Registrar.  Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed
to any Person described in TIA Section 313(c), to the extent required
by  the TIA.  Failure to mail a notice or  communication  to  a
Holder  or  any  defect  in it shall not affect its sufficiency
with respect to other Holders.

     If  a notice or communication  is  mailed  in  the  manner
provided above  within  the  time prescribed, it is duly given,
whether or not the addressee receives it.

     If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders,
it shall mail a copy to the Trustee  and each Agent at the same
time.

Section 11.03. Communication by Holders  of  Notes  with  Other
               Holders of Notes.

     Holders  may  communicate  pursuant to  TIA Section 312(b)
with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture
or  the  Notes.   The  Company, the Trustee, the Registrar  and
anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

Section 11.04. Certificate   and   Opinion   as  to  Conditions
               Precedent.

     Upon  any  request  or application by the Company  to  the
Trustee to take any action  under  this  Indenture, the Company
shall furnish to the Trustee:

          (a) an Officers' Certificate in  form  and  substance
     reasonably   satisfactory  to  the  Trustee  (which  shall
     include the statements  set forth in Section 11.05 hereof)
     stating  that,  in  the  opinion   of   the  signers,  all
     conditions precedent and covenants, if any,  provided  for
     in  this  Indenture  relating  to the proposed action have
     been satisfied; and

          (b)  an  Opinion  of Counsel in  form  and  substance
     reasonably  satisfactory   to  the  Trustee  (which  shall
     include the statements set forth  in Section 11.05 hereof)
     stating  that, in the opinion of such  counsel,  all  such
     conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

Section 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

     Each certificate  or  opinion  with  respect to compliance
with  a  condition or covenant provided for in  this  Indenture
(other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA Section 314
(a)(4)) shall comply with the  provisions of TIA Section 314(e)
and shall include:

          (a) a statement that the Person  making  such  certi-
     ficate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

          (b)  a brief statement as to the nature and scope  of
     the examination or investigation upon which the statements
     or opinions  contained  in such certificate or opinion are
     based;

          (c) a statement that,  in the opinion of such Person,
     he or she has made such examination or investigation as is
     necessary to enable him to express  an informed opinion as
     to  whether  or  not such covenant or condition  has  been
     satisfied; and

          (d) a statement  as to whether or not, in the opinion
     of  such  Person,  such condition  or  covenant  has  been
     satisfied.

Section 11.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents.

     The Trustee may make  reasonable rules for action by or at
a meeting of Holders.  The Registrar  or  Paying Agent may make
reasonable  rules  and  set  reasonable  requirements  for  its
functions.

Section 11.07. No  Personal  Liability of Directors,  Officers,
               Employees and Stockholders.

     No past, present or future  director,  officer,  employee,
incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as
such,  shall  have  any  liability  for  any obligations of the
Company  or  any  Guarantor  under  the Notes,  the  Subsidiary
Guarantees,  this  Indenture  or for any  claim  based  on,  in
respect  of,  or  by  reason  of,  such  obligations  or  their
creation.  Each Holder by accepting  a Note waives and releases
all such liability.  The waiver and release  are  part  of  the
consideration for issuance of the Notes.

Section 11.08. Governing Law.

     THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND
BE   USED  TO  CONSTRUE  THIS  INDENTURE,  THE  NOTES  AND  THE
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES.

Section 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

     This  Indenture  may  not  be  used to interpret any other
indenture,  loan  or  debt  agreement of  the  Company  or  its
Restricted  Subsidiaries or of  any  other  Person.   Any  such
indenture, loan  or debt agreement may not be used to interpret
this Indenture.

Section 11.10. Successors.

     All agreements  of  the Company and the Guarantors in this
Indenture  and  the Notes shall  bind  their  successors.   All
agreements of the  Trustee  in  this  Indenture  shall bind its
successors.

Section 11.11. Severability.

     In  case any provision in this Indenture or in  the  Notes
shall  be invalid,  illegal  or  unenforceable,  the  validity,
legality  and  enforceability of the remaining provisions shall
not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 11.12. Counterpart Originals.

     The  parties  may  sign  any  number  of  copies  of  this
Indenture.   Each  signed copy shall be an original, but all of
them together represent the same agreement.

Section 11.13. Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

     The Table of Contents,  Cross-Reference Table and Headings
of  the  Articles  and Sections of  this  Indenture  have  been
inserted for convenience  of  reference  only,  are  not  to be
considered  a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify
or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

                  [Signatures on following page]



                            SIGNATURES


                              Trico Marine Services, Inc.

                              By: /s/ Thomas E. Fairley
                                 --------------------------
                                 Name:  Thomas E. Fairley
                                 Title: Chief Executive Officer and
                                        President
                                                         

                              Trico Marine Assets, Inc.

                              By: /s/ Thomas E. Fairley
                                 --------------------------
                                 Name:  Thomas E. Fairley
                                 Title: Chairman of the Board,
                                        Chief Executive Officer and
                                        President


                              Trico Marine Operators, Inc.
                             
                              By: /s/ Thomas E. Fairley
                                 --------------------------
                                 Name:  Thomas E. Fairley
                                 Title: Chairman of the Board,
                                        Chief Executive Officer and
                                        President

                               TEXAS COMMERCE BANK NATIONAL
                               ASSOCIATION, as Trustee



                               By: /s/ Mauri J. Cowen
                                  ----------------------------
                                     Mauri J. Cowen
                                     Vice President and Trust Officer



                                                      Exhibit  A-1

                          (Face of Note)

        8-1/2% [Series A] [Series B] Senior Notes due 2005

No.
                                           $_______________
                                           CUSIP NO.


                   Trico Marine Services, Inc.


promises  to  pay  to  __________  or  registered  assigns, the

principal sum of ___________ Dollars on August 1, 2005.


        Interest Payment Dates:  February 1 and August 1

              Record Dates:  January 15 and July 15



(SEAL)

                                   Trico Marine Services, Inc.


                                        By_____________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:


Trustee's Certificate of Authentication:

This is one of the Notes referred
to in the within-mentioned Indenture.


TEXAS COMMERCE BANK
  NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee


By________________________________
     Authorized Signatory


Dated:  ______________________



                        (Back of Note)

       8-1/2% [Series A][Series B] Senior Notes due 2005

     [Unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in  part for
Notes  in  definitive  form,  this  Note may not be transferred
except  as  a  whole  by the Depository to  a  nominee  of  the
Depository or by a nominee  of the Depository to the Depository
or another nominee of the Depository  or  by  the Depository or
any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such
successor Depository.  Unless this certificate  is presented by
an  authorized  representative of The Depository Trust  Company
(55 Water Street, New York, New York) ("DTC"), to the issuer or
its agent for registration  of  transfer,  exchange or payment,
and any certificate issued is registered in  the name of Cede &
Co.  or  such other name as may be requested by  an  authorized
representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or
such  other  entity  as  may  be  requested  by  an  authorized
representative  of  DTC),  ANY  TRANSFER,  PLEDGE  OR OTHER USE
HEREOF  FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS  WRONGFUL
in as much  as  the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an
interest herein.][1]

          [THE SECURITY  (OR  ITS  PREDECESSOR)  EVIDENCED
     HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION  EXEMPT
     FROM  REGISTRATION  UNDER  SECTION  5  OF  THE UNITED
     STATES  SECURITIES  ACT  OF  1933,  AS  AMENDED  (THE
     "SECURITIES  ACT"), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY
     MAY NOT BE OFFERED,  SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN
     THE  ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION  OR  AN  APPLICABLE
     EXEMPTION  THEREFROM.  EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY
     EVIDENCED HEREBY  IS  HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER
     MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION  FROM  THE PROVISIONS
     OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED  BY  RULE
     144A   THEREUNDER.    THE   HOLDER  OF  THE  SECURITY
     EVIDENCED  HEREBY  AGREES  FOR  THE  BENEFIT  OF  THE
     COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED
     OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)  (a)  TO  A PERSON
     WHO  THE  SELLER  REASONABLY  BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED
     INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED  IN  RULE  144A UNDER
     THE  SECURITIES  ACT)  IN  A TRANSACTION MEETING  THE
     REQUIREMENTS  OF  RULE  144A,  (b) IN  A  TRANSACTION
     MEETING  THE  REQUIREMENTS  OF  RULE  144  UNDER  THE
     SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED  STATES  TO  A
     NON-U.S.   PERSON   IN   A  TRANSACTION  MEETING  THE
     REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (d)
     IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  ANOTHER   EXEMPTION   FROM  THE
     REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT  (AND
     BASED  UPON  AN  OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE COMPANY SO
     REQUESTS), (2) TO  THE  COMPANY OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN
     EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  AND,  IN EACH CASE,
     IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES  LAWS OF
     ANY   STATE   OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  OR  ANY  OTHER
     APPLICABLE JURISDICTION  AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND
     EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS  REQUIRED  TO,  NOTIFY  ANY
     PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF
     THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE.][2]


**FOOTNOTES**

[1]:. This paragraph should be included only if the Note is issued in
      global form.

[2]:.  This  paragraph should be removed upon the exchange  of  Series
       A Notes for Series B Notes in the Exchange Offer or upon the transfer
       of the Series A Notes that have been sold  pursuant  to the terms of
       the Shelf Registration contemplated by the Registration Rights
       Agreement.

       

     1.   Interest.  Trico  Marine  Services,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation  (the "Company"), promises to pay interest  on  the
principal amount  of  this  Note at 8 1/2% per annum from July 21,
1997  until  maturity  and shall  pay  the  Liquidated  Damages
payable  pursuant  to  Section 5  of  the  Registration  Rights
Agreement referred to below.  The Company will pay interest and
Liquidated  Damages,  if  any,   semi-annually  in  arrears  on
February 1  and August 1 of each year,  commencing  February 1,
1998, or if any  such  day  is  not a Business Day, on the next
succeeding  Business  Day (each an  "Interest  Payment  Date").
Interest on the Notes will  accrue from the most recent date to
which interest has been paid  or, if no interest has been paid,
from the date of original issuance;  provided  that if there is
no  existing  Default  or  Event  of Default in the payment  of
interest, and if this Note is authenticated  between  a  record
date  referred  to  on  the face hereof and the next succeeding
Interest Payment Date, interest  shall  accrue  from  such next
succeeding  Interest  Payment  date, except in the case of  the
original issuance of Notes, in which case interest shall accrue
from  the  date  of  authentication.   The  Company  shall  pay
interest (including post-petition  interest  in  any proceeding
under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and  premium, if
any,  from  time  to time on demand at a rate that is the  rate
then in effect; it  shall pay interest (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue
installments of interest and Liquidated Damages (without regard
to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at
the same rate to the  extent lawful.  Interest will be computed
on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

     2.   Method of Payment.   The Company will pay interest on
the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Liquidated Damages to
the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of
business  on  the  January 15  or July 15  next  preceding  the
Interest Payment Date, even if such  Notes  are cancelled after
such record date and on or before such Interest  Payment  Date,
except  as  provided  in  Section  2.12  of  the Indenture with
respect to defaulted interest.  The Notes will be payable as to
principal, premium, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, at
the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose
within the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the
Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages may be made
by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses  set forth in
the  register  of  Holders,  and provided that payment by  wire
transfer of immediately available  funds  will be required with
respect  to principal of and interest, premium  and  Liquidated
Damages on  all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of
which shall have  provided  wire  transfer  instructions to the
Company  or the Paying Agent.  Such payment shall  be  in  such
coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time
of payment  is  legal  tender for payment of public and private
debts.

     3.   Paying   Agent   and   Registrar.  Initially,   Texas
Commerce  Bank  National Association,  the  Trustee  under  the
Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Company
may change any Paying  Agent or Registrar without notice to any
Holder.  The Company or  any of its Subsidiaries may act in any
such capacity.

     4.   Indenture.  The  Company  issued  the  Notes under an
Indenture  dated  as of July 21, 1997 ("Indenture")  among  the
Company, the Guarantors  and  the  Trustee.   The  terms of the
Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part
of  the  Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture  Act  of
1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code Sections 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes
are subject to all such terms, and  Holders are referred to the
Indenture  and such Act for a statement  of  such  terms.   The
Notes are general  unsecured obligations of the Company limited
to $110,000,000 aggregate principal amount.

     5.   Optional Redemption.

     (a)  Except as  set  forth  in  subparagraph  (b)  of this
Paragraph  5,  the  Company shall not have the option to redeem
the Notes prior to August 1,  2001.   Thereafter,  the  Company
shall have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part,
upon  not  less  than  30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the
redemption  prices  (expressed   as  percentages  of  principal
amount) set forth below plus accrued  and  unpaid  interest and
Liquidated  Damages thereon to the applicable redemption  date,
if  redeemed  during   the  twelve-month  period  beginning  on
August 1 of the years indicated below:

          Year                                        Percentage
          ----                                        ----------
          2001....................................     104.250%
          2002 ...................................     102.834%
          2003 ...................................     101.417%
          2004 and thereafter.....................     100.000%

     (b)  Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of
this Paragraph 5 the Company may at any time prior to August 1,
2001, at its option, redeem  the Notes, in whole or in part, at
the  Make-Whole  Price plus accrued  and  unpaid  interest  and
Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the redemption date.  In
addition, at any time  prior  to July 17, 2000, the Company may
redeem up to 35% of the aggregate  principal  amount  of  Notes
originally  issued  at  a  redemption  price  of  108.5% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest  and
Liquidated  Damages,  if  any,  thereon to the redemption date,
with  the net cash proceeds of one  or  more  Qualified  Equity
Offerings;   provided  that  (a)  at  least  $71.5  million  in
aggregate  principal   amount   of  Notes  remains  outstanding
immediately after the occurrence  of  each  such redemption and
(b) each such redemption shall occur within 60 days of the date
of the closing of each such Qualified Equity Offering.

     6.   Mandatory Redemption.

     Except  as  set  forth in paragraph 7 below,  the  Company
shall not be required to  make  mandatory redemption or sinking
fund payments with respect to the Notes.

     7.   Repurchase at Option of Holder.

     (a)  If there is a Change of Control, the Company shall be
required  to make an offer (a "Change  of  Control  Offer")  to
repurchase  all  or  any  part  (equal to $1,000 or an integral
multiple thereof) of each Holder's  Notes  at  a purchase price
equal  to 101% of the aggregate principal amount  thereof  plus
accrued  and  unpaid  interest  and Liquidated Damages, if any,
thereon  to  the  date  of  purchase (the  "Change  of  Control
Payment"). Within 30 days following  any Change of Control, the
Company  shall  mail  a  notice to each Holder  describing  the
transaction that constitutes  the Change of Control and setting
forth the procedures governing  the  Change of Control Offer as
required by the Indenture.

     (b)  If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates
any  Asset  Sales, within 30 days of each  date  on  which  the
aggregate amount  of  Excess Proceeds exceeds $5.0 million, the
Company shall commence  an  offer  to  all Holders of Notes (as
"Asset Sale Offer") pursuant to Section  3.09  of the Indenture
to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes  that  may be
purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in  cash
in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus
accrued  and  unpaid  interest  and Liquidated Damages, if any,
thereon  to  the  date  of purchase,  in  accordance  with  the
procedures set forth in the Indenture; provided, however, that,
if the Company is required  to  apply  such  Excess Proceeds to
repurchase,   or  to  offer  to  repurchase,  any  Pari   Passu
Indebtedness, the  Company  shall  only be required to offer to
repurchase the maximum principal amount  of  Notes  that may be
purchased  out of the amount of such Excess Proceeds multiplied
by  a  fraction,  the  numerator  of  which  is  the  aggregate
principal  amount  of  Notes outstanding and the denominator of
which is the aggregate principal  amount  of  Notes outstanding
plus the aggregate principal amount of Pari Passu  Indebtedness
outstanding.  To the extent that the aggregate amount  of Notes
tendered  pursuant  to  an  Asset  Sale  Offer is less than the
Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Subsidiary)  may use such
deficiency  for  general  corporate  purposes. If the aggregate
principal  amount  of  Notes  surrendered  by  Holders  thereof
exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select
the  Notes  to be purchased on a  pro  rata  basis  (with  such
adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that
only Notes in  denominations  of  $1,000, or integral multiples
thereof, shall be purchased).  Holders  of  Notes  that are the
subject  of  an  offer  to purchase will receive an Asset  Sale
Offer from the Company prior  to  any related purchase date and
may elect to have such Notes purchased  by  completing the form
entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of
the Notes.

     8.   Notice of Redemption.  Notice of redemption  will  be
mailed  at  least  30 days but not more than 60 days before the
redemption date to each  Holder  whose Notes are to be redeemed
at its registered address.  Notes  in denominations larger than
$1,000 may be redeemed in part but only  in  whole multiples of
$1,000,  unless  all of the Notes held by a Holder  are  to  be
redeemed.  On and  after the redemption date interest ceases to
accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

     9.   Denominations,  Transfer, Exchange.  The Notes are in
registered form without coupons  in denominations of $1,000 and
integral multiples of $1,000.  The  transfer  of  Notes  may be
registered  and  Notes  may  be  exchanged  as  provided in the
Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder,
among  other  things,  to furnish appropriate endorsements  and
transfer documents and the  Company may require a Holder to pay
any  taxes  and  fees  required by  law  or  permitted  by  the
Indenture.  The Company  need  not  exchange  or  register  the
transfer  of  any  Note  or  portion  of  a  Note  selected for
redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being
redeemed  in part.  Also, it need not exchange or register  the
transfer of  any  Notes  for  a  period  of  15  days  before a
selection  of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between
a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

     10.  Persons  Deemed  Owners.   The registered Holder of a
Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

     11.  Amendment, Supplement and Waiver.  Subject to certain
exceptions,  the  Indenture  or the Notes  may  be  amended  or
supplemented with the consent  of  the  Holders  of  at least a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and
any  existing default or compliance with any provision  of  the
Indenture  or  the  Notes may be waived with the consent of the
Holders  of  a  majority   in  principal  amount  of  the  then
outstanding Notes.  Without  the  consent  of  any  Holder of a
Note, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented
to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide  for
uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes,   to   provide  for  the  assumption  of  the  Company's
obligations to  Holders  of  the  Notes  in case of a merger or
consolidation,  to  make  any  change  that would  provide  any
additional rights or benefits to the Holders  of  the  Notes or
that  does  not  adversely  affect  the  legal rights under the
Indenture   of  any  such  Holder,  or  to  comply   with   the
requirements  of  the Commission in order to effect or maintain
the qualification of  the  Indenture  under the Trust Indenture
Act.

     12.  Defaults and Remedies.  Events  of  Default  include:
(i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest  or
Liquidated  Damages  on the Notes; (ii) default in payment when
due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes; (iii)
failure by the Company  to  comply  with  Section 4.10, 4.15 or
5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the  Company for 60 days
after notice to comply with any of its other  agreements in the
Indenture  or  the  Notes;  (v)  default  under  any  mortgage,
indenture or instrument under which there may be issued  or  by
which  there  may  be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for
money  borrowed  by  the  Company  or  any  of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries (or the payment  of  which  is  guaranteed  by the
Company  or  any  of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such
Indebtedness or guarantee  now  exists  or is created after the
date of the Indenture, which default (a) is caused by a failure
to pay principal of or premium or interest on such Indebtedness
prior to the expiration of any grace period  provided  in  such
Indebtedness  (a  "Payment  Default")  or  (b)  results  in the
acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity
and,   in   each   case,  the  principal  amount  of  any  such
Indebtedness, together  with  the principal amount of any other
such Indebtedness under which there  has been a Payment Default
or  the  maturity of which has been so accelerated,  aggregates
$5.0 million  or  more;  and  provided,  further,  that if such
default is cured or waived or any such acceleration  rescinded,
or such Indebtedness is repaid within a period of 10 days  from
the  continuation  of  such default beyond the applicable grace
period or the occurrence  of such acceleration, as the case may
be, an Event of Default and  any  consequential acceleration of
the Notes shall be automatically rescinded,  so  long  as  said
rescission does not conflict with such judgment or decree; (vi)
failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to
pay  final  judgments  aggregating  in  excess of $5.0 million,
which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period
of  60  days;  (vii) failure by any Guarantor  to  perform  any
covenant  set  forth   in  its  Subsidiary  Guarantee,  or  the
repudiation  by any Guarantor  of  its  obligations  under  its
Subsidiary Guarantee  or the unenforceability of any Subsidiary
Guarantee  against  a Guarantor  for  any  reason;  and  (viii)
certain events of bankruptcy  or insolvency with respect to the
Company or any Guarantor.  If any  Event  of Default occurs and
is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of  at  least  25% in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare  all
the Notes to be due and payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
in  the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events
of bankruptcy  or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become
due and payable  without further action or notice.  Holders may
not enforce the Indenture  or  the  Notes except as provided in
the Indenture.  Subject to certain limitations,  Holders  of  a
majority  in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
direct the  Trustee  in its exercise of any trust or power. The
Trustee may withhold from  Holders  of  the Notes notice of any
continuing  Default or Event of Default (except  a  Default  or
Event of Default  relating  to  the  payment  of  principal  or
interest)  if it determines that withholding notice is in their
interest.  The  Holders  of  a  majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Notes then outstanding  by  notice to the Trustee
may  on  behalf of the Holders of all of the  Notes  waive  any
existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under
the Indenture  except  a continuing Default or Event of Default
in the payment of the principal  of  or  premium,  interest  or
Liquidated  Damages,  if  any,  on  the  Notes.  The Company is
required  to  deliver  to  the  Trustee  annually  a  statement
regarding  compliance with the Indenture, and  the  Company  is
required upon  becoming  aware  of  any  Default  or  Event  of
Default,  to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such
Default or Event of Default.

     13.  Defeasance.  The Notes are subject to defeasance upon
the terms and conditions specified in the Indenture.

     14.  Trustee  Dealings  with Company.  The Trustee, in its
individual or any other capacity,  may  make  loans  to, accept
deposits  from,  and  perform  services for the Company or  its
Affiliates, and may otherwise deal  with  the  Company  or  its
Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

     15.  No  Recourse  Against  Others.   A director, officer,
employee, incorporator or stockholder, of the  Company  or  any
Guarantor,  as  such,  shall  not  have  any  liability for any
obligations  of the Company or any Guarantor under  the  Notes,
the Subsidiary  Guarantees  or  the  Indenture or for any claim
based on, in respect of, or by reason  of,  such obligations or
their  creation.   Each Holder by accepting a Note  waives  and
releases all such liability.   The  waiver and release are part
of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

     16.  Authentication.  This Note  shall  not be valid until
authenticated  by  the  manual signature of the Trustee  or  an
authenticating agent.

     17.  Abbreviations.   Customary  abbreviations may be used
in  the  name of a Holder or an assignee,  such  as:   TEN  COM
(= tenants  in  common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties),
JT TEN (= joint tenants  with  right of survivorship and not as
tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian),  and U/G/M/A (= Uniform
Gifts to Minors Act).

     18.  Additional Rights of Holders of  Transfer  Restricted
Securities.   In addition to the rights provided to Holders  of
Notes under the  Indenture,  Holders  of Transferred Restricted
Securities  shall  have  all  the  rights  set   forth  in  the
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July 21,  1997, among
the  Company,  the  Guarantors  and  the  parties named on  the
signature pages thereof (the "Registration Rights Agreement").

     19.  CUSIP   Numbers.    Pursuant   to   a  recommendation
promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification
Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers  to be printed
on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers  in  notices
of  redemption  as a convenience to Holders.  No representation
is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on
the Notes or as contained  in  any  notice  of  redemption  and
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers
placed thereon.

     The  Company  will  furnish  to  any  Holder  upon written
request  and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or  the
Registration Rights Agreement.  Requests may be made to:

               Trico Marine Services, Inc.
               2401 Fountain View
               Suite 626
               Houston, Texas  77057
               Attention:  Corporate Secretary

                              

                         Assignment Form

     To assign  this  Note, fill in the form below: (I) or (we)
     assign and transfer this Note to


          (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)








      (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint ______________________________________

to transfer this Note on  the  books of the Company.  The agent
may substitute another to act for him.



Date:

                                 Your Signature:

     (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

                                 Signature Guarantee:


  

                Option of Holder to Elect Purchase

     If  you want to elect to have this Note purchased  by  the
Company pursuant  to  Section  4.10  or  4.15 of the Indenture,
check the box below:

          ___ Section 4.10    ____Section 4.15

     If  you  want  to  elect  to have only part  of  the  Note
purchased by the Company pursuant  to  Section 4.10  or Section
4.15  of  the  Indenture,  state  the  amount you elect to have
purchased:  $___________


Date:_____________           Your Signature:___________________

                  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the Note)

                             Tax Identification No.:___________



                             Signature Guarantee:


                              

                SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES[3]

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for other
Notes have been made:


Date of    Amount of    Amount of    Principal    Signature
Exchange  decrease in  increase in   Amount of        of
           Principal    Principal   this Global   authorized
           Amount of    Amount of       Note      officer of
          this Global  this Global   following    Trustee or
              Note         Note         such         Note
                                      decrease    Custodian
                                        (or
                                     increase)
- --------  -----------  -----------   ----------   -----------
**FOOTNOTES**

[3]:.   This  should  be included only if  the  Note  is
issued in global form.

                           

                                              Exhibit A-2

           (Face of Regulation S Temporary Global Note)

        8-1/2% [Series A][Series B] Senior Notes due 2005

No.
                                          $_______________
                                           CUSIP NO.



                   Trico  Marine Services, Inc.


promises   to   pay  to  Cede  &  Co. or registered assigns,
the  principal sum of ______ Dollars on August 1, 2005.


         Interest   Payment   Dates: February 1 and August 1

              Record   Dates:   January 15 and July 15


(SEAL)                       Trico Marine Services,Inc.


                              By__________________________________
                                Name:
                                Title:

Trustee's Certificate of Authentication:

This is one of the Notes referred
to in the within-mentioned Indenture.


TEXAS COMMERCE BANK
  NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee


By:________________________________
     Authorized Signatory


Dated:  _____________________

                              

  (Back of Regulation S Temporary Global Note)

 8-1/2% [Series A][Series B] Senior Note due 2005

      UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR
IN  PART  FOR  NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE
MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED  EXCEPT  AS  A WHOLE BY THE
DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY  OR BY A
NOMINEE  OF  THE  DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY  OR
ANOTHER  NOMINEE  OF  THE  DEPOSITORY  OR  BY  THE
DEPOSITORY  OR ANY SUCH  NOMINEE  TO  A  SUCCESSOR
DEPOSITORY  OR   A   NOMINEE   OF  SUCH  SUCCESSOR
DEPOSITORY.  UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE  IS PRESENTED
BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE  DEPOSITORY
TRUST  COMPANY  (55  WATER  STREET, NEW YORK,  NEW
YORK)  ("DTC"),TO  THE  ISSUER OR  ITS  AGENT  FOR
REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND
ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS  REGISTERED  IN THE NAME
OF  CEDE  &  CO.   OR  SUCH  OTHER NAME AS MAY  BE
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE  OF  DTC
(AND  ANY  PAYMENT  IS MADE TO CEDE & CO.  OR SUCH
OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE  REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY  TRANSFER,  PLEDGE  OR
OTHER  USE  HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO
ANY PERSON IS  WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED
OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

      THE SECURITY  (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED
HEREBY  WAS ORIGINALLY  ISSUED  IN  A  TRANSACTION
EXEMPT FROM  REGISTRATION  UNDER  SECTION 5 OF THE
UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,  AS  AMENDED
(THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED
HEREBY  MAY  NOT  BE  OFFERED,  SOLD  OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR
AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  EACH PURCHASER
OF   THE   SECURITY  EVIDENCED  HEREBY  IS  HEREBY
NOTIFIED THAT  THE  SELLER  MAY  BE RELYING ON THE
EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION  5 OF THE
SECURITIES  ACT  PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.
THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES
FOR  THE BENEFIT OF  THE  COMPANY  THAT  (A)  SUCH
SECURITY  MAY  BE  RESOLD,  PLEDGED  OR  OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED,  ONLY  (1)  (a)  TO A PERSON WHO  THE
SELLER   REASONABLY   BELIEVES   IS  A   QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION  MEETING  THE
REQUIREMENTS  OF  RULE  144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION
MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS  OF  RULE  144  UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A
NON-U.S.  PERSON  IN  A  TRANSACTION  MEETING  THE
REQUIREMENTS  OF RULE 904 OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR
(d) IN ACCORDANCE  WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS  OF  THE  SECURITIES ACT
(AND  BASED  UPON  AN  OPINION OF COUNSEL  IF  THE
COMPANY  SO  REQUESTS),  (2) TO   THE  COMPANY  OR
(3) PURSUANT    TO   AN   EFFECTIVE   REGISTRATION
STATEMENT AND, IN  EACH  CASE,  IN ACCORDANCE WITH
ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE
UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION
AND  (B)  THE  HOLDER  WILL,  AND EACH  SUBSEQUENT
HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY  PURCHASER  FROM
IT  OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE
RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE.

      THE  RIGHTS  ATTACHING  TO THIS REGULATION S
TEMPORARY  GLOBAL  NOTE,  AND THE  CONDITIONS  AND
PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE  FOR  DEFINITIVE
NOTES,  ARE  AS  SPECIFIED  IN  THE INDENTURE  (AS
DEFINED HEREIN).

      NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS
OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL  NOTE  SHALL
BE  ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON
PRIOR   TO   THE  EXCHANGE  OF  THIS  NOTE  FOR  A
Regulation S PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE AS CONTEMPLATED
BY THE INDENTURE.

     Trico  Marine   Services,   Inc.,   a
Delaware   corporation   (the  "Company"),
promises to pay interest on  the principal
amount of this Note at the rate of 8 1/2% per
annum  from  July 21, 1997 until  maturity
and  shall  pay   the  Liquidated  Damages
payable  pursuant  to  Section  5  of  the
Registration Rights  Agreement referred to
in the Indenture.  The  Company  will  pay
interest  and  Liquidated Damages, if any,
in United States  dollars semi-annually in
arrears   on  February 1   and   August 1,
commencing  on February 1, 1998, or if any
such day is not  a  Business  Day,  on the
next  succeeding  Business  Day  (each  an
"Interest Payment Date").  Interest on the
Notes  shall  accrue  from the most recent
date to which interest  has  been paid or,
if  no  interest has been paid,  from  the
date of original  issuance;  provided that
if there is no existing Default  or  Event
of Default in the payment of interest, and
if  this  Note is authenticated between  a
record date referred to on the face hereof
and the next  succeeding  Interest Payment
Date, interest shall accrue from such next
succeeding Interest Payment  Date,  except
in  the  case of the original issuance  of
Notes, in which case interest shall accrue
from  the  date  of  authentication.   The
Company  shall   pay  interest  (including
post-petition interest  in  any proceeding
under  any  Bankruptcy  Law)  on   overdue
principal and premium, if any from time to
time on demand at a rate equal to the then
applicable interest rate on the Notes;  it
shall   pay   interest   (including  post-
petition interest in any proceeding  under
any    Bankruptcy    Law)    on    overdue
installments  of  interest  and Liquidated
Damages (without regard to any  applicable
grace period) from time to time on  demand
at  the  same  rate to the extent lawful. 
Interest shall be computed on the basis of
a 360-day year comprised  of twelve 30-day
months.

     This  Regulation S  Temporary  Global
Note is issued in respect  of  an issue of
8-1/2% Senior Notes due 2005 (the "Notes")
of the Company, limited to $110,000,000 in
aggregate principal amount, plus  amounts,
if any, sufficient to pay premium, if any,
interest or Liquidated Damages, if  any on
outstanding  Notes.   The  Company  issued
Notes under an Indenture (the "Indenture")
dated  as  of  July 21,  1997,  among  the
Company,  the  Guarantors and the Trustee.
This Regulation S Temporary Global Note is
governed by the  terms  and  conditions of
the  Indenture governing the Notes,  which
terms   and  conditions  are  incorporated
herein  by   reference   and,   except  as
otherwise   provided   herein,  shall   be
binding  on  the  Company and  the  Holder
hereof  as  if  fully  set  forth  herein.
Unless the context otherwise requires, the
terms used herein  shall have the meanings
specified in the Indenture.

     Until  this  Regulation S   Temporary
Global  Note is exchanged for Regulation S
Permanent  Global Notes, the Holder hereof
shall not be  entitled to receive payments
of interest or Liquidated Damages, if any,
hereon although  interest  and  Liquidated
Damages, if any, will continue to  accrue;
until   so   exchanged   in   full,   this
Regulation S  Temporary  Global Note shall
in all other respects be entitled  to  the
same  benefits  as  other  Notes under the
Indenture.

     This  Regulation S  Temporary  Global
Note is exchangeable in whole  or  in part
for  one  or  more  Regulation S Permanent
Global Notes or 144A Global Notes only (i)
on or after the termination  of the 40-day
restricted    period   (as   defined    in
Regulation S) and  (ii)  upon presentation
of certificates (accompanied by an Opinion
of  Counsel,  if applicable)  required  by
Article 2 of the Indenture.  Upon exchange
of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note
for  one  or more  Regulation S  Permanent
Global Notes  or  144A  Global  Notes, the
Trustee  shall  cancel  this  Regulation S
Temporary Global Note.

     This  Regulation S  Temporary  Global
Note shall not become valid  or obligatory
until  the  certificate  of authentication
hereon  shall  have  been  duly   manually
signed  by the Trustee in accordance  with
the    Indenture.     This    Regulation S
Temporary Global Note shall be governed by
and construed  in accordance with the laws
of  the  State  of   the  New  York.   All
references to "$," "Dollars," "dollars" or
"U.S. $" are to such coin  or  currency of
the  United  States of America as  at  the
time shall be legal tender for the payment
of public and private debts therein.

                              

    SCHEDULE  OF  EXCHANGES  FOR GLOBAL NOTES

     The  following exchanges of a part of
this Regulation S  Temporary  Global  Note
for other Global Notes have been made:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         Principal Amount     
                     Amount of      Amount of increase          of              Signature of
                    decrease in             in            this Global Note   authorized officer
                  Principal Amount    Principal Amount    following such            of
                   of this Global      of this Global        decrease         Trustee or Note
Date of Exchange       Note                Note            (or increase)         Custodian      
- ----------------  ----------------  ------------------   ----------------    ------------------
<S>               <C>               <C>                  <C>                 <C>

</TABLE>






        
                             Exhibit B-1


    FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR EXCHANGE OR
         REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER
  FROM 144A GLOBAL NOTE TO REGULATION S
               GLOBAL NOTE
  (Pursuant to Section 2.06(a)(i) of the
                Indenture)

Texas Commerce Bank National Association,
as Trustee and Registrar





     Re:  8-1/2% Senior Notes due 2005  of
Trico Marine Services, Inc.

     Reference   is  hereby  made  to  the
Indenture, dated as  of July 21, 1997 (the
"Indenture"), among Trico Marine Services,
Inc. (the "Company"), the Guarantors named
therein  (the  "Guarantors")   and   Texas
Commerce  Bank  National  Association,  as
trustee   (the   "Trustee").   Capitalized
terms used but not  defined  herein  shall
have  the  meanings  given  to them in the
Indenture.

     This     letter    relates    to    $
_______________  principal amount of Notes
which are evidenced  by  one  or more 144A
Global Notes and held with the  Depository
in    the    name   of_____________   (the
"Transferor").     The    Transferor   has
requested  a  transfer of such  beneficial
interest in the Notes to a Person who will
take delivery thereof  in  the  form of an
equal  principal amount of Notes evidenced
by one or  more Regulation S Global Notes,
which  amount,   immediately   after  such
transfer,   is   to   be   held  with  the
Depository through Euroclear  or  Cedel or
both.

     In  connection with such request  and
in respect  of  such Notes, the Transferor
hereby certifies  that  such  transfer has
been  effected  in  compliance  with   the
transfer  restrictions  applicable  to the
Global   Notes  and  pursuant  to  and  in
accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under
the United  States Securities Act of 1933,
as  amended (the  "Securities  Act"),  and
accordingly  the Transferor hereby further
certifies that:

          (1)  The  offer of the Notes was
     not made to a person  in  the  United
     States;

          (2)  either:

               (a)  at  the  time  the buy
          order    was   originated,   the
          transferee   was   outside   the
          United  States or the Transferor
          and  any person  acting  on  its
          behalf  reasonably  believed and
          believes that the transferee was
          outside the United States; or

               (b)  the  transaction   was
          executed  in,  on or through the
          facilities   of   a   designated
          offshore securities  market  and
          neither  the  Transferor nor any
          person  acting  on   its  behalf
          knows  that the transaction  was
          prearranged  with a buyer in the
          United States;

          (3)  no directed selling efforts
     have  been  made in contravention  of
     the requirements  of  Rule  904(b) of
     Regulation S;

          (4)  the transaction is not part
     of  a  plan  or  scheme to evade  the
     registration   provisions    of   the
     Securities Act; and

          (5)  upon   completion   of  the
     transaction,  the beneficial interest
     being transferred  as described above
     is  to  be  held with the  Depository
     through Euroclear or Cedel or both.

     Upon giving effect to this request to
exchange a beneficial  interest  in a 144A
Global Note for a beneficial interest in a
Regulation S  Global  Note,  the resulting
beneficial  interest  shall be subject  to
the restrictions on transfer applicable to
Regulation S Global Notes  pursuant to the
Indenture and the Securities  Act  and, if
such  transfer occurs prior to the end  of
the 40-day  restricted  period  associated
with  the  initial offering of Notes,  the
additional  restrictions   applicable   to
transfers of interests in the Regulation S
Temporary Global Note.

     This  certificate  and the statements
contained herein are made for your benefit
and  the  benefit of the Company  and  the
Guarantors.     Terms    used    in   this
certificate  and not otherwise defined  in
the Indenture  have the meanings set forth
in Regulation S under the Securities Act.


             [Insert Name of Transferor]

             By____________________________
             Name:
             Title:

Dated:

cc:  Trico Marine Services, Inc.




                            Exhibit B-2

FORM  OF CERTIFICATE  FOR  EXCHANGE  OR
REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER
FROM  REGULATION S  GLOBAL NOTE TO
144A GLOBAL NOTE
        (Pursuant  to Section  2.06(a)(ii)
of the Indenture)


Texas Commerce Bank National Association,
as Trustee and Registrar



     Re:  8-1/2% Senior  Notes due 2005 of
Trico Marine Services, Inc.

     Reference  is  hereby  made   to  the
Indenture  dated as of July 21, 1997  (the
"Indenture"), among Trico Marine Services,
Inc. (the "Company"), the guarantors named
therein  (the   "Guarantors")   and  Texas
Commerce  Bank  National  Association,  as
trustee   (the   "Trustee").   Capitalized
terms used but not  defined  herein  shall
have  the  meanings  given  to them in the
Indenture.

     This  letter  relates  to  $_________
principal   amount   of  Notes  which  are
evidenced  by  one  or  more  Regulation S
Global Notes and held with  the Depository
through Euroclear or Cedel in  the name of
________    (the    "Transferor").     The
Transferor  has  requested  a  transfer of
such beneficial interest in the Notes to a
Person  who will take delivery thereof  in
the form  of  an equal principal amount of
Notes evidenced by one or more 144A Global
Notes, to be held with the Depository.

     In connection  with  such request and
in  respect of such Notes, the  Transferor
hereby certifies that:

               [CHECK ONE]

__ such   transfer   is   being   effected
   pursuant to and in accordance with Rule
   144A under the United States Securities
   Act    of   1933,   as   amended   (the
   "Securities  Act"),  and,  accordingly,
   the Transferor hereby further certifies
   that the Notes are being transferred to
   a Person that the Transferor reasonably
   believes  is  purchasing the Notes  for
   its own account,  or  for  one  or more
   accounts  with  respect  to  which such
   Person    exercises   sole   investment
   discretion,  and  such  Person and each
   such    account    is    a   "qualified
   institutional buyer" within the meaning
   of  Rule 144A in a transaction  meeting
   the requirements of Rule 144A;

                    or

__ such   transfer   is   being   effected
   pursuant to and in accordance with Rule
   144 under the Securities Act;

                    or

__ such   transfer   is   being   effected
   pursuant  to  an  exemption  under  the
   Securities  Act  other  than Rule 144A,
   Rule 144 or Rule 904 to a Person who is
   an  Institutional  Accredited  Investor
   and  the  Transferor further  certifies
   that such transfer  complies  with  the
   transfer   restrictions  applicable  to
   beneficial interests  in  Global  Notes
   bearing the legend set forth in Section
   2.06(f)   of   the  Indenture  and  the
   requirements of  the exemption claimed,
   which certification is supported by (a)
   if such transfer is  in  respect  of  a
   principal  amount  of Notes at the time
   of  transfer  of $100,000  or  more,  a
   certificate executed  by the transferee
   in  the  form  of  Exhibit   C  to  the
   Indenture,  or (b) if such transfer  is
   in respect of  a  principal  amount  of
   Notes  at  the time of transfer of less
   than  $100,000,   (i)   a   certificate
   executed  in the form of Exhibit  C  to
   the Indenture  and  (ii)  an Opinion of
   Counsel  provided by the Transferor  or
   the transferee  (a  copy  of  which the
   Transferor   has   attached   to   this
   certification),  to the effect that (1)
   such transfer is in compliance with the
   Securities Act and  (2)  such  transfer
   complies  with any applicable blue  sky
   securities  laws  of  any  state of the
   United States;

                    or

__ such   transfer   is   being   effected
   pursuant   to  an  exemption  from  the
   registration    requirements   of   the
   Securities Act other than one described
   above,   and   the  Transferor   hereby
   further certifies  that  the  Notes are
   being  transferred  in compliance  with
   the transfer restrictions applicable to
   the Global Notes and in accordance with
   the   requirements  of  the   exemption
   claimed,    which    certification   is
   supported  by  an Opinion  of  Counsel,
   provided  by  the   transferor  or  the
   transferee   (a  copy  of   which   the
   Transferor   has   attached   to   this
   certification)   in   form   reasonably
   acceptable  to the Company and  to  the
   Registrar,  to  the  effect  that  such
   transfer  is  in  compliance  with  the
   Securities Act  and any applicable blue
   sky  laws of any state  of  the  United
   States;

                    or

__   such   transfer   is  being  effected
     pursuant to an effective registration
     statement under the Securities Act;

and  such Notes are being  transferred  in
compliance  with  any  applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United
States    or    any    other    applicable
jurisdiction.

     Upon giving effect to this request to
exchange    a   beneficial   interest   in
Regulation S Global Notes for a beneficial
interest  in  144A   Global   Notes,   the
resulting  beneficial  interest  shall  be
subject  to  the  restrictions on transfer
applicable to 144A  Global  Notes pursuant
to the Indenture and the Securities Act.

     This  certificate and the  statements
contained herein are made for your benefit
and the benefit  of  the  Company  and the
Guarantors.

              [Insert Name of Transferor]


              By___________________________
              Name:
              Title:
Dated:

cc:  Trico Marine Services, Inc.

             

                              Exhibit B-3

   FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR EXCHANGE OR
         REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER
           OF DEFINITIVE NOTES
   (Pursuant to Section 2.06(b) of the
                Indenture)


Texas Commerce Bank National Association,
as Trustee and Registrar




     Re:  8-1/2% Senior Notes due 2005  of
Trico Marine Services, Inc.

     Reference   is  hereby  made  to  the
Indenture dated as  of  July 21, 1997 (the
"Indenture"), among Trico Marine Services,
Inc. (the "Company"), the guarantors named
therein  (the  "Guarantors")   and   Texas
Commerce  Bank  National  Association,  as
trustee   (the   "Trustee").   Capitalized
terms used but not  defined  herein  shall
have  the  meanings  given  to them in the
Indenture.

     This        relates        to       $
principal   amount   of  Notes  which  are
evidenced by one or more  Definitive Notes
in  the  name of                      (the
"Transferor").     The    Transferor   has
requested an exchange or transfer  of such
Definitive Note(s) in the form of an equal
principal amount of Notes evidenced by one
or  more Definitive Notes, to be delivered
to the  Transferor  or,  in  the case of a
transfer of such Notes, to such  Person as
the Transferor instructs the Trustee.

     In  connection with such request  and
in respect of the Notes surrendered to the
Trustee   herewith   for   exchange   (the
"Surrendered  Notes"),  the Holder of such
Surrendered Notes hereby certifies that:

               [CHECK ONE]

__   the  Surrendered  Notes   are   being
     acquired  for  the  Transferor's  own
     account, without transfer;

                                or

__   the   Surrendered   Notes  are  being
transferred to the Company  or  one of its
Subsidiaries;

                    or

__   the   Surrendered   Notes  are  being
     transferred  pursuant   to   and   in
     accordance  with  Rule 144A under the
     United States Securities Act of 1933,
     as  amended  (the "Securities  Act"),
     and,  accordingly,   the   Transferor
     hereby  further  certifies  that  the
     Surrendered     Notes    are    being
     transferred  to  a  Person  that  the
     Transferor  reasonably   believes  is
     purchasing the Surrendered  Notes for
     its  own account, or for one or  more
     accounts  with  respect to which such
     Person  exercises   sole   investment
     discretion, and such Person  and each
     such    account   is   a   "qualified
     institutional   buyer"   within   the
     meaning of Rule 144A, in each case in
     a     transaction     meeting     the
     requirements of Rule 144A;

                                or

__   the   Surrendered   Notes  are  being
     transferred    in    a    transaction
     permitted  by  Rule  144  under   the
     Securities Act;

                    or

__   the   Surrendered   Notes  are  being
     transferred pursuant  to an exemption
     under the Securities Act  other  than
     Rule  144A,  Rule  144 or Rule 904 to
     Person   who   is   an  Institutional
     Accredited    Investor    and     the
     Transferor further certifies that the
     transfer  complies  with the transfer
     restrictions applicable to Definitive
     Notes bearing the legend set forth in
     Section 2.06(f) of the  Indenture and
     the  requirements  of  the  exemption
     claimed,   which   certification   is
     supported by (a) if  such transfer is
     in respect of a principal  amount  of
     Notes  at  the  time  of  transfer of
     $100,000   or   more,  a  certificate
     executed  by  the transferee  in  the
     form of Exhibit  C  to the Indenture,
     or (b) if such transfer is in respect
     of a principal amount of Notes at the
     time   of   transfer  of  less   than
     $100,000, (i)  a certificate executed
     in  the  form  of Exhibit  C  to  the
     Indenture  and  (ii)  an  Opinion  of
     Counsel provided by the Transferor or
     the transferee (a  copy  of which the
     Transferor   has  attached  to   this
     certification),  to  the  effect that
     (1)  such  transfer  is in compliance
     with the Securities Act  and (2) such
     transfer complies with any applicable
     blue sky securities laws of any state
     of the United States;

                    or

__   the   Surrendered  Notes  are   being
     transferred  pursuant to an effective
     registration  statement   under   the
     Securities Act;

and   the   Surrendered  Notes  are  being
transferred   in   compliance   with   any
applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United  States  or  any other
applicable jurisdiction.

     This  certificate  and the statements
contained herein are made for your benefit
and  the  benefit of the Company  and  the
Guarantors.

           [Insert Name of Transferor]


           By__________________________________
             Name:
             Title:

Dated:

cc:  Trico Marine Services, Inc.



                              Exhibit B-4

   FORM OF  CERTIFICATE  FOR  EXCHANGE  OR
REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER FROM  144A  GLOBAL
NOTE OR REGULATION S PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE
            TO DEFINITIVE NOTE
   (Pursuant to Section 2.06(c) of the
                Indenture)

Texas Commerce Bank National Association,
as Trustee and Registrar




     Re:  8-1/2% Senior Notes due 2005  of
Trico Marine Services, Inc.

     Reference   is  hereby  made  to  the
Indenture dated as  of  July 21, 1997 (the
"Indenture"), among Trico Marine Services,
Inc. (the "Company"), the guarantors named
therein  (the  "Guarantors")   and   Texas
Commerce  Bank  National  Association,  as
trustee   (the   "Trustee").   Capitalized
terms used but not  defined  herein  shall
have  the  meanings  given  to them in the
Indenture.

     This  letter  relates  to $__________
principal   amount  of  Notes  which   are
evidenced by  a beneficial interest in one
or more 144A Global  Notes or Regulation S
Permanent  Global Notes  in  the  name  of
 (the "Transferor").   The  Transferor has
requested an exchange or transfer  of such
beneficial  interest  in  the  form  of an
equal  principal amount of Notes evidenced
by one or  more  Definitive  Notes,  to be
delivered  to  the  Transferor  or, in the
case of a transfer of such Notes,  to such
Person  as  the  Transferor  instructs the
Trustee.

     In  connection with such request  and
in respect of the Notes surrendered to the
Trustee   herewith   for   exchange   (the
"Surrendered  Notes"),  the Holder of such
Surrendered Notes hereby certifies that:

               [CHECK ONE]

__   the  Surrendered  Notes   are   being
     transferred  to  the beneficial owner
     of such Notes;

                                or

__   the  Surrendered  Notes   are   being
     transferred to the Company or one  of
     its Subsidiaries;

                                or

__   the   Surrendered   Notes  are  being
     transferred  pursuant   to   and   in
     accordance  with  Rule 144A under the
     United States Securities Act of 1933,
     as  amended  (the "Securities  Act"),
     and,  accordingly,   the   Transferor
     hereby  further  certifies  that  the
     Surrendered     Notes    are    being
     transferred  to  a  Person  that  the
     Transferor  reasonably   believes  is
     purchasing the Surrendered  Notes for
     its  own account, or for one or  more
     accounts  with  respect to which such
     Person  exercises   sole   investment
     discretion, and such Person  and each
     such    account   is   a   "qualified
     institutional   buyer"   within   the
     meaning of Rule 144A, in each case in
     a     transaction     meeting    they
     requirements of Rule 144A;

                    or

__   the   Surrendered  Notes  are   being
     transferred    in    a    transaction
     permitted  by  Rule  144  under   the
     Securities Act;

                    or

__   the   Surrendered   Notes  are  being
     transferred pursuant  to an effective
     registration  statement   under   the
     Securities Act;

                    or

__   the   Surrendered   Notes  are  being
     transferred pursuant  to an exemption
     under the Securities Act  other  than
     Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904 to  a
     Person   who   is   an  Institutional
     Accredited    Investor    and     the
     Transferor further certifies that the
     transfer  complies  with the transfer
     restrictions applicable to beneficial
     interests in Global Notes bearing the
     legend  set forth in Section  2.06(f)
     of the Indenture and the requirements
     of  the  exemption   claimed,   which
     certification is supported by (a)  if
     such  transfer  is  in  respect  of a
     principal amount of Notes at the time
     of  transfer  of  $100,000 or more, a
     certificate    executed     by    the
     transferee  in the form of Exhibit  C
     to  the Indenture,  or  (b)  if  such
     transfer is in respect of a principal
     amount   of  Notes  at  the  time  of
     transfer of less than $100,000, (i) a
     certificate  executed  in the form of
     Exhibit C to the Indenture  and  (ii)
     an Opinion of Counsel provided by the
     Transferor  or the transferee (a copy
     of which the  Transferor has attached
     to this certification), to the effect
     that   (1)   such  transfer   is   in
     compliance with  the  Securities  Act
     and  (2)  such transfer complies with
     any applicable  blue  sky  securities
     laws  of  any  state  of  the  United
     States;

and   the   Surrendered  Notes  are  being
transferred   in   compliance   with   any
applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United  States  or  any other
applicable jurisdiction.

     This  certificate  and the statements
contained herein are made for your benefit
and  the  benefit of the Company  and  the
Guarantors.


              [Insert Name of Transferor]


              By ________________________
                 Name:
                 Title:
                 Dated:
                 
cc:  Trico Marine Services, Inc.

                                 Exhibit C
                                 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED BY
   INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTORS
   
                  --------------, -------

                        

Texas Commerce Bank National Association
as Trustee and Registrar

Ladies and Gentleman:

    We are delivering this letter in 
connection with an offering of 8-1/2%    
Senior Notes due 2005 (the "Notes") of Trico
Marine Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the "Company"), all as described in the 
Offering Memorandum (the "Offering Memorandum")
relating to the offering of the Notes.  We
hereby confirm that:

   (i)   we are an "accredited investor" within
the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or
(7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Securities Act"), or an entity in which
all of the equity owners are accredited investors
within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2),
(3) or (7) under the Securities Act (an
"Institutional Accredited Investor");

   (ii)  any purchase of Notes by us will be
for our own account or for the account of
one or more other Institutional Accredited
Investors;

   (iii) in the event that we purchase any
Notes, we will acquire Notes having a minimum
purchase price of at least $100,000 for our
own account and for each separate account
for which we are acting;

   (iv)  we have such knowledge and experience
in financial and business matters that we are
capable of evaluating the merits and risks of
purchasing Notes and we, and any accounts
for which we are acting, are able to bear the 
economic risks of its or their investment;

   (v)   we are not acquiring Notes with a 
view to any distribution thereof in a transaction
that would violate the Securities Act or
the securities laws of any State of the 
United States or any other applicable jurisdiction;
provided that the disposition of our property
and the property of any accounts for which we
are acting as fiduciary shall remain at all times 
within our control; and

   (vi)  we have received a copy of the 
Offering Memorandum and acknowledge that we
have had access to such financial and other
information, and have been afforded the 
opportunity to ask such questions of representatives
of the Company and receive answers thereto,
as we deem necessary in connection with our
decision to purchase Notes.

     We understand that the Notes were offered
in a transaction not involving any public
offering within the meaning of the Securities
Act and that the Notes have not been registered
under the Securities Act, and we agree, on
our own behalf and on behalf of each account
for which we acquire any Notes, that such
Notes may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise
transferred  only (i) to a person whom  we
reasonably  believe   to  be  a  qualified
institutional buyer (as  defined  in  Rule
144A   under  the  Securities  Act)  in  a
transaction  meeting  the  requirements of
Rule 144A under the Securities  Act,  in a
transaction  meeting  the  requirements of
Rule 144 under the Securities Act, outside
the United States in a transaction meeting
the  requirements  of Rule 904  under  the
Securities  Act,  or  in  accordance  with
another  exemption from  the  registration
requirements  of  the  Securities Act (and
based upon an opinion of  counsel  if  the
Company  so requests), (ii) to the Company
or   (iii)  pursuant   to   an   effective
registration  statement, and in each case,
in   accordance   with    any   applicable
securities laws of any State of the United
States    or    any    other    applicable
jurisdiction.   We  understand  that   the
registrar  will  not be required to accept
for registration of  transfer  any  Notes,
except   upon   presentation  of  evidence
satisfactory  to  the   Company  that  the
foregoing  restrictions on  transfer  have
been complied with.

     We  acknowledge   that  you  and  the
Company will rely upon our  confirmations,
acknowledgments and agreements  set  forth
herein,   and   we  agree  to  notify  you
promptly  in  writing   if   any   of  our
representations   or   warranties   herein
ceases to be accurate and complete.

     THIS LETTER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS  OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK.



              ___________________________
                   [Name of Purchaser]


               By_________________________
                 Name:
                 Title:
                 Address:


               
                                 Exhibit D

            SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE


     Subject   to  Section  10.06  of  the
Indenture, each  Guarantor hereby, jointly
and severally, unconditionally  guarantees
to each Holder of a Note authenticated and
delivered   by  the  Trustee  and  to  the
Trustee and its  successors  and  assigns,
irrespective    of    the   validity   and
enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes
and the Obligations of  the  Company under
the  Notes  or under the Indenture,  that:
(a) the principal  of,  premium,  if  any,
interest  and  Liquidated Damages, if any,
on the Notes will be promptly paid in full
when due, subject  to any applicable grace
period,    whether    at   maturity,    by
acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and
interest on overdue principal, premium, if
any,  (to  the  extent permitted  by  law)
interest  on  any interest,  if  any,  and
Liquidated Damages,  if  any, on the Notes
and all other payment Obligations  of  the
Company  to  the  Holders  or  the Trustee
under  the  Indenture  or under the  Notes
will   be  promptly  paid  in   full   and
performed,  all  in  accordance  with  the
terms  thereof;  and  (b)  in  case of any
extension of time of payment or renewal of
any  Notes  or  any  of such other payment
Obligations,  the same  will  be  promptly
paid  in full when  due  or  performed  in
accordance with the terms of the extension
or  renewal,  subject  to  any  applicable
grace  period, whether at stated maturity,
by acceleration,  redemption or otherwise.
Failing payment when  so due of any amount
so   guaranteed  or  any  performance   so
guaranteed   for   whatever   reason,  the
Guarantors  will be jointly and  severally
obligated to pay the same immediately.  An
Event of Default  under  the  Indenture or
the  Notes  shall  constitute an event  of
default  under this Subsidiary  Guarantee,
and   shall   entitle   the   Holders   to
accelerate    the   Obligations   of   the
Guarantors hereunder  in  the  same manner
and  to the same extent as the Obligations
of the  Company.   The  Guarantors  hereby
agree  that  their  Obligations  hereunder
shall  be  unconditional, irrespective  of
the validity, regularity or enforceability
of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence
of any action  to  enforce  the  same, any
waiver  or  consent  by  any  Holder  with
respect   to   any  provisions  hereof  or
thereof,  the  recovery  of  any  judgment
against the Company, any action to enforce
the same or any  other  circumstance which
might  otherwise  constitute  a  legal  or
equitable  discharge   or   defense  of  a
Guarantor.   Each Guarantor hereby  waives
diligence, presentment, demand of payment,
filing of claims with a court in the event
of  insolvency   or   bankruptcy   of  the
Company, any right to require a proceeding
first against the Company, protest, notice
and  all  demands whatsoever and covenants
that this Subsidiary Guarantee will not be
discharged  except by complete performance
of the Obligations  contained in the Notes
and the Indenture.  If  any  Holder or the
Trustee  is  required  by  any  court   or
otherwise  to  return  to the Company, the
Guarantors,   or   any   Note   Custodian,
Trustee,   liquidator  or  other   similar
official acting  in relation to either the
Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid
by the Company or  any  Guarantor  to  the
Trustee  or  such  Holder, this Subsidiary
Guarantee,   to  the  extent   theretofore
discharged, shall  be  reinstated  in full
force  and  effect.  Each Guarantor agrees
that it shall  not  be  entitled  to,  and
hereby waives, any right of subrogation in
relation  to the Holders in respect of any
Obligations   guaranteed   hereby.    Each
Guarantor  further agrees that, as between
the Guarantors,  on  the one hand, and the
Holders  and  the Trustee,  on  the  other
hand, (a) the maturity  of the Obligations
guaranteed  hereby may be  accelerated  as
provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for
the purposes of this Subsidiary Guarantee,
notwithstanding  any  stay,  injunction or
other    prohibition    preventing    such
acceleration in respect of the Obligations
guaranteed  thereby,  and (b) in the event
of any declaration of acceleration of such
Obligations as provided  in  Article  6 of
the  Indenture,  such Obligations (whether
or  not due and payable)  shall  forthwith
become  due  and  payable by the Guarantor
for   the  purpose  of   this   Subsidiary
Guarantee.   The Guarantors shall have the
right to seek  contribution  from any non-
paying  Guarantor so long as the  exercise
of such right  does  not impair the rights
of   the  Holders  under  the   Subsidiary
Guarantees.

     The  obligations  of the Guarantor to
the Holders and to the Trustee pursuant to
this   Subsidiary   Guarantee    and   the
Indenture  are  expressly  set  forth   in
Article 10 of the Indenture, and reference
is  hereby  made to such Indenture for the
precise   terms    of    this   Subsidiary
Guarantee.   The terms of Articles  10  of
the Indenture  are  incorporated herein by
reference.  This Subsidiary  Guarantee  is
subject  to  release  as and to the extent
provided in Sections 10.04  and  10.05  of
the Indenture.

     This  is  a  continuing Guarantee and
shall remain in full  force and effect and
shall be binding upon each  Guarantor  and
its  respective  successors and assigns to
the  extent  set forth  in  the  Indenture
until full and final payment of all of the
Company's Obligations  under the Notes and
the  Indenture  and  shall  inure  to  the
benefit of the successors  and  assigns of
the  Trustee and the Holders and,  in  the
event  of  any  transfer  or assignment of
rights by any Holder or the  Trustee,  the
rights  and  privileges  herein  conferred
upon that party shall automatically extend
to  and  be  vested in such transferee  or
assignee, all  subject  to  the  terms and
conditions  hereof.   This is a Subsidiary
Guarantee of payment and  not  a guarantee
of collection.

     This  Subsidiary Guarantee shall  not
be valid or  obligatory  for  any  purpose
until the certificate of authentication on
the   Note   upon  which  this  Subsidiary
Guarantee  is  noted   shall   have   been
executed    by    the    Trustee   or   an
authenticating agent under  the  Indenture
by  the  manual  signature  of one of  its
authorized officers.

     For purposes hereof, each Guarantor's
liability shall be limited to  the  lesser
of   (i)   the  aggregate  amount  of  the
Obligations of the Company under the Notes
and the Indenture  and (ii) the amount, if
any,  which would not  have  (A)  rendered
such Guarantor  "insolvent"  (as such term
is  defined in the Bankruptcy Law  and  in
the Debtor  and  Creditor Law of the State
of New York) or (B)  left  such  Guarantor
with  unreasonably  small  capital at  the
time its Subsidiary Guarantee of the Notes
was entered into; provided that,  it  will
be  a  presumption in any lawsuit or other
proceeding in which a Guarantor is a party
that the amount guaranteed pursuant to the
Subsidiary  Guarantee  is  the  amount set
forth  in  clause  (i)  above  unless  any
creditor,  or  representative of creditors
of such Guarantor, or debtor in possession
or   trustee   in   bankruptcy   of   such
Guarantor,  otherwise  proves  in  such  a
lawsuit that  the  aggregate  liability of
the Guarantor is limited to the amount set
forth in clause (ii) above.  The Indenture
provides that, in making any determination
as  to  the  solvency  or  sufficiency  of
capital of a Guarantor in accordance  with
the  previous  sentence, the right of such
Guarantors  to  contribution   from  other
Guarantors  and  any  other  rights   such
Guarantors   may   have,   contractual  or
otherwise, shall be taken into account.

     Capitalized  terms used  herein  have
the same meanings given  in  the Indenture
unless otherwise indicated.

[GUARANTORS]


By__________________________________
Name:
Title:

                       

                                      Exhibit E



                 TRICO MARINE  SERVICES, INC.

                              and

                 the  Guarantors   named herein


             ______________________________________
         

                     SERIES  A AND SERIES B

                  8-1/2% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2005

             ________________________________________


                       ___________________


                  FORM   OF   SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
               AND AMENDMENT -  SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE


                  DATED   AS  OF  ___________, ____

                       ___________________





             TEXAS COMMERCE  BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                             Trustee

                       ___________________



                        

     This SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as
of  __________  ___, ____, is among  Trico
Marine   Services,    Inc.,   a   Delaware
corporation (the "Company"),  each  of the
parties   identified   under  the  caption
"Guarantors" on the signature  page hereto
(the "Guarantors") and Texas Commerce Bank
National Association, as Trustee.

                 RECITALS

     WHEREAS,  the Company, the Guarantors
and the Trustee entered into an Indenture,
dated    as    of    July 21, 1997    (the
"Indenture"),  pursuant   to   which   the
Company  issued  $110,000,000 in principal
amount  of 8-1/2% Senior  Notes  due  2005
(the "Notes"); and

     WHEREAS,   Section   9.01(f)  of  the
Indenture  provides that the  Company  and
the Trustee  may  amend  or supplement the
Indenture in order to execute  a guarantee
(a "Subsidiary Guarantee") to comply  with
Section 10.02 or 10.04 thereof without the
consent of the Holders of the Notes; and

     WHEREAS,    all   acts   and   things
prescribed by the Indenture, by law and by
the Certificate of  Incorporation  and the
Bylaws  of  the Company, of the Guarantors
and of the Trustee  necessary to make this
Supplemental Indenture  a valid instrument
legally   binding  on  the  Company,   the
Guarantors  and the Trustee, in accordance
with its terms,  have  been  duly done and
performed;

     NOW,  THEREFORE, to comply  with  the
provisions  of   the   Indenture   and  in
consideration  of the above premises,  the
Company, the Guarantors  and  the  Trustee
covenant  and  agree  for  the  equal  and
proportionate  benefit  of  the respective
Holders of the Notes as follows:

                ARTICLE 1

     Section   1.01.    This  Supplemental
Indenture is supplemental to the Indenture
and  does and shall be deemed  to  form  a
part  of,   and   shall  be  construed  in
connection  with  and   as  part  of,  the
Indenture for any and all purposes.

     Section   1.02.   This   Supplemental
Indenture    shall     become    effective
immediately   upon   its   execution   and
delivery  by  each  of  the  Company,  the
Guarantors and the Trustee.

                 ARTICLE 2

     From  this  date, in accordance  with
Section 10.02 or 10.04  and  by  executing
this   Supplemental   Indenture   and  the
accompanying Subsidiary Guarantee (a  copy
of   which   is   attached   hereto),  the
Guarantors  whose signatures appear  below
are  subject  to  the  provisions  of  the
Indenture to the  extent  provided  for in
Article 10 thereunder.

                  ARTICLE 3

     Section 3.01.  Except as specifically
modified  herein,  the  Indenture  and the
Notes  are  in  all  respects ratified and
confirmed  (mutatis  mutandis)  and  shall
remain  in  full  force  and   effect   in
accordance   with  their  terms  with  all
capitalized  terms   used  herein  without
definition  having  the   same  respective
meanings  ascribed  to  them  as   in  the
Indenture.

     Section  3.02.   Except  as otherwise
expressly   provided  herein,  no  duties,
responsibilities    or   liabilities   are
assumed,  or  shall  be  construed  to  be
assumed, by the Trustee  by reason of this
Supplemental Indenture.  This Supplemental
Indenture is executed and  accepted by the
Trustee  subject  to  all  the  terms  and
conditions set forth in the Indenture with
the  same  force  and  effect  as if those
terms  and  conditions  were  repeated  at
length herein and made applicable  to  the
Trustee with respect hereto.

     Section  3.03.   THE  INTERNAL LAW OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL  GOVERN AND BE
USED   TO   CONSTRUE   THIS   SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE,  THE  NOTES  AND THE SUBSIDIARY
GUARANTEES.

     Section 3.04.  The parties  may  sign
any  number of copies of this Supplemental
Indenture.   Each  signed copy shall be an
original, but all of  such executed copies
together   shall   represent    the   same
agreement.
    
         [NEXT  PAGE IS SIGNATURE PAGE]

                               

     IN   WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the   parties
hereto  have   caused   this  Supplemental
Indenture to be duly executed,  all  as of
the date first written above.

          TRICO MARINE SERVICES, INC.



By__________________________________
Name:
Title:



          GUARANTORS

          [______________________]



By__________________________________
Name:
Title:



          TEXAS COMMERCE BANK NATIONAL
          ASSOCIATION, as Trustee



By__________________________________
Name:
Title:

          
      
                                                  EXHIBIT 4.2


                          (Face of Note)

        8-1/2% [Series A] [Series B] Senior Notes due 2005

No.
                                           $_______________
                                           CUSIP NO.


                   Trico Marine Services, Inc.


promises  to  pay  to  __________  or  registered  assigns, the

principal sum of ___________ Dollars on August 1, 2005.


        Interest Payment Dates:  February 1 and August 1

              Record Dates:  January 15 and July 15



(SEAL)

                                   Trico Marine Services, Inc.


                                        By_____________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:


Trustee's Certificate of Authentication:

This is one of the Notes referred
to in the within-mentioned Indenture.


TEXAS COMMERCE BANK
  NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee


By________________________________
     Authorized Signatory


Dated:  ______________________



                        (Back of Note)

       8-1/2% [Series A][Series B] Senior Notes due 2005

     [Unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in  part for
Notes  in  definitive  form,  this  Note may not be transferred
except  as  a  whole  by the Depository to  a  nominee  of  the
Depository or by a nominee  of the Depository to the Depository
or another nominee of the Depository  or  by  the Depository or
any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such
successor Depository.  Unless this certificate  is presented by
an  authorized  representative of The Depository Trust  Company
(55 Water Street, New York, New York) ("DTC"), to the issuer or
its agent for registration  of  transfer,  exchange or payment,
and any certificate issued is registered in  the name of Cede &
Co.  or  such other name as may be requested by  an  authorized
representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or
such  other  entity  as  may  be  requested  by  an  authorized
representative  of  DTC),  ANY  TRANSFER,  PLEDGE  OR OTHER USE
HEREOF  FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS  WRONGFUL
in as much  as  the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an
interest herein.][1]

          [THE SECURITY  (OR  ITS  PREDECESSOR)  EVIDENCED
     HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION  EXEMPT
     FROM  REGISTRATION  UNDER  SECTION  5  OF  THE UNITED
     STATES  SECURITIES  ACT  OF  1933,  AS  AMENDED  (THE
     "SECURITIES  ACT"), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY
     MAY NOT BE OFFERED,  SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN
     THE  ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION  OR  AN  APPLICABLE
     EXEMPTION  THEREFROM.  EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY
     EVIDENCED HEREBY  IS  HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER
     MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION  FROM  THE PROVISIONS
     OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED  BY  RULE
     144A   THEREUNDER.    THE   HOLDER  OF  THE  SECURITY
     EVIDENCED  HEREBY  AGREES  FOR  THE  BENEFIT  OF  THE
     COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED
     OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)  (a)  TO  A PERSON
     WHO  THE  SELLER  REASONABLY  BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED
     INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED  IN  RULE  144A UNDER
     THE  SECURITIES  ACT)  IN  A TRANSACTION MEETING  THE
     REQUIREMENTS  OF  RULE  144A,  (b) IN  A  TRANSACTION
     MEETING  THE  REQUIREMENTS  OF  RULE  144  UNDER  THE
     SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED  STATES  TO  A
     NON-U.S.   PERSON   IN   A  TRANSACTION  MEETING  THE
     REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (d)
     IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  ANOTHER   EXEMPTION   FROM  THE
     REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT  (AND
     BASED  UPON  AN  OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE COMPANY SO
     REQUESTS), (2) TO  THE  COMPANY OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN
     EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  AND,  IN EACH CASE,
     IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES  LAWS OF
     ANY   STATE   OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  OR  ANY  OTHER
     APPLICABLE JURISDICTION  AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND
     EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS  REQUIRED  TO,  NOTIFY  ANY
     PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF
     THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE.][2]


**FOOTNOTES**

[1]:. This paragraph should be included only if the Note is issued in
      global form.

[2]:.  This  paragraph should be removed upon the exchange  of  Series
       A Notes for Series B Notes in the Exchange Offer or upon the transfer
       of the Series A Notes that have been sold  pursuant  to the terms of
       the Shelf Registration contemplated by the Registration Rights
       Agreement.

       

     1.   Interest.  Trico  Marine  Services,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation  (the "Company"), promises to pay interest  on  the
principal amount  of  this  Note at 8 1/2% per annum from July 21,
1997  until  maturity  and shall  pay  the  Liquidated  Damages
payable  pursuant  to  Section 5  of  the  Registration  Rights
Agreement referred to below.  The Company will pay interest and
Liquidated  Damages,  if  any,   semi-annually  in  arrears  on
February 1  and August 1 of each year,  commencing  February 1,
1998, or if any  such  day  is  not a Business Day, on the next
succeeding  Business  Day (each an  "Interest  Payment  Date").
Interest on the Notes will  accrue from the most recent date to
which interest has been paid  or, if no interest has been paid,
from the date of original issuance;  provided  that if there is
no  existing  Default  or  Event  of Default in the payment  of
interest, and if this Note is authenticated  between  a  record
date  referred  to  on  the face hereof and the next succeeding
Interest Payment Date, interest  shall  accrue  from  such next
succeeding  Interest  Payment  date, except in the case of  the
original issuance of Notes, in which case interest shall accrue
from  the  date  of  authentication.   The  Company  shall  pay
interest (including post-petition  interest  in  any proceeding
under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and  premium, if
any,  from  time  to time on demand at a rate that is the  rate
then in effect; it  shall pay interest (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue
installments of interest and Liquidated Damages (without regard
to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at
the same rate to the  extent lawful.  Interest will be computed
on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

     2.   Method of Payment.   The Company will pay interest on
the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Liquidated Damages to
the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of
business  on  the  January 15  or July 15  next  preceding  the
Interest Payment Date, even if such  Notes  are cancelled after
such record date and on or before such Interest  Payment  Date,
except  as  provided  in  Section  2.12  of  the Indenture with
respect to defaulted interest.  The Notes will be payable as to
principal, premium, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, at
the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose
within the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the
Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages may be made
by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses  set forth in
the  register  of  Holders,  and provided that payment by  wire
transfer of immediately available  funds  will be required with
respect  to principal of and interest, premium  and  Liquidated
Damages on  all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of
which shall have  provided  wire  transfer  instructions to the
Company  or the Paying Agent.  Such payment shall  be  in  such
coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time
of payment  is  legal  tender for payment of public and private
debts.

     3.   Paying   Agent   and   Registrar.  Initially,   Texas
Commerce  Bank  National Association,  the  Trustee  under  the
Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Company
may change any Paying  Agent or Registrar without notice to any
Holder.  The Company or  any of its Subsidiaries may act in any
such capacity.

     4.   Indenture.  The  Company  issued  the  Notes under an
Indenture  dated  as of July 21, 1997 ("Indenture")  among  the
Company, the Guarantors  and  the  Trustee.   The  terms of the
Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part
of  the  Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture  Act  of
1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code Sections 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes
are subject to all such terms,  and  Holders are referred to the
Indenture  and such Act for a statement  of  such  terms.   The
Notes are general  unsecured obligations of the Company limited
to $110,000,000 aggregate principal amount.

     5.   Optional Redemption.

     (a)  Except as  set  forth  in  subparagraph  (b)  of this
Paragraph  5,  the  Company shall not have the option to redeem
the Notes prior to August 1,  2001.   Thereafter,  the  Company
shall have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part,
upon  not  less  than  30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the
redemption  prices  (expressed   as  percentages  of  principal
amount) set forth below plus accrued  and  unpaid  interest and
Liquidated  Damages thereon to the applicable redemption  date,
if  redeemed  during   the  twelve-month  period  beginning  on
August 1 of the years indicated below:

          Year                                        Percentage
          ----                                        ----------
          2001....................................     104.250%
          2002 ...................................     102.834%
          2003 ...................................     101.417%
          2004 and thereafter.....................     100.000%

     (b)  Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of
this Paragraph 5 the Company may at any time prior to August 1,
2001, at its option, redeem  the Notes, in whole or in part, at
the  Make-Whole  Price plus accrued  and  unpaid  interest  and
Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the redemption date.  In
addition, at any time  prior  to July 17, 2000, the Company may
redeem up to 35% of the aggregate  principal  amount  of  Notes
originally  issued  at  a  redemption  price  of  108.5% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest  and
Liquidated  Damages,  if  any,  thereon to the redemption date,
with  the net cash proceeds of one  or  more  Qualified  Equity
Offerings;   provided  that  (a)  at  least  $71.5  million  in
aggregate  principal   amount   of  Notes  remains  outstanding
immediately after the occurrence  of  each  such redemption and
(b) each such redemption shall occur within 60 days of the date
of the closing of each such Qualified Equity Offering.

     6.   Mandatory Redemption.

     Except  as  set  forth in paragraph 7 below,  the  Company
shall not be required to  make  mandatory redemption or sinking
fund payments with respect to the Notes.

     7.   Repurchase at Option of Holder.

     (a)  If there is a Change of Control, the Company shall be
required  to make an offer (a "Change  of  Control  Offer")  to
repurchase  all  or  any  part  (equal to $1,000 or an integral
multiple thereof) of each Holder's  Notes  at  a purchase price
equal  to 101% of the aggregate principal amount  thereof  plus
accrued  and  unpaid  interest  and Liquidated Damages, if any,
thereon  to  the  date  of  purchase (the  "Change  of  Control
Payment"). Within 30 days following  any Change of Control, the
Company  shall  mail  a  notice to each Holder  describing  the
transaction that constitutes  the Change of Control and setting
forth the procedures governing  the  Change of Control Offer as
required by the Indenture.

     (b)  If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates
any  Asset  Sales, within 30 days of each  date  on  which  the
aggregate amount  of  Excess Proceeds exceeds $5.0 million, the
Company shall commence  an  offer  to  all Holders of Notes (as
"Asset Sale Offer") pursuant to Section  3.09  of the Indenture
to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes  that  may be
purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in  cash
in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus
accrued  and  unpaid  interest  and Liquidated Damages, if any,
thereon  to  the  date  of purchase,  in  accordance  with  the
procedures set forth in the Indenture; provided, however, that,
if the Company is required  to  apply  such  Excess Proceeds to
repurchase,   or  to  offer  to  repurchase,  any  Pari   Passu
Indebtedness, the  Company  shall  only be required to offer to
repurchase the maximum principal amount  of  Notes  that may be
purchased  out of the amount of such Excess Proceeds multiplied
by  a  fraction,  the  numerator  of  which  is  the  aggregate
principal  amount  of  Notes outstanding and the denominator of
which is the aggregate principal  amount  of  Notes outstanding
plus the aggregate principal amount of Pari Passu  Indebtedness
outstanding.  To the extent that the aggregate amount  of Notes
tendered  pursuant  to  an  Asset  Sale  Offer is less than the
Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Subsidiary)  may use such
deficiency  for  general  corporate  purposes. If the aggregate
principal  amount  of  Notes  surrendered  by  Holders  thereof
exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select
the  Notes  to be purchased on a  pro  rata  basis  (with  such
adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that
only Notes in  denominations  of  $1,000, or integral multiples
thereof, shall be purchased).  Holders  of  Notes  that are the
subject  of  an  offer  to purchase will receive an Asset  Sale
Offer from the Company prior  to  any related purchase date and
may elect to have such Notes purchased  by  completing the form
entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of
the Notes.

     8.   Notice of Redemption.  Notice of redemption  will  be
mailed  at  least  30 days but not more than 60 days before the
redemption date to each  Holder  whose Notes are to be redeemed
at its registered address.  Notes  in denominations larger than
$1,000 may be redeemed in part but only  in  whole multiples of
$1,000,  unless  all of the Notes held by a Holder  are  to  be
redeemed.  On and  after the redemption date interest ceases to
accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

     9.   Denominations,  Transfer, Exchange.  The Notes are in
registered form without coupons  in denominations of $1,000 and
integral multiples of $1,000.  The  transfer  of  Notes  may be
registered  and  Notes  may  be  exchanged  as  provided in the
Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder,
among  other  things,  to furnish appropriate endorsements  and
transfer documents and the  Company may require a Holder to pay
any  taxes  and  fees  required by  law  or  permitted  by  the
Indenture.  The Company  need  not  exchange  or  register  the
transfer  of  any  Note  or  portion  of  a  Note  selected for
redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being
redeemed  in part.  Also, it need not exchange or register  the
transfer of  any  Notes  for  a  period  of  15  days  before a
selection  of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between
a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

     10.  Persons  Deemed  Owners.   The registered Holder of a
Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

     11.  Amendment, Supplement and Waiver.  Subject to certain
exceptions,  the  Indenture  or the Notes  may  be  amended  or
supplemented with the consent  of  the  Holders  of  at least a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and
any  existing default or compliance with any provision  of  the
Indenture  or  the  Notes may be waived with the consent of the
Holders  of  a  majority   in  principal  amount  of  the  then
outstanding Notes.  Without  the  consent  of  any  Holder of a
Note, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented
to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide  for
uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes,   to   provide  for  the  assumption  of  the  Company's
obligations to  Holders  of  the  Notes  in case of a merger or
consolidation,  to  make  any  change  that would  provide  any
additional rights or benefits to the Holders  of  the  Notes or
that  does  not  adversely  affect  the  legal rights under the
Indenture   of  any  such  Holder,  or  to  comply   with   the
requirements  of  the Commission in order to effect or maintain
the qualification of  the  Indenture  under the Trust Indenture
Act.

     12.  Defaults and Remedies.  Events  of  Default  include:
(i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest  or
Liquidated  Damages  on the Notes; (ii) default in payment when
due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes; (iii)
failure by the Company  to  comply  with  Section 4.10, 4.15 or
5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the  Company for 60 days
after notice to comply with any of its other  agreements in the
Indenture  or  the  Notes;  (v)  default  under  any  mortgage,
indenture or instrument under which there may be issued  or  by
which  there  may  be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for
money  borrowed  by  the  Company  or  any  of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries (or the payment  of  which  is  guaranteed  by the
Company  or  any  of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such
Indebtedness or guarantee  now  exists  or is created after the
date of the Indenture, which default (a) is caused by a failure
to pay principal of or premium or interest on such Indebtedness
prior to the expiration of any grace period  provided  in  such
Indebtedness  (a  "Payment  Default")  or  (b)  results  in the
acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity
and,   in   each   case,  the  principal  amount  of  any  such
Indebtedness, together  with  the principal amount of any other
such Indebtedness under which there  has been a Payment Default
or  the  maturity of which has been so accelerated,  aggregates
$5.0 million  or  more;  and  provided,  further,  that if such
default is cured or waived or any such acceleration  rescinded,
or such Indebtedness is repaid within a period of 10 days  from
the  continuation  of  such default beyond the applicable grace
period or the occurrence  of such acceleration, as the case may
be, an Event of Default and  any  consequential acceleration of
the Notes shall be automatically rescinded,  so  long  as  said
rescission does not conflict with such judgment or decree; (vi)
failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to
pay  final  judgments  aggregating  in  excess of $5.0 million,
which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period
of  60  days;  (vii) failure by any Guarantor  to  perform  any
covenant  set  forth   in  its  Subsidiary  Guarantee,  or  the
repudiation  by any Guarantor  of  its  obligations  under  its
Subsidiary Guarantee  or the unenforceability of any Subsidiary
Guarantee  against  a Guarantor  for  any  reason;  and  (viii)
certain events of bankruptcy  or insolvency with respect to the
Company or any Guarantor.  If any  Event  of Default occurs and
is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of  at  least  25% in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare  all
the Notes to be due and payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
in  the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events
of bankruptcy  or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become
due and payable  without further action or notice.  Holders may
not enforce the Indenture  or  the  Notes except as provided in
the Indenture.  Subject to certain limitations,  Holders  of  a
majority  in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
direct the  Trustee  in its exercise of any trust or power. The
Trustee may withhold from  Holders  of  the Notes notice of any
continuing  Default or Event of Default (except  a  Default  or
Event of Default  relating  to  the  payment  of  principal  or
interest)  if it determines that withholding notice is in their
interest.  The  Holders  of  a  majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Notes then outstanding  by  notice to the Trustee
may  on  behalf of the Holders of all of the  Notes  waive  any
existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under
the Indenture  except  a continuing Default or Event of Default
in the payment of the principal  of  or  premium,  interest  or
Liquidated  Damages,  if  any,  on  the  Notes.  The Company is
required  to  deliver  to  the  Trustee  annually  a  statement
regarding  compliance with the Indenture, and  the  Company  is
required upon  becoming  aware  of  any  Default  or  Event  of
Default,  to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such
Default or Event of Default.

     13.  Defeasance.  The Notes are subject to defeasance upon
the terms and conditions specified in the Indenture.

     14.  Trustee  Dealings  with Company.  The Trustee, in its
individual or any other capacity,  may  make  loans  to, accept
deposits  from,  and  perform  services for the Company or  its
Affiliates, and may otherwise deal  with  the  Company  or  its
Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

     15.  No  Recourse  Against  Others.   A director, officer,
employee, incorporator or stockholder, of the  Company  or  any
Guarantor,  as  such,  shall  not  have  any  liability for any
obligations  of the Company or any Guarantor under  the  Notes,
the Subsidiary  Guarantees  or  the  Indenture or for any claim
based on, in respect of, or by reason  of,  such obligations or
their  creation.   Each Holder by accepting a Note  waives  and
releases all such liability.   The  waiver and release are part
of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

     16.  Authentication.  This Note  shall  not be valid until
authenticated  by  the  manual signature of the Trustee  or  an
authenticating agent.

     17.  Abbreviations.   Customary  abbreviations may be used
in  the  name of a Holder or an assignee,  such  as:   TEN  COM
(= tenants  in  common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties),
JT TEN (= joint tenants  with  right of survivorship and not as
tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian),  and U/G/M/A (= Uniform
Gifts to Minors Act).

     18.  Additional Rights of Holders of  Transfer  Restricted
Securities.   In addition to the rights provided to Holders  of
Notes under the  Indenture,  Holders  of Transferred Restricted
Securities  shall  have  all  the  rights  set   forth  in  the
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July 21,  1997, among
the  Company,  the  Guarantors  and  the  parties named on  the
signature pages thereof (the "Registration Rights Agreement").

     19.  CUSIP   Numbers.    Pursuant   to   a  recommendation
promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification
Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers  to be printed
on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers  in  notices
of  redemption  as a convenience to Holders.  No representation
is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on
the Notes or as contained  in  any  notice  of  redemption  and
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers
placed thereon.

     The  Company  will  furnish  to  any  Holder  upon written
request  and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or  the
Registration Rights Agreement.  Requests may be made to:

               Trico Marine Services, Inc.
               2401 Fountain View
               Suite 626
               Houston, Texas  77057
               Attention:  Corporate Secretary

                              

                         Assignment Form

     To assign  this  Note, fill in the form below: (I) or (we)
     assign and transfer this Note to


          (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)








      (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint ______________________________________

to transfer this Note on  the  books of the Company.  The agent
may substitute another to act for him.



Date:

                                 Your Signature:

     (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

                                 Signature Guarantee:


  

                Option of Holder to Elect Purchase

     If  you want to elect to have this Note purchased  by  the
Company pursuant  to  Section  4.10  or  4.15 of the Indenture,
check the box below:

          ___ Section 4.10    ____Section 4.15

     If  you  want  to  elect  to have only part  of  the  Note
purchased by the Company pursuant  to  Section 4.10  or Section
4.15  of  the  Indenture,  state  the  amount you elect to have
purchased:  $___________


Date:_____________           Your Signature:___________________

                  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the Note)

                             Tax Identification No.:___________



                             Signature Guarantee:


                              

                SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES[3]

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for other
Notes have been made:


Date of    Amount of    Amount of    Principal    Signature
Exchange  decrease in  increase in   Amount of        of
           Principal    Principal   this Global   authorized
           Amount of    Amount of       Note      officer of
          this Global  this Global   following    Trustee or
              Note         Note         such         Note
                                      decrease    Custodian
                                        (or
                                     increase)
- --------  -----------  -----------   ----------   -----------
**FOOTNOTES**

[3]:.   This  should  be included only if  the  Note  is
issued in global form.



                                                   EXHIBIT 10.1



                    VESSEL PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                    dated as of June 18, 1997


                             between


                    TRICO MARINE ASSETS, INC.


                               and


                        OTTO CANDIES, INC.







                        Sale and Purchase
                                of
                       M/V BLANCHE CANDIES
                         M/V LENA CANDIES
                        M/V ASHLEY CANDIES
                        M/V AGNES CANDIES
                       M/V JUANITA CANDIES
                        M/V HATTY CANDIES
                        M/V KATHY CANDIES
                        M/V JEANNE CANDIES
                        M/V ADELE CANDIES
                        M/V BEULAH CANDIES
                     M/V NICKIE MARIE CANDIES
                               and
                         M/V RITA CANDIES




                    VESSEL PURCHASE AGREEMENT

     This  VESSEL  PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated
as of June 18, 1997,  is  by  and  between Trico Marine Assets,
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Buyer"),  and  Otto Candies,
Inc., a Louisiana corporation (the "Seller").

                       W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS,  the  Seller  is  the  owner  of the U.S. flagged
supply  vessels listed on Schedule "A" hereto  and  the  parts,
equipment,  machinery,  implements, accessories, appurtenances,
supplies and inventory related  to  the  Vessels (collectively,
the "Vessels");

     WHEREAS,  the Seller desires to sell the  Vessels  to  the
Buyer upon the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

     WHEREAS, the  Buyer  desires  to  acquire the Vessels upon
such terms.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of  the  mutual  promises
and covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are  hereby
acknowledged,  the  Buyer and Seller hereto represent and agree
as follows:

                            SECTION 1
                 SALE AND PURCHASE OF THE VESSELS

     1.1  Sale of the Vessels.  The Seller does hereby agree to
sell to the Buyer, and  the Buyer does hereby agree to purchase
from  the Seller, the Vessels  in  accordance  with  the  terms
hereof.   Other  than  the  Vessels, the Buyer shall acquire no
other assets or property, including  any  goodwill, intangibles
or  contractual  rights  of the Seller, land based  facilities,
employees, distribution systems, customers, operating rights or
production techniques of the Seller pursuant to this Agreement.

     1.2  Purchase Price.   (a)   The  Buyer  shall  pay to the
Seller  $69,000,000  (as  it  may be adjusted pursuant to  this
Section 1, the "Purchase Price") for the Vessels subject to and
in the manner provided in Section  2.  If, prior to the Closing
Date, any Vessel shall become an actual  or  constructive total
loss,  the  Purchase  Price shall be reduced by $5,636,000  for
each  such  Vessel,  and such  Vessel  shall  not  be  sold  or
transferred to the Buyer  at  the  Closing.   The parties agree
that the Purchase Price shall be allocated among the Vessels on
the Closing Date based on the relative fair market value of the
Vessels.

     1.3  "As is, Where is" Sale.  The Vessels  are  to be sold
in "As Is" condition, with no warranties whatsoever, except  as
set  forth  in  Section 3.4 hereof.  The bill of sale delivered
pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(1) with respect to each Vessel shall
contain the following language:

          Buyer has  inspected  each  Vessel  and is fully
          satisfied  with  the condition of each.   It  is
          understood and agreed  that the Vessels are sold
          by the Seller and purchased by the Buyer "AS IS,
          WHERE  IS," with no warranty  whatsoever  (other
          than  as   set  forth  in  Section  3.4  of  the
          Agreement), neither for structure nor condition,
          design,   operation,    seaworthiness,    value,
          marketability,  merchantability,  usefulness  or
          suitability  for any purpose, whether  expressed
          or implied, NOT  EVEN  FOR  THE  RETURN  OF  THE
          PURCHASE  PRICE.  Buyer expressly waives any and
          all warranties  (other  than  as  set  forth  in
          Section  3.4  of the Agreement), including those
          pertaining to merchantability  or  fitness for a
          particular  use,  as  well  as  those warranties
          against hidden and latent defects (i.e., defects
          in  a  Vessel  sold which render it  useless  or
          render its use so inconvenient or imperfect that
          the Buyer would  not  have  purchased  it had it
          known of the vice or defect); more specifically,
          that  warranty  imposed by Louisiana Civil  Code
          Article 2475 with respect to a seller's warranty
          against  latent  or   hidden   defects.    Buyer
          forfeits  the  right to avoid the sale or reduce
          the purchase price  on  account of any hidden or
          latent vice or defect in any of the Vessels sold
          pursuant to Louisiana Civil  Code  Article  2520
          and  2541.   The  listing  of  warranties  to be
          waived is by way of example, and not intended as
          an exclusive list, as all warranties (other than
          as  set  forth  in Section 3.4 of the Agreement)
          are waived.

     1.4  Closing.  The consummation  of  the sale and purchase
of  the  Vessels  (other  than  the  M/V  Rita  Candies)   (the
"Closing")  shall  take  place  in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement on a business day  to be mutually agreed upon by
Buyer and Seller (the "Closing Date")  on  or before August 15,
1997.  Subject to Section 2.2 hereof, on the  Closing Date, the
Buyer  shall  deliver  the  Purchase  Price to the Seller,  the
Seller shall cause the Vessels to be delivered to the Buyer and
the  Buyer  and  the  Seller  each  shall  provide   the  other
documents,   certificates   and   instruments  required  to  be
delivered pursuant to Section 2.1.   Each  of the parties agree
that  time  is  of the essence and that it will  use  its  best
efforts to satisfy  the  conditions  to  Closing  set  forth in
Section 2.1 that are within its control and that are capable of
being  satisfied  prior to the Closing Date not later than  the
second  business  day  in  advance  of  the  date  the  parties
establish as the Closing Date.

     1.5  Condition and Access to the Vessels.

          (a)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,
the Buyer and the Seller  agree  that the Vessels shall, on the
Closing Date, be in substantially  the same condition as on the
date hereof, ordinary wear and tear  excepted.   If  any Vessel
shall  suffer  any  damage  or  loss  (other than an actual  or
constructive  total  loss)  and  such damage  or  loss  is  not
repaired  prior  to  the  Closing, then  Seller  agrees  to  be
responsible following the Closing  (it  being the intent of the
Buyer and Seller that the Closing not be delayed as a result of
the  need  to make any such repairs) for such  repairs  to  the
Vessel suffering  such  damage  or  loss as may be necessary to
restore the Vessel to the condition required under this Section
1.5(a).  The Seller agrees to cause the  Vessels to continue to
be insured by hull and machinery and protection  and  indemnity
insurance  in  the amounts and with the coverages currently  in
force until the Closing Date.  Prior to the Closing, the Seller
shall provide Buyer  with  original cover notes evidencing such
insurance covering the Vessels  for  the  three  years prior to
Closing.

          (b)  The Buyer shall, at its option, have a period of
fifteen  business  days  from  the  date  hereof  to conduct  a
reasonable  due diligence investigation of each of the  Vessels
and the documentation related thereto, which inspection must be
satisfactory  to  the  Buyer.  All such investigations shall be
conducted at times convenient  to Seller and at all times shall
be made under the supervision of the Seller.

          (c)  The Seller agrees  to  use  its  best efforts to
complete  as  soon  as  reasonably  possible  the modification,
upgrade  and lengthening of the M/V Rita Candies  in  order  to
have the specifications  listed  on  Schedule  "A"  hereto with
respect  to  the  M/V  Rita Candies be accurate in all material
respects.  The Buyer shall  have access to the M/V Rita Candies
and the documentation related  thereto  from  the  date  hereof
until  its delivery pursuant to Section 2.2.  Buyer agrees  not
to interfere with or in any way delay the modification, upgrade
or lengthening of the M/V Rita Candies.

          (d)  Buyer  agrees  that  it  will  hold  in complete
confidence  all  information  and any documents obtained  as  a
result of the investigations described  in  Sections 1.5(b) and
1.5(c) hereof, and if this Agreement is terminated prior to the
Closing, Buyer agrees that all documents received  pursuant  to
such investigations shall be promptly returned to Seller.

          (e)  The Buyer and Seller shall conduct a survey in a
mutually agreed manner of the fuel on board each of the Vessels
when  it is delivered to the Buyer. To  the extent that fuel on
board a  Vessel  when  it  was  delivered  by  the  Seller to a
charterer  is  not  used by the charterer and remains on  board
when delivered to Buyer, and the Seller provides the Buyer with
the results of the on-charter  survey  for any such Vessel, the
Buyer agrees to reimburse (at Seller's cost) the Seller for the
cost  of any such fuel.  The Seller shall  provide  Buyer  with
such other  information  as the Buyer may reasonably request to
verify the cost of fuel on  board  each  Vessel  at the time of
delivery to a charterer that the Seller seeks reimbursement for
under this Section 1.5(e).

     1.6  Governmental Filings.

          (a)  The  Buyer and Seller will coordinate  with  the
other and will use all  reasonable efforts to cause to be filed
as promptly as possible with  the Department of Justice and the
Federal Trade Commission any pre-merger  notifications required
by the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as
amended (the "HSR Act"), and to obtain the early termination or
waiver   of  the  HSR  Act  waiting  period  and  any   related
restriction  on  consummating  the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement.

          (b)  The Seller will furnish  Buyer on a timely basis
such  information  concerning  the  Vessels and  the  operation
thereof as reasonably deemed necessary  or  appropriate  by the
Buyer  for  inclusion  in  any  report,  application  or  other
statement required by law to be made by Buyer or to be filed by
Buyer  with  any  governmental  authority in connection with or
relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                            SECTION 2
                       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     2.1  The respective obligations  of the Seller to sell the
Vessels to the Buyer and the Buyer to pay  the  Purchase  Price
for  the  Vessels  are  subject  to  the  satisfaction  of  the
following conditions precedent:

          (a)  Deliveries  by the Buyer.  At the Closing, Buyer
shall deliver to the Seller  $62,000,000  by  wire  transfer of
immediately  available  funds to an account designated  by  the
Seller.

          (b)  Deliveries  by  Seller.   At  the  Closing,  the
following  actions  shall  have  been  taken by the Seller with
respect to the Vessels (other than the M/V Rita Candies):

               (1)  The  Seller  shall deliver  bills  of  sale
fully  executed  by the Seller in a  mutually  acceptable  form
pursuant to which the Seller shall transfer to Buyer all right,
title and ownership of the Vessels sold, transferred, conveyed,
assigned and delivered  free  and clear of all Encumbrances (as
hereinafter defined); and

               (2)  The Seller  shall  deliver to the Buyer all
documentation, certificates and instruments  relating  to  each
Vessel as may be in the Seller's possession and such documents,
certificates,  maintenance  records  and such other instruments
reasonably  requested  by  Buyer concerning  the  accuracy  and
validity  of  or  compliance  with   the   representations  and
warranties as Buyer may reasonably request.

          (c)  Protocol of Acceptance and Delivery.  The Seller
and  Buyer  shall  each execute and deliver to  one  another  a
certificate evidencing  the Buyer's acceptance and the Seller's
delivery of the Vessels (other than the M/V Rita Candies) as of
11:59 p.m. on the Closing Date.

          (d)  HSR Act.   Any  waiting period imposed under the
HSR  Act shall have expired or been  terminated  in  accordance
with the rules promulgated thereunder.

          (e)  Representations     and     Warranties.      All
representations  and  warranties  made  by Buyer and the Seller
shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of
the time of the Closing with the same effect  as though made on
and as of such date, except to the extent waived  in  its  sole
discretion by the recipient of the representation and warranty.

     2.2  Delivery  of  the M/V Rita Candies.  Upon delivery by
the  Seller to the Buyer of  (i)  all  documents  specified  in
Section  2.1(b)(1) and (2) with respect to the M/V Rita Candies
and (ii) such  certificates  and  documentation received by the
Seller  upon  the completion of the modification,  upgrade  and
lengthening of  the  M/V  Rita  Candies  in accordance with the
specifications listed on Schedule "A" hereto  with  respect  to
such  Vessel,  the Seller will deliver the remaining $7,000,000
of the Purchase  Price  to  the  Seller  by  wire  transfer  of
immediately  available  funds  to  an account designated by the
Seller  and  Seller  shall cause the M/V  Rita  Candies  to  be
delivered  to the Buyer.   The  Buyer  and  Seller  shall  each
execute and deliver to one another a certificate of the Buyer's
acceptance and  the  Seller's  delivery as of 11:59 p.m. on the
date of the delivery of the M/V Rita Candies in accordance with
this Section 2.2.  All representations  made  by  the Buyer and
the  Seller  herein  shall be true and correct in all  material
respects on and as of  the time of the delivery of the M/V Rita
Candies in accordance with this Section with the same effect as
though made on and as of such date, except to the extent waived
in its sole discretion by  the  recipient of the representation
and warranty and except to the extent  such  representation  or
warranty  pertains  to  any  Vessel  other  than  the  M/V Rita
Candies.

                            SECTION 3
             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

     The   Seller   makes  the  following  representations  and
warranties to the Buyer:

     3.1  Organization,  Existence  and  Corporate  Power.  The
Seller is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and
in  good standing under the laws of the State of Louisiana  and
has all  requisite  corporate  power  and authority to execute,
deliver and perform its obligations under  this  Agreement  and
the  other documents, certificates and instruments contemplated
hereby and thereby.  The Seller has not been and is not engaged
in the  business  of selling tangible personal property similar
to the Vessels and  the Seller has not and does not hold itself
out to be engaged in such business.

     3.2  Authorization and Execution.  The execution, delivery
and performance of this  Agreement  and  the  other  documents,
certificates  and  instruments  contemplated hereby and thereby
and  the consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby
and thereby  have  been  duly  authorized  and  approved by all
requisite  corporate  action  on the part of the Seller.   This
Agreement  and,  when  executed  and   delivered,   each  other
document,  certificate  and instrument required to be executed,
has been duly executed and  delivered by the Seller constitutes
or will constitute the legal,  valid and binding obligations of
the  Seller  enforceable  against it  in  accordance  with  the
respective terms hereof and thereof.

     3.3  Conflict.   Neither   the   execution,   delivery  or
performance   by   the   Seller   of  this  Agreement  nor  the
consummation  of  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  will
violate or contravene the Seller's articles  or  certificate of
incorporation  or any judgment, decree, order or award  of  any
court  or  other  governmental  agency  or  any  law,  rule  or
regulation applicable to the Seller or any of its properties or
assets or conflict  with, result in a breach of or constitute a
default  under,  any  agreement,   instrument   or  contractual
obligation to which the Seller is a party or by which it or its
properties are bound.

     3.4  Title;  No Encumbrance.  The Seller has  good,  valid
and marketable title  to the Vessels, and all of the Vessels on
the Closing Date shall  be,  free  and  clear of all mortgages,
security   interests,   debts,   claims,  liens,   libels   and
encumbrances  of  any  kind whatsoever  ("Encumbrances").   The
Seller will warrant and  defend the Buyer's title in and to the
Vessels  against  the  claims   and   demands  of  all  persons
whomsoever.  All of the Vessels are U.S.  flagged  vessels  and
are  qualified  to  engage  in the coastwide trade and none has
been  disqualified from their  intended  service  by  the  U.S.
Maritime  Administration.   At all times the Seller has been "a
citizen of the United States"  within  the meaning of Section 2
of the Shipping Act of 1916, as amended.   The Vessels are duly
documented in the name of the Seller with the  U.S. Coast Guard
and  each of the Vessels has and as of the Closing  Date,  will
have current  certificates  of  inspection  (except for the M/V
Nicki Marie Candies, the M/V Beulah Candies and  the  M/V Adele
Candies) and documentation in effect with the U.S. Coast  Guard
and  an  American  Bureau  of Shipping loadline certificate, in
each case free of reportable  exceptions or notations of record
and each of the Vessels is currently  operating within the U.S.
Gulf of Mexico except for (i) the M/V Adele Candies and the M/V
Beulah Candies, which are operating between  points in the Gulf
of  Mexico  and the Caribbean, and (ii) the M/V  Rita  Candies,
which is being  modified,  upgraded  and  lengthened and is not
currently  in  operation,  but  which  will  have   a   current
certificate  of  inspection  and  such  other  documentation in
effect  with  the U.S. Coast Guard and the American  Bureau  of
Shipping as specified in this Section 3.4 when delivered to the
Buyer pursuant to Section 2.2.

     3.5  Litigation.   There  are  no  legal  actions,  suits,
arbitrations,  government  investigations  or  other  legal  or
administrative  proceedings, nor any order, decree or judgement
pending, or in effect, or threatened against or relating to the
Vessels or the Seller  in  connection  with  or relating to the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     3.6  Taxes.  The Seller has duly and timely  prepared  and
filed   with   the  appropriate  governmental  authorities  all
returns, reports,  information returns or other documents filed
or required to be filed  with such governmental authorities and
has paid any taxes or other amounts due in respect thereof that
if unpaid could result in a claim by any governmental authority
against any of the Vessels or the Buyer.

                            SECTION 4
           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER

     The  Buyer  represents  and  warrants  to  the  Seller  as
follows:

     4.1  Organization,  Existence  and  Corporate  Power.  The
Buyer is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing  and
in  good  standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and
has all requisite  corporate  power  to  execute,  deliver  and
perform its obligations under this Agreement.

     4.2  Authorization and Execution.  The execution, delivery
and  performance  of this Agreement and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated  hereby have been duly authorized and
approved by all requisite corporate  action of the Buyer.  This
Agreement constitutes the legal, valid  and  binding obligation
of  the  Buyer  enforceable against it in accordance  with  its
terms.

     4.3  Conflict.    Neither   the   execution,  delivery  or
performance by the Buyer of this Agreement nor the consummation
of  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  will  violate  the
Buyer's  certificate  of  incorporation  or   by-laws   or  any
judgment,  decree,  order  or  award  of  any  court  or  other
governmental  agency  or any law, rule or regulation applicable
to the Buyer or its property or assets or conflict with, result
in a breach of or constitute  a  default under, any contractual
obligation of the Buyer.

     4.4  Citizenship.  The Buyer  is  a "citizen of the United
States" as such term is defined in Section  2  of  the Shipping
Act  of 1916, as amended, qualified to engage in the  trade  in
which   each   Vessel  or  the  M/V  Rita  Candies  is,  or  is
contemplated to be, employed.

     4.5  Litigation.   There  are  no  legal  actions,  suits,
arbitrations,  government  investigations  or  other  legal  or
administrative  proceedings,  nor any order, decree or judgment
pending, or in effect, or threatened against or relating to the
Buyer  in  connection  with  or relating  to  the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

                            SECTION 5
                           TERMINATION

     5.1  Termination.  (a)  This  Agreement  may,  by  written
notice  given at or prior to the Closing, be terminated:    (i)
by mutual  consent  of  the  Seller  and the Buyer; (ii) by the
Seller or the Buyer if there has been  a material breach by the
other of any representation, warranty or  covenant contained in
this Agreement that shall not have been cured  or waived by the
other  party prior to the earlier of ten days following  notice
of such  breach  and  the  Closing  Date; (iii) by the Buyer in
accordance with Section 1.5(b) following  the completion of its
due diligence investigation specified therein;  or  (iv) by the
Seller  or  the Buyer if the conditions to Closing required  by
Section 2.1 shall  not  have  been  met or waived by August 31,
1997, or the Closing has not occurred  by  such date; provided,
however, that the party whose breach of its representations and
warranties in this Agreement or whose failure to perform any of
its covenants and agreements under this Agreement  has resulted
in the failure of the Closing to occur on or before  such  date
shall  not  be entitled to terminate this Agreement pursuant to
clause (iv) of this Section 5.1(a).

          (b)  The  obligation of the Buyer to pay that portion
of the Purchase Price  allocated  to  the  M/V  Rita Candies in
accordance  with  Section  2.2  and the Seller's obligation  to
deliver  and sell the M/V Rita Candies  to  the  Buyer  may  be
terminated:  (i)  by  the  mutual consent of the Seller and the
Buyer; (ii) by the Seller or  the  Buyer  if  there  has been a
material breach by the other of any representation, warranty or
covenant  contained in this Agreement that shall not have  been
cured or waived  by the other party prior to the earlier of ten
days following notice  of  delivery  of the M/V Rita Candies in
accordance  with  Section  2.2;  (iii)  by  the  Buyer  if  the
documents required to be delivered by the Seller by Section 2.2
shall not have delivered or the delivery  thereof waived by the
Buyer  by September 1, 1997, or the M/V Rita  Candies  has  not
been delivered  to the Seller in accordance with Section 2.2 by
such date; provided,  however,  that  the party whose breach of
its representations and warranties in this  Agreement  or whose
failure  to  perform  any of its covenants and agreements under
this Agreement has resulted  in the failure of the delivery and
sale of the M/V Rita Candies on  or  before  September  1, 1997
shall  not be entitled to terminate this Agreement pursuant  to
clause (iii) of this Section 5.1(b).

     5.2  Effect of Termination; Survival.  Upon termination of
this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.1(a), this Agreement shall
be void  and  of  no  effect and there shall be no liability by
reason of this Agreement or the termination thereof on the part
of any party except for  any  liability arising out of a breach
of  any  covenant  in  this Agreement  prior  to  the  date  of
termination or any covenant  that  survives  pursuant  to  this
Section  5.2.   The  following  provisions  shall  survive  any
termination of this Agreement: Sections 1.5(d), 5.2 and Section
6.

                            SECTION 6
                          MISCELLANEOUS

     6.1  Indemnification  of Buyer by Seller.  (a)  The Seller
hereby agrees to pay and assume  liability for, and does hereby
agree to indemnify, protect, save  and keep harmless the Buyer,
from and against any and all liabilities,  obligations, losses,
damages, penalties, claims (including claims by any employee of
such Seller or any of its servants, crew or  agents),  actions,
suits  and related costs, expenses and disbursements, including
reasonable  legal  fees  and  expenses,  of whatsoever kind and
nature,  imposed  on,  asserted  against or incurred  by  Buyer
(collectively, "Losses"), in any way relating to or arising out
of or alleged to be attributable to,  related to or arising out
of (i) any inaccuracy in any representation  or warranty of the
Seller in this Agreement or any breach or nonfulfillment of any
covenant,  agreement  or other obligation of the  Seller,  (ii)
Encumbrances arising as  a  matter of law from events occurring
prior to the Closing Date or,  in  the case of and with respect
to  the  M/V Rita Candies, prior to its  delivery  pursuant  to
Section 2.2,  or  (iii)  subject  to the general principles set
forth in Section 1.3, any Losses sustained by Buyer arising out
of or related to Seller's ownership or operation of the Vessels
prior  to the Closing Date or, in the  case  of  the  M/V  Rita
Candies, prior to its delivery pursuant to Section 2.2.

          (b)  The representations and warranties of the Seller
to the Buyer  and the obligation of the Seller to indemnify the
Buyer pursuant  to  Section  6.1(a)  shall  survive the Closing
until  July  31, 2000, except in the case of a  breach  of,  or
claim  for  indemnification   based   on   the   breach  of,  a
representation  or  warranty  contained in Section 3.4  hereof;
provided that the termination of  the  Seller's  obligation  to
indemnify  the Buyer contained in this Section 6.1(b) shall not
apply to indemnification  for Losses which has been the subject
of a written notice to the Seller prior to July 31, 2000, which
notice  will preserve such claim  until  it  is  liquidated  or
otherwise finally resolved pursuant to the procedures set forth
in Section 6.3 hereof.

     6.2  Indemnification of Seller by Buyer.  (a) Buyer hereby
agrees to  pay  and assume liability for, and does hereby agree
to indemnify, protect,  save and keep harmless the Seller, from
and against any and all Losses  imposed on, asserted against or
incurred by the Seller, in any way  relating  to or arising out
of or alleged to be attributable to, related to  or arising out
of (i) any inaccuracy in any representation or warranty  of the
Buyer in this Agreement or any breach or nonfulfillment of  any
covenant  agreement  or other obligation of the Buyer, (ii) any
Losses sustained by Seller  arising  out  of  or related to the
Buyer's ownership or operation of the Vessels after the Closing
Date,  or  in  the  case  of  the  M/V Rita Candies, after  its
delivery pursuant to Section 2.2 or (iii) any and all liability
for bodily injury or property damage resulting from the actions
or  in  actions  of  the  Buyer,  its  employees,   agents   or
representatives  (collectively,  its  "Agents")  during any due
diligence investigation conducted by the Buyer or  any  of  its
Agents pursuant to Section 1.5(b) or 1.5(c) hereof.

          (b)  The  representations and warranties of the Buyer
to the Seller and the  obligation of the Buyer to indemnify the
Seller pursuant to Section  6.2(a)  shall  survive  the Closing
until  July  31,  2000;  provided  that the termination of  the
Buyer's obligation to indemnify the  Seller  contained  in this
Section  6.2(b)  shall  not apply to indemnification for Losses
which has been the subject  of  a  written  notice to the Buyer
prior to July 31, 2000, which notice will preserve  such  claim
until  it  is liquidated or otherwise finally resolved pursuant
to the procedures set forth in Section 6.3 hereof.

     6.3  Notice  and  Defense  of  Third Party Claims.  If any
third  party  demand,  claim,  action or  proceeding  shall  be
brought or asserted under this Section 6 against an indemnified
party or any successor thereto (the  "Indemnified  Person")  in
respect  of  which indemnity may be sought under this Section 6
from an indemnifying  person  or  any  successor  thereto  (the
"Indemnifying  Person"),  the  Indemnified  Person  shall  give
prompt  written  notice  thereof to the Indemnifying Person who
shall  have  the right to assume  its  defense,  including  the
hiring of counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to the Indemnified
Person and the payment of all expenses; except  that  any delay
or  failure  to so notify the Indemnifying Person shall relieve
the Indemnifying Person of its obligations under this Section 6
only to the extent,  if at all, that it is prejudiced by reason
of such delay or failure.   The  Indemnified  Person shall have
the  right to employ separate counsel in any of  the  foregoing
actions,  claims  or  proceedings  and  to  participate  in the
defense  thereof,  but  the  fees  and expenses of such counsel
shall be at the expense of the Indemnified  Person  unless both
the Indemnified Person and the Indemnifying Person are named as
parties   and  the  Indemnified  Person  shall  in  good  faith
determine  that   representation   by   the   same  counsel  is
inappropriate.   In  the  event  that the Indemnifying  Person,
within ten days after notice of any  such action or claim, does
not assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified  Personal shall
have  the  right  to  undertake  the  defense,  compromise   or
settlement  of such action, claim or proceeding for the account
of  the Indemnifying  Person,  subject  to  the  right  of  the
Indemnifying Person to assume the defense of such action, claim
or proceeding  with  counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to  the
Indemnified  Person  at  any  time  prior  to  the  settlement,
compromise  or final determination thereof.  Anything  in  this
Section 6 to  the  contrary  notwithstanding,  the Indemnifying
Person  shall  not,  without  the  Indemnified  Person's  prior
consent, settle or compromise any action or claim or consent to
the entry of any judgment with respect to any action,  claim or
proceeding  for  anything other than money damages paid by  the
Indemnifying Person.   The Indemnifying Person may, without the
Indemnified Person's prior  consent,  settle  or compromise any
such  action, claim or proceeding or consent to  entry  of  any
judgment with respect to any such action or claim that requires
solely  the payment of money damages by the Indemnifying Person
and that  includes as an unconditional term thereof the release
by the claimant or the plaintiff of the Indemnified Person from
all liability  in  respect of such action, claim or proceeding.
The Indemnifying Party shall promptly reimburse the Indemnified
Party for the amount  of  any judgment rendered with respect to
any third party demand, claim, action or proceeding and for all
damages incurred by the Indemnified  Party  in  connection with
the defense of such demand, claim, action or proceedings.

     6.4  Expenses.   The Buyer and the Seller shall  each  pay
their own out-of-pocket  fees  and expenses, including, without
limitation, all legal, accounting,  advisory  or other fees and
expenses,   arising   in   connection   with  any  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

     6.5  Negotiations.  During the period  from  the  date  of
this  Agreement  until  the  earlier  of  the  Closing  or  the
termination  of this Agreement, Seller shall cease any existing
negotiations  and   shall   cause  their  respective  officers,
employees, representatives and  agents,  not to take any action
(or  permit any other person acting for or  on  their  behalf),
directly  or  indirectly,  to  solicit or initiate or encourage
inquiries or proposals from, or  participate  in discussions or
negotiations   with,   or  provide  any  information  to,   any
corporation, partnership,  person  or  other  entity  or  group
(other than the Buyer) concerning the sale of any Vessel.

     6.6  Entire   Agreement;  Amendments  and  Waivers.   This
Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of
the parties with respect  to  the  subject  matter  hereof  and
hereby supersedes any other prior agreement of the parties with
respect  to  the  matters  set  forth herein whether written or
oral.  No modification, waiver or  amendment  of this Agreement
shall   be  effective  unless  such  modification,  waiver   or
amendment  shall  be  in  writing  and  executed by the parties
hereto.

     6.7  Notices.   Except  as  may  otherwise   be  expressly
provided herein, any notice herein required or permitted  to be
given shall be in writing or by telex or facsimile transmission
with  subsequent  written  confirmation,  and may be personally
served,  sent  by  United States mail or by overnight  delivery
service providing for  evidence  of receipt and shall be deemed
to have been given upon receipt by the party notified.  For the
purposes hereof, the addresses of  the  parties  hereto  (until
notice  of  a  change  thereof is delivered as provided in this
Section 6.7) shall be as  set  forth opposite each party's name
on the signature page hereof.

     6.8  Severability; Counterparts.  In case any provision of
or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction,  the  validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions  or  obligations, or
of  such  provision  or  obligation  in any other jurisdiction,
shall  not  in any way be affected or impaired  thereby.   This
Agreement may  be  executed  by  the parties hereto in separate
counterparts,  each  of which when so  executed  and  delivered
shall  be an original,  but  all  of  such  counterparts  shall
together constitute one and the same instrument.

     6.9  Governing  Law.  This agreement shall be construed in
accordance with U.S. maritime  law  and the substantive laws of
the State of Louisiana.

     6.10 Successors  and  Assigns.  This  Agreement  shall  be
binding upon and shall inure  to  the  benefit  of  the parties
hereto  and  their respective successors and assigns; provided,
however, that  neither  Buyer nor the Seller shall be permitted
to assign its rights under  this  Agreement  without  the prior
written consent of the other party.

     6.11 Publicity.  Neither the Buyer, the Seller nor  any of
their  respective  affiliates shall issue any press release  or
otherwise make any public  announcement or disclosure regarding
this  Agreement  or  the  transactions   contemplated   hereby.
However,  the  Buyer shall be entitled to make such disclosures
to the extent required  by  any  applicable  law or regulation;
provided that the Buyer shall first consult in  good faith with
the   Seller   regarding   the  necessity  and  scope  of  such
disclosure.

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the   parties  have  executed  this
Agreement as of the date first above written.

The Buyer's address is:           BUYER:

610 Palm Avenue                   TRICO MARINE ASSETS, INC.
Houma, Louisiana  70364
Telephone:  504-693-7661
Facsimile:  504-693-7662          By: /s/ Thomas E. Fairley
                                     ------------------------
                                      Thomas E. Fairley
                                          President

The Seller's address is:          SELLER:

P. O. Box 25                      OTTO CANDIES, INC.
Des Allemands, Louisiana 70030
Telephone:   504-469-7700
Facsimile:   504-469-7740         By: /s/ Paul Candies
                                     ------------------------
                                          Paul Candies
                                           President

                                                       
                                                       
                                                       
                                                       SCHEDULE A


  Name of Vessel          Official Number
M/V Blanche Candies           615324
M/V Lena Candies              597276
M/V Ashley Candies            667650
M/V Agnes Candies             659398
M/V Juanita Candies           693268
M/V Hatty Candies             607942
M/V Kathy Candies             600827
M/V Jeanne Candies            603111
M/V Adele Candies             559292
M/V Beulah Candies            542117
M/V Nicki Marie Candies       517536
M/V Rita Candies              569491

Set  forth  below are the specifications of each of the vessels
and the various  material  pieces  of  machinery  or  equipment
comprising  the vessels.  The particulars contained herein  are
to the best of  the  Seller's  knowledge  correct,  but are not
guaranteed.


                               A-1

                M/V BLANCHE CANDIES SPECIFICATIONS

REGISTRATION:  Official No.:   615324
               Port:   Houma, LA
               Year Built:   1979
               Builder:  Halter Marine
               Year Redesigned:   1995
               Shipyard:   Service Marine
               Net Tonnage:   188
               Gross Tonnage:   276

DIMENSIONS:    Length:   205
(in feet)      Beam:   44
               Depth:   15
               Light Draft:   10.5
               Maximum Draft:   13
               Clear Deck Space
                  Length:   143
                  Width:   36

POWERED BY:    Main Engines
                  No.:   2
                  Mfg.:   EMD
               Model:   12-645-E2
               I.H.P.:   4200
               B.H.P.:   3600
               S.H.P.:   3000
               Speed:   12 Kts.
               Bow Thruster:   Bird-Johnson
               Model:   10-200 HP

CAPACITIES:    Fuel (gals.):   100,000
               Pump Rate:   18,000 gal./hr @ 130' hd.
               Ballast Water (gals.):   212,143
               Pump Rate:
               Potable Water (gals.):   1,200
               Lube Oil:   3,056
               Calcium (Bromide-Chloride):   60,928 U.S. Gals.
               Drill Mud and Cement Tanks
                  No.:   3
                  Capacity:   2,000 cu. ft. per tank
               Liquid Mud:   1,485 barrels
               Cargo Capacity (tons):   1,000

QUARTERS:      Certified to Carry:   23
               State Rooms:   4
               Berths:   7


                               A-2

                 M/V LENA CANDIES SPECIFICATIONS

REGISTRATION:  Official No.:   597276
               Port:   Houma, LA
               Year Built:   1979
               Builder:   Burton Shipyard
               Year Redesigned:   1994
               Shipyard:   Elmwood Drydock
               Net Tonnage:   194
               Gross Tonnage:   286

DIMENSIONS:    Length:   205
(in feet)      Beam:   44
               Depth:   15
               Light Draft:   10.5
               Maximum Draft:   13
               Clear Deck Space
                  Length:   143
                  Width:   36

POWERED BY:    Main Engines
                  No.:   2
                  Mfg.:   EMD
               Model:   12-645-E2
               I.H.P.:   4200
               B.H.P.:   3600
               S.H.P.:   3000
               Speed:   12 Kts.
               Bow Thruster:   Bird-Johnson
               Model:   10-300 HP

CAPACITIES:    Fuel (gals.):   100,000
               Pump Rate:   18,000 gal./hr. @ 130' hd.
               Ballast Water (gals.):   213,143
               Pump Rate:
               Potable Water (gals.):   1,200
               Lube Oil:   3,056
               Calcium (Bromide-Chloride):   60,928 U.S. Gals.
               Drill Mud and Cement Tanks
                  No.:   3
                  Capacity:   2,000 cu. ft. per tank
               Liquid Mud:   1,485 barrels
               Cargo Capacity (tons):   1,000

QUARTERS:      Certified to Carry:   17
               State Rooms:   4
               Berths:   7


                               A-3

                M/V ASHLEY CANDIES SPECIFICATIONS

REGISTRATION:  Official No.:   667650
               Port:   Houma, LA
               Year Built:   1983
               Builder:   Halter Marine, Inc.
               Year Redesigned:   N/A
               Shipyard:   N/A
               Net Tonnage:   202.00
               Gross Tonnage:   297.80

DIMENSIONS:    Length:   190
(in feet)      Beam:   44
               Depth:   15
               Light Draft:   10.5
               Maximum Draft:   13
               Clear Deck Space
                  Length:   75
                  Width:   36

POWERED BY:    Main Engines
                  No.:   2
                  Mfg.:   EMD
               Model:   16-645-E2
               I.H.P.:   5000
               B.H.P.:   4300
               S.H.P.:   3900
               Speed:   12 Kts.
               Bow Thruster:   Bird-Johnson
               Model:   10-300 HP

CAPACITIES:    Fuel (gals.):   115,500
               Pump Rate:   18,000 gal./hr. @ 130' hd.
               Ballast Water (gals.):   213,000
               Pump Rate:   34,200 gal./hr @ 130' hd.
               Potable Water (gals.):   1,200
               Lube Oil:   3,056
               Calcium (Bromide-Chloride):   60,000 U.S. Gals.
               Drill Mud and Cement Tanks
                  No.:   2
                  Capacity:   2,150 cu. ft. ea.
               Liquid Mud:   1,250 barrels
               Cargo Capacity (tons):   1,000

QUARTERS:      Certified to Carry:   30 persons
               State Rooms:   5
               Berths:   14


                               A-4

                 M/V AGNES CANDIES SPECIFICATIONS

REGISTRATION:  Official No.:   659398
               Port:   Houma, LA
               Year Built:   1983
               Builder:   Halter Marine, Inc.
               Year Redesigned:   N/A
               Shipyard:   N/A
               Net Tonnage:   202.00
               Gross Tonnage:   297.80

DIMENSIONS:    Length:   190
(in feet)      Beam:   44
               Depth:   15
               Light Draft:   10.5
               Maximum Draft: 13
               Clear Deck Space
                  Length:   120
                  Width:   13

POWERED BY:    Main Engines
                  No.:   2
                  Mfg.:   EMD
               Model:   12-645-E2
               I.H.P.:   4200
               B.H.P.:   3600
               S.H.P.:   3000
               Speed:   12 Kts.
               Bow Thruster: Bird-Johnson
               Model:   10-300 HP

CAPACITIES:    Fuel (gals.):   115,500
               Pump Rate:   18,000 gal./hr. @ 130' hd.
               Ballast Water (gals.):   213,000
               Pump Rate:   34,200 gal./hr. @ 130' hd.
               Potable Water (gals.):   1,200
               Lube Oil:   3,056
               Calcium (Bromide-Chloride):   60,000 U.S. Gals.
               Drill Mud and Cement Tanks
                  No.:   2
                  Capacity:   2,150 cu. ft. ea.
               Liquid Mud:   1,250 barrels
               Cargo Capacity (tons):   1,000

QUARTERS:      Certified to Carry:   18 Persons
               State Rooms:   5
               Berths:   14


                               A-5

                M/V JUANITA CANDIES SPECIFICATIONS

REGISTRATION:  Official No.:   693268
               Port:   Houma, LA
               Year Built:   1983
               Builder:   Halter Marine, Inc.
               Year Redesigned:   N/A
               Shipyard:   N/A
               Net Tonnage:   202.00
               Gross Tonnage:   297.80

DIMENSIONS:    Length:   190
(in feet)      Beam:   44
               Depth:   15
               Light Draft:   10.5
               Maximum Draft:   13
               Clear Deck Space
                  Length:   120
                  Width:   36

POWERED BY:    Main Engines
                  No.:   2
                  Mfg.:   EMD
               Model:   16-645-E2
               I.H.P.:   5000
               B.H.P.:   4300
               S.H.P.:   3900
               Speed:   12 Kts.
               Bow Thruster:   Bird-Johnson
               Model:   10-300 HP

CAPACITIES:    Fuel (gals.):   115,500
               Pump Rate:   18,000 gal./hr. @ 130' hd.
               Ballast Water (gals.):   213,000
               Pump Rate:   34,200 gal/hr. @ 130' hd.
               Potable Water (gals.):   1,200
               Lube Oil:   3,056
               Calcium (Bromide-Chloride):   60,000 U.S. Gals.
               Drill Mud and Cement Tanks
                  No.:   2
                  Capacity:   2,150 cu. ft. ea.
               Liquid Mud:   1,250 barrels
               Cargo Capacity (tons):   1,000

QUARTERS:      Certified to Carry:   18 Persons
               State Rooms:   5
               Berths:   14


                               A-6

                 M/V HATTY CANDIES SPECIFICATIONS

REGISTRATION:  Official No.:   607942
               Port:   Houma, LA
               Year Built:   1979
               Builder:   Halter Marine, Inc.
               Year Redesigned:   N/A
               Shipyard:   N/A
               Net Tonnage:   135
               Gross Tonnage:   198.81

DIMENSIONS:    Length:   180
(in feet)      Beam:   44
               Depth:   15
               Light Draft:   10.5
               Maximum Draft:   13
               Clear Deck Space
                  Length:   118
                  Width:   36

POWERED BY:    Main Engines
                  No.:   2
                  Mfg.:   EMD
               Model:   12-645-E2
               I.H.P.:   4200
               B.H.P.:   3600
               S.H.P.:   3000
               Speed:   12 Kts.
               Bow Thruster:   Bird-Johnson
               Model:   10-300 HP

CAPACITIES:    Fuel (gals.):   100,000
               Pump Rate:   18,000 gal./hr. @ 130' hd.
               Ballast Water (gals.):   213,143
               Pump Rate:   34,200 gal./hr. @ 130' hd.
               Potable Water (gals.):   1,200
               Lube Oil:   3,056
               Calcium (Bromide-Chloride):   60,928 U.S. Gals.
               Drill Mud and Cement Tanks
                  No.:   3
                  Capacity:   2,000 cu. ft. ea.
               Liquid Mud:   None
               Cargo Capacity (tons):   820

QUARTERS:      Certified to Carry:   19 Persons
               State Rooms:   4
               Berths:   7


                               A-7

                 M/V KATHY CANDIES SPECIFICATIONS

REGISTRATION:  Official No.:   600827
               Port:   Houma, LA
               Year Built:   1978
               Builder:   Halter Marine, Inc.
               Year Redesigned:   N/A
               Shipyard:   N/A
               Net Tonnage:   196
               Gross Tonnage:   289

DIMENSIONS:    Length:   180
(in feet)      Beam:   44
               Depth:   15
               Light Draft:   10.5
               Maximum Draft:   13
               Clear Deck Space
                  Length:   118
                  Width:   36

POWERED BY:    Main Engines
                  No.:   2
                  Mfg.:   EMD
               Model:   12-645-E2
               I.H.P.:   4200
               B.H.P.:   3600
               S.H.P.:   3000
               Speed:   12 Kts.
               Bow Thruster:   Bird-Johnson
               Model:   10-300 HP

CAPACITIES:    Fuel (gals.):   83,000
               Pump Rate:   18,000 gal./hr. @ 130' hd.
               Ballast Water (gals.):   190,000
               Pump Rate:   34,200 gal./hr. @ 130' hd.
               Potable Water (gals.):   1,200
               Lube Oil:   3,056
               Calcium (Bromide-Chloride):   60,928 U.S. Gals.
               Drill Mud and Cement Tanks
                  No.:   2
                  Capacity:   2,150 cu. ft. ea.
               Liquid Mud:   1,250 barrels
               Cargo Capacity (tons):   820

QUARTERS:      Certified to Carry:   16 Persons
               State Rooms:   4
               Berths:   7


                               A-8

                M/V JEANNE CANDIES SPECIFICATIONS

REGISTRATION:  Official No.:   603111
               Port:   Houma, LA
               Year Built:   1979
               Builder:   Burton Shipyard
               Year Redesigned:   N/A
               Shipyard:   N/A
               Net Tonnage:   140
               Gross Tonnage:   207

DIMENSIONS:    Length:   180
(in feet)      Beam:   44
               Depth:   15
               Light Draft:   10.5
               Maximum Draft:   13
               Clear Deck Space
                  Length:   118
                  Width:   36

POWERED BY:    Main Engines
                  No.:   2
                  Mfg.:   EMD
               Model:   12-645-E2
               I.H.P.:   4200
               B.H.P.:   3600
               S.H.P.:   3000
               Speed:   12 Kts.
               Bow Thruster:   Bird-Johnson
               Model:   10-300 HP

CAPACITIES:    Fuel (gals.):   83,000
               Pump Rate:   18,000 gal./hr. @ 130' hd.
               Ballast Water (gals.):   190,000
               Pump Rate:   34,200 gal./hr. @ 130 hd.
               Potable Water (gals.):   1,200
               Lube Oil:   3,056
               Calcium (Bromide-Chloride):   60,928 U.S. Gals.
               Drill Mud and Cement Tanks
                  No.:   2
                  Capacity:   2,150 cu. ft. ea.
               Liquid Mud:   1,250 barrels
               Cargo Capacity (tons):   820

QUARTERS:      Certified to Carry:   13 Persons
               State Rooms:   4
               Berths:   7


                               A-9

                 M/V ADELE CANDIES SPECIFICATIONS

REGISTRATION:  Official No.:   559292
               Port:   Houma, Louisiana
               Year Built:   1974
               Builder:   Equitable Equipment Co.
               Year Redesigned:   N/A
               Shipyard:   N/A
               Net Tonnage:   133
               Gross Tonnage:   196

DIMENSIONS:    Length:   180
(in feet)      Beam:   38
               Depth:   12
               Light Draft:   10
               Maximum Draft:   12
               Clear Deck Space
                  Length:   110
                  Width:   32

POWERED BY:    Main Engines
                  No.:   2
                  Mfg.:   EMD
               Model:   12-645-E2
               I.H.P.:   4200
               B.H.P.:   3600
               S.H.P.:   3000
               Speed:   12 Kts.
               Bow Thruster:   Bird-Johnson
               Model:   10-300 HP

CAPACITIES:    Fuel (gals.):   82,000
               Pump Rate:   18,000 gal./hr. @ 130' hd.
               Ballast Water (gals.):   223,000
               Pump Rate:   34,200 gal./hr. @ 130' hd.
               Potable Water (gals.):   1,200
               Lube Oil:   2,000
               Calcium (Bromide-Chloride):   47,000 U.S.  Gals.
               (not certified)
               Drill Mud and Cement Tanks
                  No.:   2
                  Capacity:   1,800 cu. ft. ea.
               Liquid Mud:
               Cargo Capacity (tons):   470

QUARTERS:      Certified to Carry:   18 Persons (not certified)
               State Rooms:   5
               Berths:   17


                               A-10

                M/V BEULAH CANDIES SPECIFICATIONS

REGISTRATION:  Official No.:   542117
               Port:   Houma, Louisiana
               Year Built:   1972
               Builder:   Burton Shipyards
               Year Redesigned:   N/A
               Shipyard:   N/A
               Net Tonnage:   134
               Gross Tonnage:   197.96

DIMENSIONS:    Length:   180
(in feet)      Beam:   38
               Depth:   15
               Light Draft:   10
               Maximum Draft:   13
               Clear Deck Space
                  Length:   110
                  Width:   32

POWERED BY:    Main Engines
                  No.:   2
                  Mfg.:   EMD
               Model:   12-645-E2
               I.H.P.:   4200
               B.H.P.:   3600
               S.H.P.:   3000
               Speed:   14 Kts.
               Bow Thruster:
               Model:

CAPACITIES:    Fuel (gals.):   69,760
               Pump Rate:   18,000 gal./hr. @ 130' hd.
               Ballast Water (gals.):   235,600
               Pump Rate:   34,200 gal./hr. @ 130' hd.
               Potable Water (gals.):   1,200
               Lube Oil:   2,000
               Calcium (Bromide-Chloride):
               Drill Mud and Cement Tanks
                  No.:
                  Capacity:
               Liquid Mud:
               Cargo Capacity (tons):   470

QUARTERS:      Certified to Carry:   28 Persons (not certified)
               State Rooms:   9
               Berths:   24


                               A-11

              M/V NICKI MARIE CANDIES SPECIFICATIONS

REGISTRATION:  Official No.:   517536
               Port:   Houma, Louisiana
               Year Built:   1968
               Builder:   American Marine
               Year Redesigned:   1981
               Shipyard:   American Shipyard
               Net Tonnage:   132.00
               Gross Tonnage:   195.00

DIMENSIONS:    Length:   166
(in feet)      Beam:   38
               Depth:   14
               Light Draft:   8.5
               Maximum Draft:   12
               Clear Deck Space
                  Length:   110
                  Width:   30

POWERED BY:    Main Engines
                  No.:   2
                  Mfg.:   Detroit Diesel
               Model:   16V-92
               I.H.P.:   1800
               B.H.P.:   1500
               S.H.P.:   1200
               Speed:   12 Kts.
               Bow Thruster:
               Model:

CAPACITIES:    Fuel (gals.):   52,000
               Pump Rate:   450 GPM
               Ballast Water (gals.):   168,400
               Pump Rate:   450 GPM
               Potable Water (gals.):   7,300
               Lube Oil:   2,000
               Calcium (Bromide-Chloride):
               Drill Mud and Cement Tanks
                  No.:
                  Capacity:
               Liquid Mud:
               Cargo Capacity (tons):   575 l.t.

QUARTERS:      Certified to Carry:   23 Persons (not certified)
               State Rooms:   6
               Berths:   23


                               A-12

                 M/V RITA CANDIES SPECIFICATIONS
(See attached drawing which is incorporated herein as a part of
this Schedule A)

REGISTRATION:  Official No.:   569491
               Port:   Houma, Louisiana
               Year Built:   1975
               Builder:   Nashville Bridge Co.
               Year Redesigned:   1997
               Shipyard:   Hudson Drydock
               Net Tonnage:
               Gross Tonnage:

DIMENSIONS:    Length:   225
(in feet)      Beam:   40
               Depth:   18
               Light Draft:   11 ft.
               Maximum Draft:   15.5 ft.
               Clear Deck Space
                  Length:   140
                  Width:   32

POWERED BY:    Main Engines:
                  No.:   2
                  Mfg.:   EMD
               Model:   16-645-E5
               I.H.P.:   7500
               B.H.P.:   6300
               S.H.P.:   5750
               Speed:   14 kt.
               Bow Thruster:   kamome
               Model:   550 hp.

CAPACITIES:    Fuel (gals.):   176,772 gals.
               Pump Rate:   18,680 gals./hr. @ 130' hd.
               Ballast Water (gals.):   117,250
               Pump Rate:   34,000 gph @ 130'hd
               Potable Water (gals.):   1200
               Lube Oil:   6,200
               Drill Mud and Cement Tanks
                  No.:   4
                  Capacity:   1,500 cu. ft. ea.
               Liquid Mud:   3,200 barrels
               Cargo Capacity (tons):   425

QUARTERS:      Certified to Carry:   25 Persons
               State Rooms:   10
               Berths:   25

                                                             


                                                     EXHIBIT 10.2



                        AMENDMENT NO. 5

                        to that certain

                  REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

     This  AMENDMENT NO. 5 (this "Amendment"), dated as of July
16, 1997, is by and among TRICO MARINE OPERATORS, INC. ("Marine
Operators"),  TRICO MARINE ASSETS, INC. ("Marine Assets") (each
of Marine Operators  and Marine Assets is referred to herein as
a "Borrower" and collectively as the "Borrowers"), TRICO MARINE
SERVICES,  INC. (the "Parent"),  BANKBOSTON,  N.A.  (f/k/a  The
First National  Bank  of Boston), HIBERNIA NATIONAL BANK, FIRST
NATIONAL BANK OF COMMERCE  and  such other lending institutions
as may become parties to the Credit Agreement referred to below
(collectively, the "Banks") and BANKBOSTON,  N.A.  as agent for
the Banks (the "Agent").

     WHEREAS,  the  Borrowers,  the  Parent, the Banks and  the
Agent are parties to that certain Revolving  Credit  Agreement,
dated  as  of July 26, 1996 (as amended, restated, modified  or
supplemented  and  in  effect  from  time  to time, the "Credit
Agreement"),  pursuant to which the Banks, upon  certain  terms
and conditions,  have  agreed  to  make  loans and to otherwise
extend credit to the Borrowers; and

     WHEREAS, the Borrowers and the Parent  have  informed  the
Banks  and  the  Agent that (i) they intend to acquire selected
assets of Otto Candies, Inc. (the "Acquisition") and to finance
the Acquisition with  the  proceeds  of  the  issuance of up to
$110,000,000 in Senior Notes of the Parent (the "Senior Notes")
and (ii) the obligations of the Parent under the  Senior  Notes
shall be guaranteed by the Borrowers; and

     WHEREAS,  the  Borrowers  and the Parent have informed the
Banks and the Agent that HOS Marine  Partners, Inc. ("HOS") has
been merged into Marine Assets, with Marine  Assets  being  the
surviving corporation of such merger (the "HOS Merger");

     WHEREAS,  the Borrowers and the Parent have requested that
the Banks and the  Agent  agree  to amend certain provisions of
the Credit Agreement; and

     WHEREAS, the Banks and the Agent  have  agreed, subject to
the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set  forth herein,
to so amend the Credit Agreement;

     WHEREAS,  capitalized terms which are used herein  without
definition and which  are defined in the Credit Agreement shall
have the same meanings herein as in the Credit Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, the  Borrowers,  the Parent, the Banks and
the Agent hereby agree as follows:

     Section 1.  Amendments to the Credit Agreement.   Subject  to the
satisfaction  of  the  conditions  precedent  set  forth  in Section 4
hereof, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

     Section 1.1 Definitions.  Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement  is
hereby amended as follows:

     (a)  by  adding  the  following new definitions thereto in
the correct alphabetical sequence:

          Adjustment  Date.    The   first  day  of  the  month
     immediately  following  the month in  which  a  Compliance
     Certificate is delivered  by  the  Borrowers  pursuant  to
     Section 8.4(c) hereof.

          Applicable Margin.  (a) With respect to any Base Rate
     Loan  and  any  Eurodollar  Rate Loan, and for each period
     commencing  on  an  Adjustment  Date   through   the  date
     immediately  preceding  the  next Adjustment Date (each  a
     "Rate Adjustment Period"), the  Applicable Margin shall be
     the   applicable   margin  per  annum  set   forth   below
     corresponding to the ratio of (i) consolidated Funded Debt
     of the Parent and its  Subsidiaries, determined at the end
     of the fiscal quarter of  the  Parent  ending  immediately
     prior   to   the   applicable   Adjustment  Date  to  (ii)
     Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent and its Subsidiaries for
     the period of four (4) consecutive  fiscal quarters of the
     Parent   ending   immediately  prior  to  the   applicable
     Adjustment Date:

  Level          Ratio of             Base           Eurodollar
            consolidated Funded     Rate Loans       Rate Loans
            Debt / Consolidated
                  EBITDA
  =====     ===================     ==========       ==========
            
    I       greater than or equal      0.50%            1.75%
            to 2.5:1.0
    
    II      greater than or equal      0.25%            1.50%
            to 2.0:1.0 and less 
            than 2.5:1.0

    III     greater than or equal       0%              1.25%
            to 1.5:1.0 and less than
            2.0:1.0
    
    IV      greater than or equal       0%              1.0%
            to 1.0:1.0 and less than
            1.5:1.0

     V      less than 1.0:1.0           0%               .75%
      
     (b)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing, the Applicable Margin for each Loan 
shall not be lower  than  the Applicable Margin  for Level II set forth in the 
table above until the Adjustment Date next following the delivery to the Banks
of  the  financial  statements  of  the  Parent and its Subsidiaries  (and the
corresponding Compliance Certificate relating thereto) for the fiscal year  of 
the Borrowers ending on December 31, 1997.

     (c)  If  the  Borrowers  shall  fail to deliver any Compliance Certificate
pursuant to Section 8.4(c) hereof, then, for the period commencing on the date
such Compliance Certificate was due pursuant to Section 8.4(c) through  the 
Adjustment Date immediately  following  the  date  on  which  such  Compliance  
Certificate  is delivered,  the Applicable Margin for each Loan shall be that 
corresponding  to Level I in the table above.

     Consolidated  EBITDA.   For any period, the consolidated Net Income of the
Parent and its Subsidiaries for  such  period,  after  all  expenses  and other
proper  charges, but before payment or provision for any income taxes, interest
expense,  depreciation  or  amortization  for  such  period,  determined  on  a
consolidated  basis  for  such  Persons  in  accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles.

     Ineligible Securities.  Securities which  may not be underwritten or dealt
in  by  member banks of the Federal Reserve System  under  Section  16  of  the
Banking Act of 1993 (12 U.S.C. Section 24, Seventh), as amended.

     Section   20  Subsidiary.   A  Subsidiary  of  the  bank  holding  company
controlling any  Bank,  which  Subsidiary  has  been  granted  authority by the
Federal Reserve Board to underwrite and deal in certain Ineligible Securities.

     Senior  Notes.  The Senior Notes due 2005 of the Parent, in  an  aggregate
principal amount  not  to  exceed $110,000,000, guaranteed by the Borrowers and
issued pursuant to such documentation  as  shall have been previously delivered
to, and approved by, the Agent.

     Tangible Asset Amount.  With respect to any Person, an amount equal to the
total book value all assets of such Person minus  the  total  book value of all
assets of such Person properly classified as intangible assets  under generally
accepted accounting principles.

    (b)  by deleting the definition of "Maturity Date" set forth therein in its
entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following new definition:

          Maturity Date.  July 31, 2003.

    (c)  by deleting the definition of "Term Out Date" set forth therein in its
entirety and substituting in lieu thereof the following new definition:

          Term Out Date.  July 31, 1999.

     Section 1.2   Interest On Loans.   Section  2.5 of the Credit Agreement is
hereby amended by deleting paragraphs (a) and (b) of such Section and replacing 
them with, respectively, paragraphs (a) and (b) set forth below:

     (a)  Each  Base  Rate  Loan  shall   bear  interest  for  the  period
commencing with the Drawdown Date thereof and ending  on  the  last  day of the
Interest  Period  with respect thereto at the rate per annum equal to the  Base
Rate plus the Applicable Margin then applicable to Base Rate Loans.  Any change
in the interest rate  resulting  from  a  change  in  the  Base  Rate  is to be
effective  at  the  beginning of the day of such change in the Base Rate.   The
Agent will give the Banks  and  the  Borrowers  prompt notice in writing of any
change in the Base Rate.

     (b)  Each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear  interest  for  the  period
commencing  with  the  Drawdown  Date thereof and ending on the last day of the
Interest Period with respect thereto  at  the  rate  per  annum  equal  to  the
Eurodollar  Rate  plus the Applicable Margin then applicable to Eurodollar Rate
Loans.

      Section 1.3  Repayment of the  Principal of  Term  Loan.  Section 3A.3 of
the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the text "December 31, 1998"
occurring  in the third line  of such Section and substituting in lieu thereof 
the text "September 30, 1999".

      Section 1.4 Interest on Term Loan. Section 3A.5(a) of the Credit Agreement
is  hereby  amended  by  deleting  clauses  (i)  and  (ii) of  such Section and
replacing them with, respectively, clauses (i) and (ii) set forth below:

     (i)  To the extent that all or any portion of the Term Loan is a Base Rate
Loan, the Term Loan or such portion  shall  bear  interest during such Interest
Period at the rate per annum equal to the Base Rate  plus the Applicable Margin
then applicable to Base Rate Loans.  Any change in the  interest rate resulting
from a change in the Base Rate is to be effective at the  beginning  of the day
of  such  change  in  the  Base  Rate.   The  Agent will give the Banks and the
Borrowers prompt notice in writing of any change in the Base Rate.

     (ii) To  the  extent  that  all or any portion  of  the  Term  Loan  is  a
Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Term Loan  or such portion shall bear interest during
such Interest Period at the rate per annum  equal  to  the Eurodollar Rate plus
the Applicable Margin then applicable to Eurodollar Rate Loans.

     Section 1.5 Computations.  Section 5.4 of the Credit Agreement  is  hereby 
amended by deleting the first sentence thereof and substituting in lieu thereof
the following: "All computations  of  interest  on Base  Rate  Loans, Letter of 
Credit  Fees and  of the Commitment Fee shall be  based  on  a 365-day year and 
paid for the  actual  number of days elapsed.  All computations of interest  on
Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be based on  a 360-day year and paid for the actual
number of days elapsed."

     Section 1.6 Use of Proceeds.  Section 7.17 of the  Credit  Agreement is 
hereby amended by (i)  adding  the  words  ";  Use  of Proceeds" to the caption
of  such  Section immediately after the words "and X" and  (ii)  adding  the 
following new sentence at the end of such Section:

No portion of the proceeds of any Loans is to be used,  and  no  portion of any
Letter  of  Credit  is  to  be  obtained,  for  the  purpose  of  (a) knowingly
purchasing,  or  providing  credit  support  for  the  purchase  of, Ineligible
Securities from a Section 20 Subsidiary during any period in which such Section
20  Subsidiary  makes  a  market  in  such Ineligible Securities, (b) knowingly
purchasing,  or  providing credit support  for  the  purchase  of,  during  the
underwriting or placement  period, any Ineligible Securities being underwritten
or privately placed by a Section  20  Subsidiary,  or  (c) making, or providing
credit  support  for  the  making  of,  payments of principal  or  interest  on
Ineligible  Securities  underwritten  or  privately  placed  by  a  Section  20
Subsidiary and issued by or for the benefit  of  either of the Borrowers or any
Subsidiary or other Affiliate of the Borrowers.

     Section 1.7 Compliance Certificate. Section 8.4(c) of the Credit Agreement
is hereby amended  by  inserting  the  text  "(i)  calculating  the  ratio  of 
consolidated Funded Debt to Consolidated EBITDA for purposes of determining the
Applicable  Margin  and (ii)"after  the  words  "in reasonable detail 
computations" occurring in the fourth  line thereof.

     Section 1.8 Additional  Vessels.   The text of Section 8.14 of the Credit
Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the phrase 
"Intentionally Omitted."

     Section 1.9 Restrictions on Indebtedness.   Section  9.1  of  the  Credit 
Agreement is hereby  amended by (a) substituting the text "120 days" for the 
text  "90  days"  in subsection  (g)  of  such Section, (b) substituting the 
amount "$50,000,000" for the amount "$20,000,000" in subsection  (g)  of  such
Section and (c) (i) deleting the period at the end of paragraph (j) of such 
Section and  substituting in lieu thereof the text "; and" and (ii) inserting
the following new paragraph  (k)  at  the end of such Section:

     (k)  Indebtedness in respect of the Senior Notes in an aggregate principal
amount not to exceed $110,000,000, and all interest and fees thereunder.

     Section 1.10 Investments. Section 9.3(e) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by (i)  inserting  the  text "and such Investment  is  not  otherwise 
permitted  under Section 9.3(f)" immediately following  the  words  "not  a
Borrower" occurring in the third line thereof; (ii) inserting the word "and"
immediately before clause (ii) thereof; and (iii) deleting the text occurring
between the words ",  and (iii)" and the words "for Permitted Liens".

     Section 1.11 Investments. Section 9.3(f) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by substituting the amount "$20,000,000" for the amount  "$10,000,000"
contained therein.

     Section 1.12 Distributions. The Credit Agreement is hereby further amended
by deleting Section 9.4 thereof in its entirety and substituting in lieu 
thereof the  following  new Section 9.4:

          Section 9.4.Distributions.  Neither of the Borrowers nor the Parent 
     will make any Distributions  other  than  Distributions  by the Borrowers 
     to the Parent in an aggregate amount not to exceed in any one fiscal year
     of  the  Borrowers  the greater  of (a) the sum of (i) the scheduled 
     payments of principal and interest under the Senior Notes for such fiscal
     year plus (ii) the Borrowers' allocable share of income  taxes, franchise 
     taxes, professional fees and other operating expenses for such year (it 
     being understood that, with respect to the amount of each Borrower's 
     allocable share  of income taxes, such amount shall not exceed the amount
     of income taxes for which  such  Borrower would have been liable had
     the accounts of such Borrower not been consolidated  with  the  accounts 
     of the Parent) and (b) an amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the
     net income of  the  Borrowers  for  such fiscal year, provided that no 
     Distribution (other than Distributions in respect  of  taxes) shall be 
     made if, after giving effect to such Distribution or such payment  of 
     principal or interest under the Senior Notes, a Default or Event of 
     Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

     Section 1.13 Merger, Consolidation and Sale of  Assets.  Section 9.5.1 of
the Credit Agreement  is  hereby  amended by deleting the word "guarantor" 
occurring in  clause (iii) thereof.

     Section 1.14 Merger, Consolidation  and  Sale  of  Assets.  Section 9.5.2 
of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by restating said Section 9.5.2  in
its  entirety  as follows:

          Section 9.5.2  Disposition  of Assets.  The Parent and each of the 
Borrowers will not, and the Parent will not permit any of its other Subsidiaries
to, become a party to or agree to or effect any disposition of assets,  other  
than  the disposition of assets not constituting Collateral so long as either

          (a)  the  greater  of  the  book  value  or  the  sale price of the 
assets isposed  of  in any one or a series of related transactions  does  not 
exceed $5,000,000; or

          (b)  the greater  of  the  book  value  or  the  sale  price of the 
assets disposed  of  in  any one or a series of related transactions does not
exceed twenty percent (20%)  of the consolidated Tangible Asset Amount of the
Parent and the Borrowers, determined at the time of such disposition, and such
Person shall either (i) within one hundred  twenty  (120)  days  of  such 
disposition, apply one hundred percent (100%) of the net proceeds of such asset
disposition to the purchase of similar assets to be used in such Person's 
business  or (ii) within  twenty  (20) days of such disposition, apply one 
hundred percent (100%) of the net proceeds  of such asset disposition to the 
repayment of Indebtedness of such Person;

provided, that in connection  with  any  such  sale  or  other  disposition the
following conditions have been satisfied:

          (i)  no Default or Event of Default exists or will occur as a result
of such sale; and

          (ii) each  such  sale is to a third party on an arms length basis for
cash in an amount representing fair and reasonable market value therefor.

     Section 1.15 Transactions with  Affiliates.   Section  9.11 of the Credit
Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting the text "(a)" occurring in  the  
third  line thereof and (ii) deleting the text beginning with the words ", or 
(b) pay" occurring  in the fifth  line thereof through the end of such Section
and substituting in lieu thereof a period.

     Section 1.16 Funded  Debt  to Tangible Net Worth.  Section 10.2 of the 
Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the ratio "1.0 to 1" occurring 
in the third line of such Section and substituting in lieu thereof the ratio 
"2.0 to 1".

     Section 1.17 Assignment and Participation.  Section 19.1 of  the  Credit
Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting the text ", in the case of the 
Borrowers,"  occurring in clause (a) of such Section and (ii) deleting the 
amount "$3,000,000" occurring in clause (c) of such Section and substituting 
in lieu thereof the amount "$5,000,000".

     Section 1.18 Confidential Information.  The Credit Agreement is hereby 
further  amended by adding the following new Section 29 thereto in the correct 
numerical sequence:

          Section 29.  TREATMENT OF CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.  

          Section 29.1 Sharing of Information with Section 20 Subsidiary. The 
Parent and the Borrowers acknowledge that from time to time financial advisory,
investment  banking and other services may be offered or provided to the Parent
and/or the Borrowers  or  one or more of their Subsidiaries, in connection with
this Credit Agreement or otherwise,  by  a  Section 20 Subsidiary.  Each of the
Parent  and  the Borrowers, for itself and each  of  its  Subsidiaries,  hereby
authorizes (a) such Section 20 Subsidiary to share with the Agent and each Bank
any information  delivered  to  such Section 20 Subsidiary by the Parent or the
Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries,  and  (b)  the  Agent  and each Bank to
share with such Section 20 Subsidiary any information delivered to the Agent or
such Bank by the Parent or the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries  pursuant
to  this  Credit Agreement, or in connection with the decision of such Bank  to
enter into  this  Credit Agreement; it being understood, in each case, that any
such Section 20 Subsidiary  receiving  such  information  shall be bound by the
confidentiality provisions of this Credit Agreement.  Such  authorization shall
survive the payment and satisfaction in full of all of Obligations.

          Section 29.2   Confidentiality. 
Each of the  Banks  and  the  Agent agrees, on behalf of itself and each of its
affiliates,  directors,  officers,   employees   and  representatives,  to  use
reasonable precautions to keep confidential, in accordance with their customary
procedures for handling confidential information of  the  same  nature  and  in
accordance  with  safe  and sound banking practices, any non-public information
supplied to it by the Parent,  the  Borrowers  or  any  of  their  Subsidiaries
pursuant  to this Credit Agreement that is identified by such Person  as  being
confidential  at  the  time  the  same  is delivered to the Banks or the Agent,
provided that nothing herein shall limit the disclosure of any such information
(a)  after  such information shall have become  public  other  than  through  a
violation of  this Section 29, (b)  to  the  extent  required by statute, rule,
regulation  or  judicial  process, (c)  to  counsel for any of the Banks or the
Agent,  (d)  to bank examiners  or  any  other   regulatory  authority  having
jurisdiction over any Bank or the Agent, or to auditors or accountants, (e) to
the Agent, any Bank or any Section 20 Subsidiary, (f) in connection  with  any 
litigation to which any one or more of the Banks, the Agent or any Section 20 
Subsidiary is a party, or in connection with the enforcement of rights or 
remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (g) to a Subsidiary or 
affiliate  of such Bank as provided in  Section 29.1   or   (h)  to  any  
assignee  or  participant (or prospective assignee  or participant) so long as
such assignee or participant agrees to be bound by the provisions of Section 
19.6 and this Section 29.2.

          Section 29.3    Prior   Notification.     Unless    specifically  
prohibited  by    applicable   law  or  court  order,  each  of  the  Banks
and the Agent shall, prior to disclosure  thereof,  notify  the  Parent and the
Borrowers  of any request for disclosure of any such non-public information  by
any governmental  agency or representative thereof (other than any such request
in connection with  an  examination  of the financial condition of such Bank by
such governmental agency) or pursuant to legal process.

          Section 29.4  Other.  
In no event shall any Bank or the Agent be obligated or required to return any
materials  furnished  to  it  or  any  Section 20 Subsidiary by the Parent, the
Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries.  The obligations of each Bank under this
Section 29  shall  be  binding  upon  any  assignee  of,  or  purchaser  of any
participation in, any interest in any of the Loans or Reimbursement Obligations
from any Bank.

     Section 1.19 Exhibit  C.  The Credit Agreement  is  hereby  amended  by  
deleting Exhibit C attached thereto in its entirety and replacing such Exhibit
with Exhibit C attached hereto.

     Section 1.20 Schedules.   The  Credit  Agreement  is  hereby  amended by 
deleting Schedule 7.24(a), Schedule 7.24(b), Schedule 7.24(c), and Schedule 9.3
thereto  in their  entirety  and  replacing such Schedules with, respectively, 
Schedule 7.24(a), Schedule 7.24(b), and Schedule 7.24(c), and Schedule 9.3 
attached hereto.

     Section 2. Representations and Warranties.  The Parent and each of the 
Borrowers jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Banks and the 
Agent as follows:

          (a)  Representations    and   Warranties   in   Credit   Agreement. 
The representations and warranties of the  Parent  and  the  Borrowers  
contained in the Credit  Agreement, each as amended by this Amendment, (a) were
true and  correct in all material  respects  when made, and (b) except to the 
extent such representations and warranties by their terms  are  made  solely  
as of a prior date, continue to be true and correct in all material respects 
on the date hereof.

          (b)  Authority, Etc.  The execution and delivery by the Borrowers and
the Parent of this Amendment and the performance by the Borrowers and the Parent
of all of  their  agreements  and  obligations  under  this  Amendment (i) are 
within  the corporate authority of each of the Borrowers and the Parent,  (ii)
have  been  duly authorized  by  all necessary corporate proceedings by each of
the Borrowers and the Parent, (iii) do not conflict with or result in any breach
or contravention of any provision of law, statute,  rule  or  regulation to 
which either of the Borrowers or the Parent is subject or any judgment,  order,
writ,  injunction, license or permit applicable to either of the Borrowers or 
the Parent, and  (iv)  do not conflict with any  provision  of  the corporate 
charter or by-laws of, or any agreement  or  other instrument binding upon, 
either of the Borrowers or the Parent.

          (c)  Enforceability  of  Obligations.   This  Amendment,  and  the  
Credit Agreement as amended hereby, constitute the legal, valid and binding 
obligations  of each of the  Borrowers  and  the  Parent  enforceable  against
each such Person in accordance with their respective terms.  Immediately prior
to  and  after  giving effect to this Amendment,  no  Default  or  Event of 
Default exists under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.

     Section 3. Affirmation of Borrowers and the  Parent.(a)   Each  of the 
Borrowers hereby affirms its joint and several, absolute and unconditional 
promise  to  pay to each  Bank  and  the  Agent  the  Loans, the Reimbursement
Obligations and all other amounts due under the Notes, the Letters  of  Credit
and  the  Credit  Agreement as amended hereby, at the times and in the amounts
provided for therein.  Each  of the Borrowers confirms and agrees that (i) the
obligations of the Borrowers to the Banks and  the  Agent  under  the  Credit  
Agreement  as amended hereby are secured by and entitled to the benefits of the
Security Documents  and  (ii)  all references to the term  "Credit  Agreement"  
in the Security Documents shall hereafter  refer  to  the Credit Agreement as 
amended hereby.

          (b)  The Parent, as  Guarantor  under  (and  as  defined  in)  the  
Parent Guaranty hereby acknowledges that it has read and is aware of the 
provisions of this Amendment.   The Parent hereby reaffirms its absolute and 
unconditional guaranty  of the Borrowers'  payment  and  performance  of their
obligations to the Banks and the Agent under the Credit Agreement as amended  
hereby.  The Parent hereby confirms and agrees that all references in the 
Parent Guaranty  to  the  term  "Credit Agreement" shall hereafter refer to 
the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

     Section 4. Conditions to Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be effective
as of the date hereof upon satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

          (a)  the  Agent shall have received an original counterpart signature
to this Amendment, duly  executed  and  delivered by each of the Borrowers, the
Parent, the Banks and the Agent;

          (b)  the offering of the Senior Notes shall have been consummated;

          (c)  the Agent shall be satisfied  that (i) no written statement 
furnished to  the  Agent  or any Bank by or on behalf of either  Borrower  or  
the  Parent  in connection with any  of the transactions contemplated by this 
Amendment contains any untrue statement of a  material  fact or omits to state
a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained  therein  
not  misleading in light of the circumstances in which they are made; (ii) the 
financial statements delivered to it by the Borrowers  and  the  Parent fairly 
present the assets, business and financial condition  of  the  Parent and the  
Borrowers;  (iii)  there shall not  exist  any litigation or other proceeding,
the result of which might impair or prevent the consummation of this Amendment 
or have a material adverse  effect on the Parent, the Borrowers or their 
Subsidiaries; (iv) there shall not exist  any Default or Event of Default or 
any default under any other material contract or agreement of the Parent,
the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries; and (v) there shall  have  occurred
no material  adverse  change  in  the  condition  (financial or otherwise), 
operations, assets,  income  or  prospects  of  the  Parent,  the Borrowers,  
or  any  of  their Subsidiaries;

          (d)  the Borrowers shall have paid all fees  required  to be paid 
pursuant to the Fee Letter, dated as of June 26, 1997, among the Borrowers,  
the  Parent, the Agent and the Banks;

          (e)  the Agent shall have received (i) original counterpart 
signatures  to amendments  to  each  of  the Vessel Mortgages duly executed 
and delivered by Marine Assets and the Agent and (ii) evidence of the filing 
and recordation (in the form of a Certificate of Ownership and Encumbrance 
acceptable to the Agent and the Banks) of such amendments with the U.S.  Coast 
Guard (in the case of the U.S. Vessel Mortgage) or the Office of the Deputy 
Commissioner  of  Maritime  Affairs  for The Republic of Vanuatu (in the case 
of the Vanuatu Vessel Mortgage), such amendments  to  reflect this  Amendment  
and  the  HOS  Merger;  provided  that  the  requirements  of this Section4(e)
may  be  satisfied  by the delivery to the Agent of such amendments and such 
evidence of the filing and recordation  of  such amendments not later than 
July 31, 1997;

          (f)  the Agent shall have received a legal opinion, addressed to the 
Banks and  the Agent, dated the date hereof, in form and substance satisfactory
to the Banks and the  Agent, from Jones, Walker, Waechter, Poitevent, Carrerre 
& Denegre, L.L.P., counsel to the Parent, and the Borrowers;

          (g)  the Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to the Banks
and the Agent that all requisite corporate approval of the transactions 
contemplated hereby has been obtained, including without limitation delivery of 
copies, certified by the secretary of each of the Borrowers and the Parent,  
of votes of such Person's respective board of directors authorizing the 
transactions contemplated hereby,

          (h)  the Agent shall have received any other document  or  instrument 
the Agent or the Banks may reasonably request; and

          (i)  all necessary governmental, regulatory and other third party 
consents and approvals to the Acquisition and this Amendment shall have been 
obtained and the Agent shall have received evidence of the same.

     Section 5. Miscellaneous   Provisions.  (a)  Except as otherwise expressly
provided  by  this Amendment, all of the terms, conditions  and  provisions  of
the Credit Agreement shall remain  the same.  It is declared and agreed by each
of the parties hereto that the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, shall 
continue in full force and effect, and that this Amendment and the Credit 
Agreement shall be read and construed as one instrument.

     (b)  THIS AMENDMENT IS INTENDED TO TAKE  EFFECT  AS AN AGREEMENT UNDER 
SEAL AND SHALL  BE CONSTRUED ACCORDING TO AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS  OF  THE  
COMMONWEALTH  OF MASSACHUSETTS.

     (c)  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, but 
all such counterparts  shall together constitute but one instrument.  In making
proof of this Amendment it shall  not  be  necessary  to  produce  or  account
for more than one counterpart signed by each party hereto by and against which
enforcement  hereof  is sought.

     (d)  Headings or captions  used  in  this  Amendment  are  for convenience
     of reference only and shall not define or limit the provisions hereof.

     (e)  The Borrowers hereby jointly and severally agree to pay to the Agent,
on demand  by  the  Agent, all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses 
incurred  or sustained  by the Agent  in  connection  with  the  preparation  
of  this  Amendment (including reasonable legal fees and expenses).



     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  executed this Amendment 
as an agreement under seal as of the date first written above.

                                 TRICO MARINE OPERATORS, INC.


                                 By: /s/ Victor M. Perez
                                    ---------------------------
                                    Name: Victor M. Perez
                                    Title: Vice President

                                 TRICO MARINE ASSETS, INC.


                                 By:/s/ Victor M. Perez
                                    ---------------------------
                                     Name: Victor M. Perez
                                     Title: Vice President
                                     
                                 TRICO MARINE SERVICES, INC.


                                 By: /s/ Victor M. Perez
                                    ----------------------------
                                     Name: Victor M. Perez
                                     Title: Vice President

                                 BANKBOSTON, N.A., individually and
                                   as Agent


                                 By: /s/ Victor Garcia
                                    --------------------------
                                     Name: Victor Garcia
                                     Title: Vice President

                                 HIBERNIA NATIONAL BANK


                                 By: /s/ Bruce Ross
                                    ---------------------------
                                     Name: Bruce Ross
                                     Title: Vice President

                                 FIRST NATIONAL BANK
                                   OF COMMERCE


                                 By: /s/ J. Charles Friel, Jr.
                                    ---------------------------
                                     Name: J. Charles Friel, Jr.
                                     Title Senior Vice President


                                                                     EXHIBIT C


                                      FORM OF
                               COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE


                                       [Date]



To the Banks (as defined in the
  Credit Agreement referred to below)
c/o BankBoston, N.A., as Agent
100 Federal Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
Attn:  Transportation Division

Ladies and Gentlemen:

    Reference is made to the Revolving Credit Agreement  dated  as of July 26,
1996 (as amended and in effect from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), by 
and among Trico  Marine  Operators,  Inc.,  Trico  Marine  Assets,  Inc.,  
(collectively,  the "Borrowers"),  Trico  Marine  Services, Inc., BankBoston, 
N.A. and the other lending institutions  which  are  or  may  become   parties
thereto   from  time  to  time (collectively,  the  "Banks"), and  BankBoston,
N.A. as agent for the  Banks  (the "Agent").  Capitalized terms used herein 
without definition which are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the 
respective meanings  assigned  to  such terms in the Credit Agreement.

    Pursuant  to Section 8.4(c) of the Agreement, the Borrowers, by the  
undersigned officers of the  Borrowers  (who have reviewed the Loan Documents)
hereby certify to each of you as follows:  (a) the information furnished in the
calculations set forth on the Covenant Compliance Worksheet attached hereto as
Annex A was true and correct as of the last day of the fiscal [year] [quarter]
immediately preceding the date of this certificate; (b) as of the date of this
certificate, there exists no Default or Event of Default or condition which  
would, with either or both the giving of notice or the lapse of time, result 
in a Default  or  an  Event  of  Default;  and  (c) the financial  statements 
delivered herewith were prepared in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles  applied  on  a  basis  consistent with prior periods
(except, in the case of quarterly statements, for provisions for footnotes and,
in all cases, except as disclosed therein).

    IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each  of  Trico  Marine Operators, Inc. and Trico  
Marine Assets, Inc. has executed this Compliance Certificate  as  of the date
first written above.


                         TRICO MARINE OPERATORS, INC.



                         By:_______________________________
                             Name:
                             Title:



                         TRICO MARINE ASSETS, INC.



                         By:_______________________________
                             Name:
                             Title:


                                                             Annex A

Covenant Compliance Worksheet


I.   Operating Cash Flow to Total Debt Service (calculated on a
     consolidated basis) (Section 10.1)

     A. Net Income:                                        _________
     B. Plus: interest expense:                            _________
     C. Plus: income tax expense:                          _________
     D. Plus:  depreciation and amortization:              _________
     E. Less:  Cash taxes (without duplication):           _________
     F. Less:  Capital Expenditures (for maintenance 
        repair dry-docking, inspection of Capital Assets): _________
     G. Operating Cash Flow (A+B+C+D-E-F):                 _________
     H. Total Financial Obligations:                       _________
     I. Plus:  Total Interest Expense:                     _________
     J. Plus:  Adjusted Revolver Outstandings              _________
     K. Total Debt Service (H+I+J):                        _________

        Computed Ratio (GK):                               _________

        Minimum ratio allowed:                             1.5: 1

        Excess (deficiency) in ratio:                      _________

II.  Funded Debt to Tangible Net Worth Ratio (calculated on  a  consolidated  
     basis) (Section 10.2)

     A. Indebtedness:                                      __________
        (other than short-term trade credit)
     B. Plus: Deferred purchase price of assets            __________
        (other than short-term trade credit)
     C. Plus:  Reimbursement Obligations
        (contingent or otherwise)
     D. Plus: Capitalized Leases                           __________

     E. Funded Debt (A+B+C+D):                             __________

     F. Total Assets:                                      __________
     G. Less:  Total Liabilities                           __________
     H. Less:  intangible assets                           __________
     I. Less:  write-up in book value
        subsequent to Closing Date:                        __________
     J. Less:  subscriptions receivable                    __________

     K. Tangible Net Worth (F-G-H-I-J)                     __________

     L. Computed ratio (EK)                                __________

        Maximum ratio allowed:                             2.0:1

        Excess (deficiency) in ratio:                      __________

III. Minimum Tangible Net Worth (calculated on a consolidated basis) (Section 
     10.3)

     A: Tangible Net Worth:                                __________
     B. $90,000,000                                        $90,000,000
     C. Plus:  50% of positive consolidated Net Income for
        each fiscal quarter since the Closing Date:        __________
     D. Minimum Tangible Net Worth (B+C)                   __________

        Excess (deficiency) in Net Worth (A-D):            __________

IV.  Collateral Value Ratio (Section 10.4)

     A. Appraised value of the Vessels subject to US Vessel
        Mortgage and Vanuatu Vessel Mortgage
        (at most recent appraisal):                        ___________

     B. Loans Outstanding                                  ___________
     C. Maximum Drawing Amount
     D. Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations
     E. sum of B+C+D

     F. Minimum ratio of appraised Vessels to
        Outstanding Loans, Maximum Drawing Amount
        and Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations               1.4: 1

     G. Actual ratio of appraised Vessels to
        Outstanding Loans, Maximum Drawing Amount
        and Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations (A / E):      ___________

        Excess (deficiency) in ratio:                      ___________

V.   Consolidated  Funded  Debt to Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a 
     consolidated basis) (Computation of Applicable Margin)

     A. Net Income:                                        _________
     B. Plus: interest expense:                            _________
     C. Plus: income tax expense:                          _________
     D. Plus:  depreciation and amortization:              _________
     E. total Consolidated EBITDA (A+B+C+D):               _________

     F.   Funded Debt (Item II(e) above)                   _________

     G. Computed ratio (FE)                                _________




  Schedule 7.24(a) - Ownership of Vessels; U.S. Flag Vessels, Vanuatu Flag 
                     Vessels


[To be Provided by Borrowers]





   Schedule 7.24(b) - Vessels With Coast Guard Certification


[To be Provided by Borrowers]






   Schedule 7.24(c) - Classed Vessels


[To be Provided by Borrowers]




    Schedule 9.3 - Investments


[To be Provided by Borrowers]








                                                         EXHIBIT 10.3




                   TRICO MARINE SERVICES, INC.

                               AND

        THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGE HERETO



                           $110,000,000

               8 1/2% Series A Senior Notes due 2005





                  REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                    Dated as of July 21, 1997




                   BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
                   JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC.
                  BANCBOSTON SECURITIES INC.





     This  Registration  Rights Agreement (this "Agreement") is
made and entered into as of  July  21,  1997 by and among Trico
Marine   Services,   Inc.,   a   Delaware   corporation    (the
"Company"),Trico   Marine   Assets,   Inc.   and  Trico  Marine
Operators,  Inc.  (each  a  "Guarantor" and, collectively,  the
"Guarantors"),  and  Bear,  Stearns &   Co.  Inc.,  Jefferies &
Company,  Inc.  and  BancBoston Securities Inc.  (the  "Initial
Purchasers"),  who  have   agreed   to   purchase  $110,000,000
aggregate principal amount of the Company's 8 1/2% Series A Senior
Notes due 2005 (the "Series A Notes") pursuant  to the Purchase
Agreement (as defined below).

     This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement,
dated  July 16, 1997 (the "Purchase Agreement"), by  and  among
the Company,  the  Guarantors  and  the Initial Purchasers.  In
order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Series A
Notes,  the  Company  has  agreed to provide  the  registration
rights set forth in this Agreement.  The execution and delivery
of this Agreement is a condition  to  the  obligations  of  the
Initial  Purchasers  set  forth  in  Section 3  of the Purchase
Agreement.

     The parties hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1.     DEFINITIONS

     As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms
shall have the following meanings:

          Act:  The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          Broker-Dealer:  Any broker or dealer registered under
     the Exchange Act.

          Closing Date:  The date on which the Series  A  Notes
     are originally issued under the Indenture.

          Commission:  The Securities and Exchange Commission.

          Consummate:   The  Exchange  Offer  shall  be  deemed
     "Consummated"  for  purposes  of  this  Agreement upon the
     occurrence of (i) the filing and effectiveness  under  the
     Act  of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating
     to the  Series B Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer,
     (ii)  the   maintenance  of  such  Registration  Statement
     continuously  effective  and  the  keeping of the Exchange
     Offer open for a period not less than  the  minimum period
     required  pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, and  (iii)  the
     delivery  by  the  Company  to  the  Registrar  under  the
     Indenture  of   Series B   Notes  in  the  same  aggregate
     principal  amount  as the aggregate  principal  amount  of
     Series  A Notes that  were  tendered  by  Holders  thereof
     pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

          Damages  Payment  Date:  With respect to the Series A
     Notes, each Interest Payment Date.

          Effectiveness Target Date:  As defined in Section 5.

          Exchange Act:  The  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
     as amended.

          Exchange  Offer:   The registration  by  the  Company
     under  the  Act  of  the  Series B  Notes  pursuant  to  a
     Registration  Statement  pursuant  to  which  the  Company
     offers the Holders of all  outstanding Transfer Restricted
     Securities   the   opportunity  to   exchange   all   such
     outstanding Transfer  Restricted  Securities  held by such
     Holders  for  Series B  Notes  in  an  aggregate principal
     amount  equal  to the aggregate principal  amount  of  the
     Transfer Restricted  Securities  tendered in such exchange
     offer by such Holders.

          Exchange    Offer   Registration   Statement:     The
     Registration Statement  relating  to  the  Exchange Offer,
     including the related Prospectus.

          Exempt  Resales:   The  transactions  in  which   the
     Initial  Purchasers propose to sell the Series A Notes (i)
     to certain  "qualified institutional buyers," as such term
     is defined in  Rule  144A  under  the Act, (ii) to certain
     institutional  "accredited investors,"  as  such  term  is
     defined in Rule  501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) of Regulation
     D  under  the Act ("Accredited  Institutions")  and  (iii)
     outside the  United  States  to  certain  non-U.S. Persons
     meeting the requirements of Rule 904 under the Act.

          Holders:  As defined in Section 2(b) hereof.

          Indemnified  Holder:   As  defined  in  Section  8(a)
     hereof.

          Indenture:  The Indenture, dated as of July 16, 1997,
     among   the   Company,   Texas   Commerce   Bank  National
     Association,   as   trustee   (the  "Trustee"),  and   the
     Guarantors, pursuant to which the  Notes are to be issued,
     as such Indenture is amended or supplemented  from time to
     time in accordance with the terms thereof.

          Initial  Purchasers:   As  defined  in  the  preamble
     hereto.

          Interest  Payment  Date:  As defined in the Indenture
     and the Notes.

          NASD:  National Association  of  Securities  Dealers,
     Inc.

          Notes: The Series A Notes and the Series B Notes.

          Person:   An  individual,  partnership,  corporation,
     trust,   limited   liability   company  or  unincorporated
     organization,  or  a  government or  agency  or  political
     subdivision thereof.

          Prospectus:    The   prospectus    included    in   a
     Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by  any
     prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto,
     including  post-effective  amendments,  and  all  material
     incorporated by reference into such Prospectus.

          Record  Holder:   With respect to any Damages Payment
     Date relating to Notes,  each  Person  who  is a Holder of
     Notes  on  the  record  date with respect to the  Interest
     Payment  Date on which such  Damages  Payment  Date  shall
     occur.

          Registration   Default:    As  defined  in  Section 5
     hereof.

          Registration Statement:  Any  registration  statement
     of  the  Company  relating  to (a) an offering of Series B
     Notes  and  the  Subsidiary  Guarantees   pursuant  to  an
     Exchange  Offer  or  (b)  the registration for  resale  of
     Transfer  Restricted  Securities  pursuant  to  the  Shelf
     Registration Statement,  which  is  filed  pursuant to the
     provisions of this Agreement, in each case,  including the
     Prospectus    included   therein,   all   amendments   and
     supplements thereto  (including post-effective amendments)
     and all exhibits and material  incorporated  by  reference
     therein.

          Series B  Notes:   The  Company's 8 1/2% Series B Senior
     Notes due 2005 to be issued pursuant  to the Indenture and
     the Exchange Offer.

          Shelf  Filing  Deadline:   As  defined  in  Section 4
     hereof.

          Shelf   Registration   Statement:   As   defined   in
     Section 4 hereof.

          Subsidiary  Guarantees:    The   joint   and  several
     guarantees of the Company's payment obligations  under the
     Notes by the Guarantors.

          TIA:  The  Trust  Indenture  Act  of  1939 (15 U.S.C.
     Section  77aaa-77bbbb)  as  in effect on the date  of  the
     Indenture.

          Transfer Restricted Securities:   Each  Series A Note
     until  (i) the date on which such Series A Note  has  been
     exchanged  by  a  person  other than a Broker-Dealer for a
     Series B Note in the Exchange  Offer,  (ii)  following the
     exchange  by  a Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer  of  a
     Series A Note for  a Series B Note, the date on which such
     Series B Note is sold  to  a  purchaser  who receives from
     such Broker-Dealer on or prior to the date  of such sale a
     copy  of  the  Prospectus contained in the Exchange  Offer
     Registration Statement,  (iii)  the  date  on  which  such
     Series  A  Note  has been effectively registered under the
     Act  and  disposed  of   in   accordance  with  the  Shelf
     Registration Statement or (iv)  the  date  on  which  such
     Series  A  Note  is  distributed to the public pursuant to
     Rule 144 under the Act or may be distributed to the public
     pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Act.

          Underwritten Registration  or Underwritten Offering: 
     A registration in which securities of the Company are sold
     to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.

SECTION 2.     SECURITIES SUBJECT TO THIS AGREEMENT

     (a)  Transfer  Restricted  Securities.    The   securities
entitled  to  the  benefits  of this Agreement are the Transfer
Restricted Securities.

     (b)  Holders of Transfer  Restricted Securities.  A Person
is  deemed  to  be a holder of Transfer  Restricted  Securities
(each,  a  "Holder")   whenever   such   Person  owns  Transfer
Restricted Securities of record.

SECTION 3.     REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER

     (a)  Unless the Exchange Offer shall  not  be  permissible
under applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures
set  forth in Section 6(a) below have been complied with),  the
Company and the Guarantors shall (i) cause to be filed with the
Commission  on or before the 60th day after the Closing Date, a
Registration  Statement  under the Act relating to the Series B
Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees  and  the Exchange Offer, (ii)
use  their reasonable best efforts to cause  such  Registration
Statement  to become effective on or before the 120th day after
the Closing  Date, (iii) in connection with the foregoing, file
(A) all pre-effective amendments to such Registration Statement
as  may  be necessary  in  order  to  cause  such  Registration
Statement   to   become   effective,   (B) if   applicable,   a
post-effective   amendment   to   such  Registration  Statement
pursuant to Rule 430A under the Act and (C) cause all necessary
filings in connection with the registration  and  qualification
of the Series B Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees  to be made
under  the Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary
to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and (iv) upon the
effectiveness  of  such  Registration  Statement,  commence the
Exchange  Offer.   The  Exchange  Offer  Registration Statement
shall  be  on  the  appropriate form under the  Act  permitting
registration of the Series B  Notes  to  be offered in exchange
for the Transfer Restricted Securities and to permit resales of
the Series B Notes held by Broker-Dealers  as  contemplated  by
Section 3(c) below.

     (b)  The  Company  and  the  Guarantors  shall  cause  the
Exchange   Offer   Registration   Statement   to  be  effective
continuously  and  shall  keep the Exchange Offer  open  for  a
period  of  not less than the  minimum  period  required  under
applicable federal  and state securities laws to Consummate the
Exchange Offer; provided,  however, that in no event shall such
period be less than 20 business  days.   The  Company  and  the
Guarantors  shall  cause  the Exchange Offer to comply with all
applicable federal and state  securities  laws.   No securities
other  than  the  Series  B Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees
shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
The Company and the Guarantors  shall use their reasonable best
efforts to cause the Exchange Offer  to  be  Consummated on the
earliest practicable date after the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement  has become effective on or prior to  the  180th  day
after the Closing Date.

     (c)  The  Company  and  the Guarantors shall indicate in a
"Plan  of Distribution" section  contained  in  the  Prospectus
contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement that any
Broker-Dealer  who  holds  Notes  that  are Transfer Restricted
Securities  and that were acquired for its  own  account  as  a
result of market-making  activities or other trading activities
(other than Transfer Restricted  Securities  acquired  directly
from the Company) may exchange such Series A Notes pursuant  to
the  Exchange  Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed
to be an "underwriter"  within the meaning of the Act and must,
therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the
Act  in  connection with any  resales  of  the  Series B  Notes
received by  such  Broker-Dealer  in  the Exchange Offer, which
prospectus  delivery  requirement  may  be   satisfied  by  the
delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus  contained  in
the  Exchange  Offer  Registration  Statement.   Such  "Plan of
Distribution"  section shall also contain all other information
with  respect  to  such  resales  by  Broker-Dealers  that  the
Commission may require in order to permit such resales pursuant
thereto, but such  "Plan  of  Distribution"  shall not name any
such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Notes  held by any
such  Broker-Dealer  except  to  the  extent  required  by  the
Commission  as a result of a change in policy after the date of
this Agreement.

          The  Company  and  the  Guarantors  shall  use  their
reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement  continuously effective, supplemented and amended  as
required by  the provisions of Section 6(c) below to the extent
necessary to ensure  that  it is available for resales of Notes
acquired by Broker-Dealers for  their  own accounts as a result
of market-making activities or other trading activities, and to
ensure  that  it  conforms  with  the  requirements   of   this
Agreement,  the  Act and the policies, rules and regulations of
the Commission as  announced from time to time, for a period of
one year from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement is declared effective.

          The  Company   and   the   Guarantors  shall  provide
sufficient copies of the latest version  of  such Prospectus to
Broker-Dealers  promptly upon request at any time  during  such
one-year period in order to facilitate such resales.

SECTION 4.     SHELF REGISTRATION

     (a)  Shelf Registration.   If  (i)  the  Company  and  the
Guarantors   are   not  required  to  file  an  Exchange  Offer
Registration Statement  or permitted to consummate the Exchange
Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable
law or Commission policy  (after  the  procedures  set forth in
Section 6(a) below have been complied with) or (ii)  any Holder
of Transfer Restricted Securities notifies the Company prior to
the  20th day following the Consummation of the Exchange  Offer
(A) that  such  Holder  is  prohibited  by  applicable  law  or
Commission  policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, or
(B) that such Holder may not resell the Series B Notes acquired
by it in the  Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a
prospectus and  that  the  Prospectus contained in the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement  is not available for such resales
by such Holder, then the Company  and  the Guarantors shall use
their reasonable best efforts to:

          (x) cause to be filed a shelf  registration statement
     pursuant  to  Rule 415  under  the Act, which  may  be  an
     amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in
     either event, the "Shelf Registration  Statement")  on  or
     prior  to  the earliest to occur of (1) the 60th day after
     the date on  which  the  Company determines that it is not
     required to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
     and (2) the 60th day after  the  date on which the Company
     receives  notice  from  a  Holder  of Transfer  Restricted
     Securities  as  contemplated by clause  (ii)  above  (such
     earliest date being  the  "Shelf  Filing Deadline"), which
     Shelf Registration Statement shall  provide for resales of
     all Transfer Restricted Securities the  Holders  of  which
     shall  have provided the information required pursuant  to
     Section 4(b) hereof; and

          (y)  cause  such  Shelf  Registration Statement to be
     declared  effective by the Commission  on  or  before  the
     120th day after the Shelf Filing Deadline.

The Company and  the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best
efforts to keep such  Shelf Registration Statement continuously
effective,  supplemented   and   amended  as  required  by  the
provisions  of  Sections  6(b) and (c)  hereof  to  the  extent
necessary to ensure that it  is  available for resales of Notes
by the Holders of Transfer Restricted  Securities  entitled  to
the  benefit  of  this  Section  4(a),  and  to  ensure that it
conforms with the requirements of this Agreement,  the  Act and
the  policies,  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Commission as
announced from time to time, for a period of at least two years
following  the  Closing  Date  or, if earlier, until the  Shelf
Registration Statement terminates  when all Transfer Restricted
Securities  covered by such Shelf Registration  Statement  have
been sold.

     (b)  Provision   by  Holders  of  Certain  Information  in
Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement.  No Holder of
Transfer Restricted Securities  may include any of its Transfer
Restricted  Securities  in  any  Shelf  Registration  Statement
pursuant  to  this  Agreement  unless  and  until  such  Holder
furnishes to the Company in writing,  within  20  business days
after  receipt of a request therefor, such information  as  the
Company  may  reasonably request for use in connection with any
Shelf  Registration  Statement  or  Prospectus  or  preliminary
Prospectus  included therein.  No Holder of Transfer Restricted
Securities shall  be entitled to Liquidated Damages pursuant to
Section 5 hereof unless  and  until such Holder shall have used
its  best  efforts  to provide all  such  reasonably  requested
information.  Each Holder  as  to  which any Shelf Registration
Statement is being effected agrees to  furnish  promptly to the
Company all information required to be disclosed  in  order  to
make  the  information  previously  furnished to the Company by
such Holder not materially misleading.

SECTION 5.     LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

     If (i) any of the Registration Statements required by this
Agreement is not filed with the Commission  on  or prior to the
date specified for such filing in this Agreement,  (ii)  any of
such Registration Statements has not been declared effective by
the  Commission  on  or  prior  to  the date specified for such
effectiveness  in  this  Agreement (the  "Effectiveness  Target
Date"), whether or not the  Company  and  the  Guarantors  have
breached  any obligations to use their reasonable best efforts,
to  cause  any  such  Registration  Statement  to  be  declared
effective, (iii)  the  Exchange  Offer has not been Consummated
within  180  days  of  the Closing Date  with  respect  to  the
Exchange Offer Registration  Statement or (iv) any Registration
Statement  required by this Agreement  is  filed  and  declared
effective but shall thereafter cease to be effective or fail to
be usable for  its  intended  purpose  without  being succeeded
immediately by a post-effective amendment to such  Registration
Statement  that cures such failure and that is itself  declared
effective on  or  prior  to the Effectiveness Target Date (each
such  event  referred  to  in   clauses  (i)  through  (iv),  a
"Registration Default"), the Company  and the Guarantors hereby
jointly and severally agree to pay liquidated  damages  to each
Holder  of  Transfer Restricted Securities with respect to  the
first 90-day  period  immediately  following  the occurrence of
such Registration Default in an amount equal to  $.05  per week
per  $1,000  principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities
held by such Holder  for  each week or portion thereof that the
Registration Default continues.   The  amount of the liquidated
damages  shall  increase by an additional  $.05  per  week  per
$1,000 in principal  amount  of  Transfer Restricted Securities
with  respect  to  each  subsequent  90-day  period  until  all
Registration Defaults have been cured,  up  to a maximum amount
of  liquidated  damages  of $.20 per week per $1,000  principal
amount  of  Transfer  Restricted   Securities.    All   accrued
liquidated  damages  shall  be  paid  to  Record Holders by the
Company by wire transfer of immediately available  funds  or by
federal  funds  check  on  each  payment  date  for  liquidated
damages, as provided in the Indenture.  Following the  cure  of
all  Registration  Defaults relating to any particular Transfer
Restricted Securities,  the  accrual of liquidated damages with
respect to such Transfer Restricted Securities will cease.

     All  obligations of the Company  and  the  Guarantors  set
forth in the  preceding  paragraph  that  are  outstanding with
respect  to any Transfer Restricted Security at the  time  such
security ceases  to  be  a  Transfer  Restricted Security shall
survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to
such security shall have been satisfied in full.

SECTION 6.     REGISTRATION PROCEDURES

     (a)  Exchange Offer Registration Statement.  In connection
with the Exchange Offer, the Company and  the  Guarantors shall
comply with all of the provisions of Section 6(c)  below, shall
use  their  reasonable best efforts to effect such exchange  to
permit the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in
accordance with  the intended method or methods of distribution
thereof, and shall comply with all of the following provisions:

          (i) If in  the  reasonable  opinion of counsel to the
     Company  there is a question as to  whether  the  Exchange
     Offer is permitted  by applicable law, the Company and the
     Guarantors hereby agree  to  seek  a  no-action  letter or
     other favorable decision from the Commission allowing  the
     Company and the Guarantors to Consummate an Exchange Offer
     for  such  Series A Notes.  The Company and the Guarantors
     hereby agree  to pursue the issuance of such a decision to
     the Commission  staff  level  but shall not be required to
     take commercially unreasonable  action  to effect a change
     of  Commission  policy.   The  Company and the  Guarantors
     hereby  agree, however, to (A) participate  in  telephonic
     conferences  with  the  Commission,  (B)  deliver  to  the
     Commission  staff  an  analysis prepared by counsel to the
     Company setting forth the  legal bases, if any, upon which
     such counsel has concluded that  such  an  Exchange  Offer
     should be permitted and (C) diligently pursue a resolution
     (which  need not be favorable) by the Commission staff  of
     such submission.

          (ii)  The  Initial  Purchasers, for themselves and on
     behalf of the Holders, hereby  acknowledge  and agree, and
     each   Holder  by  its  purchase  of  Transfer  Restricted
     Securities  shall  be  deemed  to  have  acknowledged  and
     agreed,  that  any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using
     the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the
     securities to be  acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could
     not under Commission  policy  as  in effect on the date of
     this  Agreement  rely on the position  of  the  Commission
     enunciated in Morgan  Stanley  and  Co.,  Inc.  (available
     June 5,  1991)  and  Exxon  Capital  Holdings  Corporation
     (available   May 13,   1988),   as   interpreted   in  the
     Commission's  letter  to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2,
     1993,  and  similar  no-action   letters   (including  any
     no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause  (i)  above),
     and  (2)  must comply with the registration and prospectus
     delivery requirements  of  the  Act  in  connection with a
     secondary  resale  transaction and that such  a  secondary
     resale  transaction should  be  covered  by  an  effective
     registration  statement  containing  the  selling security
     holder  information  required  by  Item  507  or  508,  as
     applicable,  of  Regulation  S-K  if  the  resales are  of
     Series B  Notes  obtained  by such Holder in exchange  for
     Series A Notes acquired by such  Holder  directly from the
     Company.

          (iii)  Prior  to effectiveness of the Exchange  Offer
     Registration Statement,  the  Company  and  the Guarantors
     shall  provide  a  supplemental  letter  to the Commission
     (A) stating  that  the  Company  and  the  Guarantors  are
     registering the Exchange Offer in reliance on the position
     of  the  Commission  enunciated in Exxon Capital  Holdings
     Corporation (available  May 13,  1988), Morgan Stanley and
     Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and, if applicable, any
     no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above and
     (B) including a representation that  neither  the  Company
     nor  any  Guarantor  has  entered  into any arrangement or
     understanding with any Person to distribute  the  Series B
     Notes  to  be received in the Exchange Offer and that,  to
     the best of  the  Company's  information  and belief, each
     Holder  participating in the Exchange Offer  is  acquiring
     the Series B  Notes in its ordinary course of business and
     has no arrangement  or  understanding  with  any Person to
     participate  in  the  distribution  of the Series B  Notes
     received in the Exchange Offer.

     (b)  Shelf Registration Statement.  In connection with the
Shelf Registration Statement, if required,  the Company and the
Guarantors shall comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c)
below  and  shall use their reasonable best efforts  to  effect
such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted
Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or
methods of distribution  thereof  and,  pursuant  thereto,  the
Company  and  the  Guarantors  will  prepare  and file with the
Commission  in  accordance  with  Section 4(a) hereof  a  Shelf
Registration  Statement relating to  the  registration  on  any
appropriate form  under  the Act, which form shall be available
for  the  sale  of  the  Transfer   Restricted   Securities  in
accordance with the intended method or methods of  distribution
thereof.

     (c)  General   Provisions.    In   connection   with   any
Registration  Statement  and  any  Prospectus  required by this
Agreement  to permit the sale or resale of Transfer  Restricted
Securities (including,  without  limitation,  any  Registration
Statement and the related Prospectus required to permit resales
of  Notes  by  Broker-Dealers),  the Company and the Guarantors
shall:

          (i) use their reasonable  best  efforts  to keep such
     Registration Statement continuously effective and  provide
     all requisite financial statements (including, if required
     by   the  Act  or  any  regulation  thereunder,  financial
     statements  of the Guarantors) for the period specified in
     Section 3(b)  or  4 of this Agreement, as applicable; upon
     the occurrence of any  event  that  would  cause  any such
     Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein
     (A) to contain a material misstatement or omission  or (B)
     not  to be effective and usable for the resale of Transfer
     Restricted  Securities  during the period required by this
     Agreement,  the  Company and  the  Guarantors  shall  file
     promptly an appropriate  amendment  to  such  Registration
     Statement, in the case of clause (A), correcting  any such
     misstatement  or  omission,  and,  in  the  case of either
     clause  (A) or (B), use their reasonable best  efforts  to
     cause such  amendment  to  be  declared effective and such
     Registration  Statement  and  the  related  Prospectus  to
     become  usable for their intended purpose(s)  as  soon  as
     practicable thereafter;

          (ii)  prepare  and  file  with  the  Commission  such
     amendments    and   post-effective   amendments   to   the
     Registration Statement  as  may  be  necessary to keep the
     Registration Statement effective for the applicable period
     set forth in Section 3(b) or 4 hereof,  as  applicable, or
     such  shorter  period as will terminate when all  Transfer
     Restricted  Securities   covered   by   such  Registration
     Statement  have  been  sold;  cause the Prospectus  to  be
     supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as
     so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the
     Act, and to comply fully with the applicable provisions of
     Rules 424 and 430A under the Act  in  a timely manner; and
     comply with the provisions of the Act with  respect to the
     disposition of all securities covered by such Registration
     Statement during the applicable period in accordance  with
     the  intended  method  or  methods  of distribution by the
     sellers  thereof set forth in such Registration  Statement
     or supplement to the Prospectus;

          (iii)  advise the underwriter(s), if any, and selling
     Holders promptly  and,  if  requested  by such Persons, to
     confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or
     any Prospectus supplement or post-effective  amendment has
     been   filed,   and,  with  respect  to  any  Registration
     Statement or any  post-effective  amendment  thereto, when
     the same has become effective, (B) of any request  by  the
     Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or
     amendments   or  supplements  to  the  Prospectus  or  for
     additional  information   relating   thereto,  (C) of  the
     issuance  by the Commission of any stop  order  suspending
     the effectiveness  of the Registration Statement under the
     Act  or  of  the  suspension   by   any  state  securities
     commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted
     Securities  for offering or sale in any  jurisdiction,  or
     the initiation  of any proceeding for any of the preceding
     purposes,  (D)  of  the  existence  of  any  fact  or  the
     happening of any  event  that  makes  any  statement  of a
     material  fact  made  in  the  Registration Statement, the
     Prospectus, any amendment or supplement  thereto,  or  any
     document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that
     requires  the making of any additions to or changes in the
     Registration  Statement or the Prospectus in order to make
     the statements therein not misleading.  If at any time the
     Commission shall  issue  any  stop  order  suspending  the
     effectiveness  of the Registration Statement, or any state
     securities commission  or other regulatory authority shall
     issue an order suspending  the  qualification or exemption
     from qualification of the Transfer  Restricted  Securities
     under  state securities or Blue Sky laws, the Company  and
     the Guarantors  shall use their reasonable best efforts to
     obtain the withdrawal  or  lifting  of  such  order at the
     earliest possible time;

          (iv) furnish to each of the selling Holders  and each
     of  the  underwriter(s),  if  any,  before filing with the
     Commission, copies of any Registration  Statement  or  any
     Prospectus   included   therein   or   any  amendments  or
     supplements   to   any  such  Registration  Statement   or
     Prospectus (but excluding  any  documents  incorporated by
     reference as a result of the Company's periodic  reporting
     requirements  under  the  Exchange  Act), and neither  the
     Company   nor   any   Guarantors  shall  file   any   such
     Registration Statement  or  Prospectus or any amendment or
     supplement   to   any  such  Registration   Statement   or
     Prospectus (excluding  all  such documents incorporated by
     reference as a result of the  Company's periodic reporting
     requirements under the Exchange  Act)  to  which a selling
     Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities covered  by  such
     Registration  Statement  or  the  underwriter(s),  if any,
     shall  reasonably  object  within five business days after
     the receipt thereof.  A selling  Holder or underwriter, if
     any, shall be deemed to have reasonably  objected  to such
     filing   if   such   Registration   Statement,  amendment,
     Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as proposed to be
     filed, contains a material misstatement or omission;

          (v)  promptly following the filing  of  any  document
     that  is  to   be   incorporated   by   reference  into  a
     Registration  Statement or Prospectus, provide  copies  of
     such  document  to   the   selling   Holders  and  to  the
     underwriter(s), if any, make the Company's representatives
     available  for  discussion  of  such  document  and  other
     customary   due   diligence  matters,  and  include   such
     information in such  document  prior to the filing thereof
     as  such  selling  Holders  or  underwriter(s),   if  any,
     reasonably may request;

          (vi)   make   available   at   reasonable  times  for
     inspection   by  the  selling  Holders,  any   underwriter
     participating   in   any   disposition  pursuant  to  such
     Registration Statement, and  any  attorney  or  accountant
     retained   by   such   selling   Holders  or  any  of  the
     underwriter(s), all financial and other records, pertinent
     corporate documents and properties  of the Company and the
     Guarantors  and  cause the Company's and  the  Guarantors'
     officers,  directors   and   employees   to   supply   all
     information  reasonably  requested  by  any  such  Holder,
     underwriter,  attorney  or  accountant  in connection with
     such  Registration  Statement  subsequent  to  the  filing
     thereof and prior to its effectiveness; provided, however,
     that  the foregoing inspection  and information  gathering
     (i) shall be coordinated on behalf of the Selling Holders,
     underwriters,   or  any  representative  thereof,  by  one
     counsel, who shall be Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. or such other
     counsel as may be  chosen  by the Holders of a majority in
     principal  amount of Transfer  Restricted  Securities  and
     (ii) shall not  be  available for any such Holder who does
     not  agree  in  writing   to   hold  such  information  in
     confidence.

          (vii)  if  requested by any selling  Holders  or  the
     underwriter(s),  if   any,  promptly  incorporate  in  any
     Registration  Statement   or  Prospectus,  pursuant  to  a
     supplement or post-effective  amendment if necessary, such
     information as such selling Holders and underwriter(s), if
     any,  may  reasonably request to  have  included  therein,
     including, without limitation, information relating to the
     "Plan  of  Distribution"   of   the   Transfer  Restricted
     Securities,  information  with  respect to  the  principal
     amount  of Transfer Restricted Securities  being  sold  to
     such  underwriter(s),   the   purchase  price  being  paid
     therefor  and  any  other terms of  the  offering  of  the
     Transfer  Restricted  Securities   to   be  sold  in  such
     offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus
     supplement   or  post-effective  amendment  as   soon   as
     practicable after  the  Company is notified of the matters
     to  be  incorporated  in  such  Prospectus  supplement  or
     post-effective amendment;

          (viii) furnish to each selling Holder and each of the
     underwriter(s), if any, without  charge, at least one copy
     of the Registration Statement, as  first  filed  with  the
     Commission,  and  of each amendment thereto, including all
     documents  incorporated   by  reference  therein  and  all
     exhibits  (including  exhibits   incorporated  therein  by
     reference);

          (ix) deliver to each selling  Holder  and each of the
     underwriter(s), if any, without charge, as many  copies of
     the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and
     any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto  as  such  Persons
     reasonably  may  request;  the  Company and the Guarantors
     hereby  consent  to  the  use of the  Prospectus  and  any
     amendment or supplement thereto  by  each  of  the selling
     Holders  and  each  of  the  underwriter(s),  if  any,  in
     connection  with the offering and the sale of the Transfer
     Restricted Securities  covered  by  the  Prospectus or any
     amendment or supplement thereto; provided that such use of
     the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and
     such   offering   and   sale  conforms  to  the  Plan   of
     Distribution set forth in the Prospectus and complies with
     the terms of this Agreement  and  all  applicable laws and
     regulations thereunder;

          (x)  in  the  event of an Underwritten  Registration,
     enter  into  such  customary   agreements   (including  an
     underwriting   agreement),   and   make   such   customary
     representations  and  warranties, and take all such  other
     customary  actions in connection  therewith  in  order  to
     expedite or  facilitate  the  disposition  of the Transfer
     Restricted  Securities pursuant to any Shelf  Registration
     Statement contemplated  by  this  Agreement,  all  to such
     extent  as  may  be  requested  by  any Holder of Transfer
     Restricted Securities or underwriter  in  connection  with
     any  sale  or  resale  pursuant  to any Shelf Registration
     Statement contemplated by this Agreement;  and  whether or
     not an underwriting agreement is entered into and  whether
     or  not  the registration is an Underwritten Registration,
     the Company and the Guarantors shall:

               (A)  Except  in  the  case  of  an  Underwritten
          Registration, furnish to each selling Holder upon the
          effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement:

                    (1)  a  certificate,  dated  the  date   of
               effectiveness    of   the   Shelf   Registration
               Statement,  signed  on  behalf of the Company by
               two senior officers, one  of  whom  must  be its
               Chief Financial Officer, confirming, as of  such
               date,  the  matters set forth in paragraphs (a),
               (c)  and  (d)  of   Section 8  of  the  Purchase
               Agreement  with  respect   to  the  transactions
               contemplated    by    the   Shelf   Registration
               Statement;

                    (2)   an  opinion,  dated   the   date   of
               effectiveness    of   the   Shelf   Registration
               Statement, of counsel  for  the  Company and the
               Guarantors,  covering the matters set  forth  in
               Exhibit A of the Purchase Agreement with respect
               to the transactions  contemplated  by  the Shelf
               Registration   Statement,   and   in  any  event
               including  a statement to the effect  that  such
               counsel has  participated  in  conferences  with
               officers   and   other  representatives  of  the
               Company and the Guarantors,  representatives  of
               the  independent  accountants of the Company and
               the  Guarantors  and   representatives   of  the
               Initial Purchasers at which the contents of  the
               Registration  Statement and related matters were
               discussed and,  although  it does not assume any
               responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or
               fairness  of  the statements  contained  in  the
               Registration Statement during the course of such
               participation,  no  facts  came to its attention
               that  caused such counsel to  believe  that  the
               Registration   Statement,   at   the  time  such
               Registration  Statement  or  any  post-effective
               amendment thereto became effective, contained an
               untrue statement of a material fact  or  omitted
               to  state any fact required to be stated therein
               or necessary  to make the statements therein not
               misleading, or  that the Prospectus contained in
               such  Registration  Statement  as  of  its  date
               contained an untrue statement of a material fact
               or omitted to state a material fact necessary in
               order to  make  the  statements  therein, in the
               light of the circumstances under which they were
               made,  not  misleading  (except as to  financial
               statements  and  related  notes,  the  financial
               statement  schedules  and  other  financial  and
               statistical data included therein); and

                    (3) a customary comfort letter, dated as of
               the   date   of  effectiveness  of   the   Shelf
               Registration  Statement,   from   the  Company's
               independent  accountants if such comfort  letter
               shall be issuable  to  the  selling  Holders  in
               accordance with the relevant accounting industry
               pronouncements,   in   the  customary  form  and
               covering matters of the type customarily covered
               in comfort letters by underwriters in connection
               with   primary   underwritten   offerings,   and
               affirming the matters  set  forth in the comfort
               letters  delivered pursuant to  Section 8(g)  of
               the Purchase Agreement, without exception; and

               (B)   deliver    such    other   documents   and
          certificates as may be reasonably  requested  by such
          parties to evidence compliance with clause (A)  above
          and  with  any  customary conditions contained in the
          underwriting agreement  or  other  agreement  entered
          into  by  the Company and the Guarantors pursuant  to
          this clause (x), if any.

     If at any time the  representations  and warranties of the
     Company and the Guarantors contemplated  in  clause (A)(1)
     above cease to be true and correct, the Company  shall  so
     advise  the  Initial Purchasers and the underwriter(s), if
     any, and each selling Holder promptly and, if requested by
     such Persons, shall confirm such advice in writing;

          (xi)  prior   to  any  public  offering  of  Transfer
     Restricted Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders,
     the underwriter(s),  if  any, and their respective counsel
     in connection with the registration  and  qualification of
     the Transfer Restricted Securities under the securities or
     Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Holders
     or  underwriter(s)  may request and do any and  all  other
     acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to enable
     the  disposition in such  jurisdictions  of  the  Transfer
     Restricted  Securities  covered  by the Shelf Registration
     Statement; provided, however, that neither the Company nor
     the Guarantors shall be required to register or qualify as
     a foreign corporation where it is  not now so qualified or
     to take any action that would subject it to the service of
     process in suits or to taxation, other  than as to matters
     and  transactions relating to the Registration  Statement,
     in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject;

          (xii) issue, upon the request of any Holder of Series
     A Notes  covered  by  the  Shelf  Registration  Statement,
     Series B Notes, having an aggregate principal amount equal
     to the aggregate principal amount of Series A Notes  being
     sold  by such Holder; such Series B Notes to be registered
     in the name of the purchaser(s) of such Notes, as the case
     may be;  in return, the Series A Notes held by such Holder
     shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation;

          (xiii)  cooperate  with  the  selling Holders and the
     underwriter(s),   if   any,  to  facilitate   the   timely
     preparation  and  delivery  of  certificates  representing
     Transfer Restricted  Securities to be sold and not bearing
     any  restrictive  legends;   and   enable   such  Transfer
     Restricted  Securities  to  be  in such denominations  and
     registered   in   such  names  as  the  Holders   or   the
     underwriter(s), if  any,  may  reasonably request at least
     two business days prior to any sale of Transfer Restricted
     Securities made by such underwriter(s);

          (xiv)  if any fact or event  contemplated  by  clause
     (c)(iii)(D) above  shall exist or have occurred, prepare a
     supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration
     Statement   or  related   Prospectus   or   any   document
     incorporated  therein  by  reference  or  file  any  other
     required document so that, as thereafter delivered to  the
     purchasers   of   Transfer   Restricted   Securities,  the
     Prospectus  will  not  contain  an untrue statement  of  a
     material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary
     to make the statements therein not misleading;

          (xv)  provide  a  CUSIP  number   for   all  Transfer
     Restricted Securities not later than the effective date of
     the  Registration Statement and provide the Trustee  under
     the Indenture  with  printed certificates for the Transfer
     Restricted Securities  which  are  in  a form eligible for
     deposit with the Depository Trust Company;

          (xvi) cooperate and assist in any filings required to
     be made with the NASD and in the performance  of  any  due
     diligence  investigation by any underwriter (including any
     "qualified independent  underwriter")  that is required to
     be retained in accordance with the rules  and  regulations
     of the NASD;

          (xvii) otherwise use their reasonable best efforts to
     comply  with all applicable rules and regulations  of  the
     Commission,  and  make generally available to its security
     holders, as soon as  practicable,  a consolidated earnings
     statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 (which need
     not be audited) for the twelve-month period (A) commencing
     at  the  end  of  any  fiscal  quarter in  which  Transfer
     Restricted Securities are sold to  underwriters  in a firm
     or  best efforts Underwritten Offering or (B) if not  sold
     to underwriters  in  such  an offering, beginning with the
     first  month  of  the  Company's   first   fiscal  quarter
     commencing  after  the  effective date of the Registration
     Statement;

          (xviii) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the
     TIA  not  later  than  the effective  date  of  the  first
     Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in
     connection therewith, cooperate  with  the Trustee and the
     Holders of Notes to effect such changes  to  the Indenture
     as  may be required for such Indenture to be so  qualified
     in accordance  with  the terms of the TIA; and execute and
     use their reasonable best  efforts to cause the Trustee to
     execute, all documents that may be required to effect such
     changes and all other forms  and  documents required to be
     filed with the Commission to enable  such  Indenture to be
     so qualified in a timely manner;

          (xix)   cause   all  Transfer  Restricted  Securities
     covered by the Registration Statement to be listed on each
     securities exchange on  which the Notes are then listed if
     requested  by  the Holders  of  a  majority  in  aggregate
     principal  amount  of  Series  A  Notes  or  the  managing
     underwriter(s), if any; and

          (xx) provide  promptly  to  each  Holder upon request
     each document filed with the Commission  pursuant  to  the
     requirements  of Section 13 and Section 15 of the Exchange
     Act.

          Each Holder  agrees  by  acquisition  of  a  Transfer
Restricted  Security that, upon receipt of any notice from  the
Company of the  existence  of any fact of the kind described in
Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof,  such Holder will keep such notice
confidential and forthwith discontinue  disposition of Transfer
Restricted  Securities pursuant to the applicable  Registration
Statement until  such  Holder's  receipt  of  the copies of the
supplemented  or  amended  Prospectus contemplated  by  Section
6(c)(xiv)  hereof,  or until it  is  advised  in  writing  (the
"Advice") by the Company  that the use of the Prospectus may be
resumed,  and  has  received  copies   of   any  additional  or
supplemental filings that are incorporated by  reference in the
Prospectus.   If so directed by the Company, each  Holder  will
deliver to the  Company  (at the Company's expense) all copies,
other  than  permanent  file   copies  then  in  such  Holder's
possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted
Securities that was current at the  time  of  receipt  of  such
notice.   In  the event the Company shall give any such notice,
the  time  period   regarding   the   effectiveness   of   such
Registration  Statement  set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as
applicable, shall be extended  by the number of days during the
period from and including the date of the giving of such notice
pursuant to Section 6(c)(iii)(D)  hereof  to  and including the
date  when  each  selling  Holder  covered by such Registration
Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or
amended Prospectus contemplated by Section  6(c)(xiv) hereof or
shall have received the Advice.

SECTION 7.     REGISTRATION EXPENSES

     (a)  All  expenses  incident  to  the  Company's   or  the
Guarantors'  performance  of  or compliance with this Agreement
will be borne by the Company and  the Guarantors, regardless of
whether a Registration Statement becomes  effective,  including
without  limitation:  (i) all registration and filing fees  and
expenses (including filings  made  by  any Initial Purchaser or
Holder with the NASD (and, if applicable, the fees and expenses
of any "qualified independent underwriter" and its counsel that
may  be required by the rules and regulations  of  the  NASD));
(ii)  all   fees   and  expenses  of  compliance  with  federal
securities and state  Blue  Sky  or  securities laws; (iii) all
expenses of printing (including printing  certificates  for the
Series B  Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer and printing
of  Prospectuses),   messenger   and   delivery   services  and
telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel  for  the
Company  and the Guarantors and, subject to Section 7(b) below,
the  Holders   of   Transfer  Restricted  Securities;  (v)  all
application and filing fees in connection with listing Notes on
a national securities  exchange  or automated quotation system,
if  any;  and  (vi) all fees and disbursements  of  independent
public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (including
the expenses of  any special audit and comfort letters required
by or incident to such performance).

          The Company  and  the  Guarantors will, in any event,
bear  their internal expenses (including,  without  limitation,
all  salaries  and  expenses  of  its  officers  and  employees
performing  legal  or  accounting  duties), the expenses of any
annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including
special experts, retained by the Company or any Guarantor.  The
Company  shall not be responsible for  any  other  expenses  or
costs, including  but  not  limited  to  commissions,  fees and
discounts of underwriters, brokers, dealers and agents.

     (b)  In   connection   with   any  Registration  Statement
required  by  this  Agreement  (excluding  the  Exchange  Offer
Registration Statement), the Company  and  the  Guarantors will
reimburse  the Initial Purchasers and the Holders  of  Transfer
Restricted Securities  being  tendered  in  the  Exchange Offer
and/or resold pursuant to the "Plan of Distribution"  contained
in  the  Exchange  Offer  Registration  Statement or registered
pursuant  to the Shelf Registration Statement,  as  applicable,
for the reasonable  fees and disbursements of not more than one
counsel, who shall be  Vinson &  Elkins  L.L.P.  or  such other
counsel  as  may  be  chosen  by  the Holders of a majority  in
principal  amount  of  the Transfer Restricted  Securities  for
whose benefit such Registration Statement is being prepared.

SECTION 8.     INDEMNIFICATION

     (a)  The  Company  and   the   Guarantors,   jointly   and
severally,  agree  to  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  (i) each
Holder, (ii) each Initial Purchaser, (iii) each person, if any,
who controls any Holder or Initial Purchaser within the meaning
of  Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange  Act
and  (iii)   the   respective  officers,  directors,  partners,
employees, representatives  and agents of any Holder or Initial
Purchaser or any controlling  person (any person referred to in
clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred to as an
"Indemnified Holder"), to the fullest  extent  lawful, from and
against  any and all losses, liabilities, claims,  damages  and
expenses whatsoever  (including  but  not limited to reasonable
attorneys' fees and any and all reasonable  expenses whatsoever
incurred in investigating, preparing or defending  against  any
investigation  or  litigation,  commenced or threatened, or any
claim whatsoever, and any and all amounts paid in settlement of
any claim or litigation), joint or  several,  to  which they or
any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange  Act
or  otherwise,  insofar  as  such  losses, liabilities, claims,
damages or expenses (or actions in respect  thereof)  arise out
of  or  are  based  upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material  fact  contained  in  any  Registration
Statement  or  Prospectus,  or  in  any  supplement thereto  or
amendment  thereof,  or  arise  out of or are  based  upon  the
omission or alleged omission to state  therein  a material fact
required  to  be  stated  therein  or  necessary  to  make  the
statements  therein,  in  the  light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading;  provided,  however, that
the Company and the Guarantors will not be liable in  any  such
case to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such loss,
liability,  claim,  damage or expense arises out of or is based
upon any such untrue  statement  or alleged untrue statement or
omission or alleged omission made  therein in reliance upon and
in conformity with written information furnished to the Company
by  or on behalf of the any of the Holders  expressly  for  use
therein.   This  indemnity agreement will be in addition to any
liability which the  Company  and  the Guarantors may otherwise
have, including under this Agreement.

     (b)  Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees,
severally and not jointly, to indemnify  and  hold harmless the
Company, each of the Guarantors and each person,  if  any,  who
controls  the  Company  or  any Guarantor within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Act or Section  20(a) of the Exchange Act and
each  of  their  respective  officers,   directors,  employers,
partners, representatives and agents to the  same extent as the
foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors to each
of   the   Indemnified  Holders,  but  only  with  respect   to
information  relating  to  such  Holder furnished in writing by
such Holder for use in any Registration  Statement,  or  in any
amendment  thereof  or  supplement  thereto; provided, however,
that  in  no  case  shall  any  selling  Holder  be  liable  or
responsible  for any amount in excess of proceeds  received  by
such Holder upon  the sale of the Registrable Securities giving
rise to such indemnification  obligation.   This indemnity will
be in addition to any liability which the Holders may otherwise
have, including under this Agreement.

     (c)  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified  party under
subsection  (a)  or (b) above of notice of the commencement  of
any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect
thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such
subsection, notify  each  party against whom indemnification is
to be sought in writing of  the  commencement  thereof (but the
failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve it
from any liability which it may have under this  Section  8  or
otherwise  except  to the extent that it has been prejudiced in
any material respect by such failure).  In case any such action
is brought against any  indemnified  party,  and it notifies an
indemnifying   party   of   the   commencement   thereof,   the
indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein, and
to the extent it may elect by written notice delivered  to  the
indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice
from  such indemnified party, to assume and control the defense
thereof   with   counsel   reasonably   satisfactory   to  such
indemnified   party.    Notwithstanding   the   foregoing,  the
indemnified party or parties shall have the right to employ its
or  their  own  counsel  in  any  such  case, but the fees  and
expenses  of  such  counsel  shall be at the  expense  of  such
indemnified party or parties unless  (i) the employment of such
counsel  shall  have  been  authorized  in   writing   by   the
indemnifying  parties  in  connection  with the defense of such
action, (ii) the indemnifying parties shall  not  have employed
counsel to take charge of the defense of such action  within  a
reasonable  time after notice of commencement of the action, or
(iii) such indemnified  party  or parties shall have reasonably
concluded that there may be defenses  available to it which are
different from or additional to those available  to  one or all
of  the  indemnifying  parties  (in which case the indemnifying
party shall not have the right to  direct  the  defense of such
action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties),  in  any
of  which  events  such  fees  and expenses of counsel shall be
borne by the indemnifying parties;  provided, however, that the
indemnifying party under subsection (a) or (b) above shall only
be liable for the legal expenses of one counsel (in addition to
any local counsel) for all indemnified  parties.   Anything  in
this   subsection   to   the   contrary   notwithstanding,   an
indemnifying  party  shall  not be liable for any settlement of
any claim or action effected without its prior written consent;
provided that such consent was not unreasonably withheld.

SECTION 9.     CONTRIBUTION

     In order to provide for  contribution  in circumstances in
which the indemnification provided for in Section 8  is for any
reason  held  to  be  unavailable  or  is  insufficient to hold
harmless a party indemnified thereunder, the  Company  and  the
Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders on the other hand,
shall  contribute  to  the  aggregate  losses, claims, damages,
liabilities  and  expenses of the nature contemplated  by  such
indemnification provision  (including  any investigation, legal
and other expenses incurred in connection  with, and any amount
paid  in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding  or  any
claims  asserted,  but  after  deducting in the case of losses,
claims,  damages,  liabilities and  expenses  suffered  by  the
Company and the Guarantors,  any  contribution  received by the
Company and the Guarantors from persons, other than  a  Holder,
who may also be liable for contribution, including persons  who
control  the  Company  and the Guarantors within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Act or  Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act) to
which the Company, the Guarantors or any Holder may be subject,
(i)  in  such  proportion  as is  appropriate  to  reflect  the
relative fault of the Company  and the Guarantors, on one hand,
and  each Holder, on the other hand,  in  connection  with  the
statements  or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims,
damages, liabilities  or  expenses,  or  (ii) if the allocation
provided by clause (i) is not permitted by  applicable  law, in
such  proportion  as  is  appropriate  to  reflect not only the
relative fault referred to in clause (i) above  but  also other
relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault  of  the
Company and the Guarantors, on one hand, and of each Holder, on
the  other  hand,  shall  be  determined by reference to, among
other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of
a material fact or the omission  or alleged omission to state a
material fact relates to information  supplied  by the Company,
the Guarantors or such Holder and the parties' relative intent,
knowledge, access to information and opportunity  to correct or
prevent   such   statement   or  omission.   The  Company,  the
Guarantors and each Holder of  Transfer  Restricted  Securities
agree  that  it would not be just and equitable if contribution
pursuant  to  this   Section 9  were  determined  by  pro  rata
allocation or by any other  method of allocation which does not
take  into  account the equitable  considerations  referred  to
above.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of this Section 9, (i)
in  no  case shall any Holder be  required  to  contribute  any
amount in  excess  of the amount by which the proceeds received
by  such  Holder upon  the  sale  of  the  Transfer  Restricted
Securities giving rise to such obligation exceeds the amount of
any damages  which  such  Holder has otherwise been required to
pay by reason of any untrue  or  alleged  untrue  statement  or
omission  or  alleged  omission  and  (ii)  no person guilty of
fraudulent  misrepresentation  (within the meaning  of  Section
11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled  to  contribution  from any
person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
For  purposes  of this Section 9, (A) each person, if any,  who
controls any of the Holders within the meaning of Section 15 of
the Act or Section  20(a)  of  the  Exchange  Act  and  (B) the
respective    officers,    directors,    partners,   employees,
representatives and agents of such Holder  or  any  controlling
person  shall  have  the  same  rights  to contribution as  the
Holders, and each person, if any, who controls  the  Company or
any  Guarantor within the meaning of Section 15 of the  Act  or
Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to
contribution as the Company and the Guarantors, subject in each
case to  clauses  (i)  and  (ii)  of this Section 9.  Any party
entitled to contribution will, promptly after receipt of notice
of commencement of any action, suit  or proceeding against such
party in respect of which a claim for  contribution may be made
against another party or parties under this  Section 9,  notify
such party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but
the  failure  to  so  notify  such  party  or parties shall not
relieve  the  party  or parties from whom contribution  may  be
sought from any obligation  it  or  they  may  have  under this
Section 9   or   otherwise.   No  party  shall  be  liable  for
contribution with  respect  to  any  action  or  claim  settled
without  its  prior written consent; provided that such written
consent was not unreasonably withheld.

SECTION 10.    RULE 144A

     The Company  and  the  Guarantors  hereby  agree with each
Holder,  for  so  long  as  any  Transfer Restricted Securities
remain  outstanding,  to  make  available   to  any  Holder  or
beneficial   owner   of   Transfer  Restricted  Securities   in
connection with any sale thereof  and any prospective purchaser
of  such Transfer Restricted Securities  from  such  Holder  or
beneficial  owner,  the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4)
under the Act in order  to  permit  resales  of  such  Transfer
Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A.

SECTION 11.    PARTICIPATION IN UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATIONS

     No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration
hereunder  unless  such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder's
Transfer Restricted  Securities  on  the  basis provided in any
underwriting  arrangements  approved  by  the Persons  entitled
hereunder to approve such arrangements and  (b)  completes  and
executes  all  reasonable  questionnaires,  powers of attorney,
indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other
documents   required  under  the  terms  of  such  underwriting
arrangements.

SECTION 12.    SELECTION OF UNDERWRITERS

     The Holders  of  Transfer Restricted Securities covered by
the Shelf Registration  Statement  who desire to do so may sell
such  Transfer  Restricted  Securities   in   an   Underwritten
Offering.   In  any  such Underwritten Offering, the investment
banker or investment bankers  and manager or managers that will
administer the offering will be  selected  by  the Holders of a
majority   in   aggregate  principal  amount  of  the  Transfer
Restricted Securities  included in such offering; provided that
such  investment  bankers   and  managers  must  be  reasonably
satisfactory to the Company.

SECTION 13.    MISCELLANEOUS

     (a)  Remedies.  The Company  and the Guarantors agree that
monetary damages (including the liquidated damages contemplated
hereby)  would  not  be  adequate  compensation  for  any  loss
incurred by reason of a breach by it  of the provisions of this
Agreement and hereby agree to waive the  defense  in any action
for  specific  performance  that  a  remedy  at  law  would  be
adequate;  provided  that  the  Liquidated Damages contemplated
hereby shall be the exclusive remedy  for  any  such  breach of
Section 3 or 4 of this agreement.

     (b)  No  Inconsistent  Agreements.   The  Company and  the
Guarantors  shall not, on or after the date of this  Agreement,
enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is
inconsistent  with  the  rights  granted to the Holders in this
Agreement or otherwise conflicts with  the  provisions  hereof.
The  rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any  way
conflict  with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted
to the holders  of  the  Company's  or  any  of the Guarantor's
securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof.

     (c)  Adjustments Affecting the Notes.  The Company and the
Guarantors shall not take any action with respect  to the Notes
that would materially and adversely affect the ability  of  the
Holders to Consummate any Exchange Offer.

     (d)  Amendments  and  Waivers.   The  provisions  of  this
Agreement  may  not  be  amended, modified or supplemented, and
waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof
may not be given unless the  Company  has  obtained the written
consent  of Holders of a majority of the outstanding  principal
amount of  Transfer Restricted Securities.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions
hereof that  relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose
securities are  being  tendered  pursuant to the Exchange Offer
and that does not affect directly  or  indirectly the rights of
other Holders whose securities are not being  tendered pursuant
to  such  Exchange  Offer  may  be  given by the Holders  of  a
majority  of  the  outstanding  principal  amount  of  Transfer
Restricted Securities being tendered or registered.

     (e)  Notices.   All  notices  and   other   communications
provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by
hand-delivery,   first-class  mail  (registered  or  certified,
return receipt requested),  telex,  telecopier,  or air courier
guaranteeing overnight delivery:

          (i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth  on  the
     records  of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy
     to the Registrar under the Indenture; and

          (ii) if to the Company or any Guarantor:

                    Trico Marine Services, Inc.
                    2401 Fountain View, Suite 626
                    Houston, Texas  77057

                    Telecopier No.:  (713) 780-0062
                    Attention:  Corporate Secretary

               with a copy to:

                    Jones, Walker, Waechter, Poitevent, Carrere
                    & Denegre, L.L.P.
                    Place St. Charles
                    201 St. Charles Avenue, Suite 5100
                    New Orleans, Louisiana  70170-5100

                    Telecopier No.:  (504) 582-8430
                    Attention:  William B. Masters

     All such notices  and  communications  shall  be deemed to
have  been  duly  given:   at  the  time delivered by hand,  if
personally delivered; five business days  after being deposited
in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if
telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied;  and  on the
next  business  day,  if  timely  delivered  to  an air courier
guaranteeing overnight delivery.

     Copies   of   all   such   notices,   demands   or   other
communications  shall  be  concurrently delivered by the Person
giving the same to the Trustee  at the address specified in the
Indenture.

     (f)  Successors and Assigns.   This  Agreement shall inure
to  the  benefit  of  and  be  binding upon the successors  and
assigns of each of the parties,  including  without  limitation
and  without the need for an express assignment, the successors
and  assigns  of  subsequent  Holders  of  Transfer  Restricted
Securities;  provided,  however,  that this Agreement shall not
inure  to  the benefit of or be binding  upon  a  successor  or
assign of a  Holder  unless and to the extent such successor or
assign  acquired  Transfer   Restricted  Securities  from  such
Holder.

     (g)  Counterparts.  This  Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts and by the  parties  hereto  in separate
counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to
be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute
one and the same agreement.

     (h)  Headings.   The  headings  in this Agreement are  for
convenience of reference only and shall  not limit or otherwise
affect the meaning hereof.

     (i)  Governing Law.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL  BE  GOVERNED BY
AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE  OF  NEW
YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW RULES THEREOF.

     (j)  Severability.   In  the event that any one or more of
the provisions contained herein,  or the application thereof in
any circumstance, is held invalid,  illegal  or  unenforceable,
the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision
in   every  other  respect  and  of  the  remaining  provisions
contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.



     IN   WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  executed  this
Agreement as of the date first written above.

                                   Trico Marine Services, Inc.


                                   By /s/ Thomas E. Fairley
                                     -------------------------   
                                     Name: Thomas E. Fairley
                                     Title: Chief Executive Officer
                                            and President

                                   Trico Marine Assets, Inc.


                                   By /s/ Thomas E. Fairley
                                     --------------------------   
                                     Name: Thomas E. Fairley
                                     Title: Chairman of the Board,
                                            Chief Executive Officer
                                            and President
                                   
                                   Trico Marine Operators, Inc.


                                   By /s/ Thomas E. Fairley
                                     -----------------------------   
                                     Name: Thomas E. Fairley
                                     Title: Chairman of the Board,
                                            Chief Executive Officer
                                            and President

Accepted and agreed to as of
the date first above written:

Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.


By /s/ Philip Berney
  --------------------------   
   Name: Philip Berney
   Senior Managing Director

Jefferies & Company, Inc.


By  /s/ Jeffrey J. Hewitt
  --------------------------   
  Name: Jeffrey J. Hewitt
  Senior Managing Director

BancBoston Securities Inc.


By  /s/ Neal J. Reiner
  -------------------------   
  Name: Neal J. Reiner
  Senior Managing Director




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission